Inbox News: September 2026 - Issue 658

Week Three September 2026: Issue 658 (published Sunday September 13)

 

Rip Curl GromSearch International Final Heads to Narrabeen: runs November 7-10

On Friday September 11 it was announced that the wave-rich region of Narrabeen will be the official location for the prestigious 2026 Rip Curl GromSearch International Final covered by Sun Bum, to be held from November 7 – 10, 2026. 

The Final will bring together the world’s best U16 surfers to battle it out for the title of  International Champion, following a year of GromSearch events scouring the globe for the next generation of surfing talent. 

Also in attendance will be Rip Curl surfing royalty, 3x World Champion Mick Fanning, 2x  World Champion and local legend Damian Hardman, and iconic Hawaiian free surfer Mason Ho, with more to be announced. 

With the International Final moving to a new location each year, Narrabeen follows Hossegor, France, in 2025 and Canggu, Bali, in 2024. The event’s return to Australia marks the first time the country has hosted the Final since Bells Beach in 2023.

“We’re so stoked to bring the International Final back to Australia, and Narrabeen couldn’t be a better stage to showcase the world’s best up-and-coming talent,” said  Angus Forrest, Rip Curl’s Sports Marketing Manager.  

“The Rip Curl GromSearch has been a launching pad for some of surfing’s biggest names, with former Champions going on to win World Titles and Olympic medals. It’s a  huge opportunity for these young surfers to compete on the international stage, while  sharing an unforgettable experience with other surfers from all over the world.”  

Across each major region, junior surfers compete through a series of events throughout the year. The winners of each region’s National Final ultimately earn a coveted spot representing their country on the international stage. 

The event will feature 16 competitors, eight female and eight male, representing  Australia, Brazil, Argentina, Europe, Indonesia, North America, South Africa and more.  Additionally, one male and one female wildcard will be added from the local Northern  Beaches region.  

The Rip Curl GromSearch has been running since 1999, and its track record speaks for  itself: 

• 2026 WSL World Tour: Over 60% of current CT athletes are former GromSearch winners. 

• Olympics: Five of the six medallists at the last two Olympic Games competed in  Rip Curl GromSearch. 

• WSL World Champions: The last 19 WSL Women’s World Titles have been won by GromSearch finalists. 

Past winners include WSL World Champions Caitlin Simmers, Caroline Marks, and  Gabriel Medina. Other legendary winners include Championship Tour surfers Erin  Brooks, Brisa Hennessy, Samuel Pupo, Leonardo Fioravanti, Tatiana Weston-Webb,  Owen Wright, and one of the most stylish free surfers on the planet, Mason Ho, among many, many more.  

Surf fans will be able to watch the event broadcast live and free around the globe on Rip Curl’s YouTube account. Further details to follow.  

The Rip Curl International GromSearch is proudly covered by Sun Bum and supported by Ritual Vision and Fatboy Bikes.  

About Rip Curl 

Founded in Torquay, Australia, in 1969, Rip Curl remains a company built by surfers for surfers. Regarded as The Ultimate Surfing Company, for over 50 years Rip Curl has endeavoured to make the best products, run the best events, support the best athletes, deliver the best customer service, and have the best crew of people. The Search is the driving force that led to the creation of Rip Curl, and it lives in the spirit of everything the Rip Curl crew do.

 

Kobi Clements film 'Unwritten' premieres at Brookvale Friday October 2nd

South Narrabeen - Long Reef surfer, son of ex-pro Steve Clements, and Longy Boardriders member. When there's no waves you will find him under the water, looking for fish and crays.

Kobi Clements placed 2nd in the International Challenger/Qs in the Pantin Classic on Sunday August 30. The Pantín Classic Galicia Pro is one of the most emblematic surf events in Europe, held at the beautiful Pantín beach in Galicia, Spain. This tournament attracts elite surfers from all over the world, competing for a spot in the prestigious world surfing rankings.

Kobi is currently leading Australia/Oceania rankings and hopeful to win qualification for next year's Challenger series.

Sierra Kerr (AUS) and Ryan Kainalo (BRA) won the World Surf League (WSL) Qualifying Series 6,000 International (QS 6,000 INTL) Stop No. 1, the ABANCA Pantin Classic Galicia Pro in three-to-four foot surf and offshore winds. It was a long week waiting for waves, but when the swell arrived, the international field of surfers really answered the call to produce some of the best surfing in Pantin for the inaugural QS 6,000 INTL. It's a quick turnaround for the next stop in Matosinhos, Portugal at the Xacobeo Norte Surf Fest from Tuesday, September 1-6, 2026.

The Challenger Series leader, Sierra Kerr added another massive victory to her name and 6,000 points that will contribute to her rankings on the path to Championship Tour (CT) qualification. Kerr, who won her first Challenger Series at the US Open of Surfing last month, was surfing with a smile and a grateful heart for being healthy and strong enough to compete and have fun doing what she loves.

"It feels so amazing," said Kerr. "it's been so long since I've won back-to-back competitions, especially after this past year. It feels great, like I'm finally coming back. It's amazing to have my dad here, he got like a ten-point ride here back in 2005, so it's so special that he gets to share this with me."

Kerr opened up the Final with a 7.50 (out of a possible 10) for a long ride, a combination of strong turns with technical variety in each manoeuvre. The ocean slowed down and there weren't a lot of opportunities available, and Maria Salgado struggled to find the right waves. Kerr lucked into an insider, hammering one huge turn into the closeout section for a 5.50 and it was enough to secure the victory.

As this Issue goes to publication, news came in (Friday September 11 Australian time) that Sierra has won the Lexus US Open of Surfing victory

The 2023 World Junior Champion Sierra Kerr battled with reigning WSL World Junior Champion Isla Huppatz in a stout Final that opened up to fireworks heading into the dying minutes. Kerr's early 6.50 set the tone as Huppatz's patience paid off to post a 7.33 and found a quick backup to overtake the lead. But, Kerr held her composure and posted a 6.00 needed to regain the lead and add her name to US Open of Surfing history.

In the Panton Cassic, Brazil's Ryan Kainalo was a standout from the start of the event, punting massive airs and posting excellent scores. With every heat win, the 20-year-old from Ubatuba started building confidence, making very few mistakes, strengthening the belief that he could win. His first year doing the Challenger Series full time, collecting the 6,000 points here today is a massive step in the right direction for Kainalo's CT qualification campaign.

WSL stated: 

Kainalo came head-to-head in the men's Final with another event standout in Kobi Clements. It was an explosive heat from the start of the buzzer, with Kainalo opening with a 7.17 for his strong rail game. Clements turned up the heat with a huge two-turn combo for an 8.67. For the first time this week, Kainalo was under pressure and not leading the heat. One last opportunity came through in the final two minutes, and Kainalo started with a big carve, eyeing a ramp and landed a clean full rotation, requiring a 6.68 for the win. After the final horn sounded, the score came through at 6.77, giving Kainalo one of the biggest victories of his career.

Siheung Korea Open

Kobi's great results in Spain follows on from his win in the Siheung Korea Open in July 2026.

After three exciting days of competition at Siheung Wave Park, four winners rose to the top of the podium in the 2026 Siheung Korea Open World Surf League (WSL) Qualifying Series (QS) 6000 and Longboard Qualifying Series (LQS) events. Two first-time winners took out the men's divisions, with Kobi Clements (AUS) earning a long-awaited QS win and Edgar Calvo Jr. (PHL) dethroning Rogelio Jr Esquievel (PHL) from his undefeated run in LQS competition.

Kobi Clements wins Korea - WSL / Be Ryder

WSL reported then:

Following the heartbreak of narrowly missing out on Challenger Series qualification, Kobi Clements (AUS) returned in a big way to claim his first-ever QS win and gain a large early lead in the rankings for the new season. The 21-year-old from  Long Reef-Narrabeen was the only surfer from the Australia / Oceania region to appear in the Finals in 2026, and is the first in the short history of the event to claim a win at Siheung Wave Park.

"It feels amazing to get a win in the first comp," Clements said. "I've surfed my whole life and this is what I really want. I don't think it's sunk in yet, but I'm stoked. It's good to have a good start and hopefully keep it going. I was just trying to stay positive the whole comp. There's such sick vibes here, everyone's so nice. I was just having fun and trying my best."

Coming up against event standouts Kanoa Hee-Jae (KOR) and Kei Kobayashi (JPN), who consistently posted the highest heat totals in each round, Clements was the first to drop an excellent score in the Final, locking in an 8.33 on his second wave. Early falls from Hee-Jae and Kobayashi kept their scores low, while Rinta Oooto (JPN) continued to build, before late charges from both saw them come within reach of Clements, with a 7.77 from Hee-Jae and a 7.80 from Kobayashi. The flow from Clements throughout his exceptionally speedy backhand attack was unable to be matched, however, with a 7.80 on his final wave sealing the deal.

Spanish podium for Kobi. Photo: WSL

UNWRITTEN FILM PREMIERE DETAILS:

 

Creatives make movie magic for Young Filmmakers Comp.

Young filmmakers from across the area have taken centre stage in the 2026 Beaches Young Filmmakers Comp, with winners recognised at a packed Finals and Awards Night celebrating the next generation of local screen talent.

From compelling dramas to laugh-out-loud comedies, this year's competition showcased the imagination and technical skill of young people across the Manly to Barrenjoey peninsula.

Now in its 25th year, this year’s event saw 37 films submitted by 130 young film makers, delivering a strong result for the long-running competition. 

In August, over an action packed four-day filmmaking period, teams and solo artists channelled their passion and storytelling into films that lit up the screen at the Finals and Awards night.

A packed house of over 200 film lovers gathered to celebrate the 12 films chosen as finalists, each a testament to the thriving talent across our beaches, and to hear the winners announced. The finalists were shortlisted by a panel of industry judges including award-winning local director, Mitch Green and Manager of Production Attraction at Screen NSW, Ashley McLeod.

During the evening, cash and industry prizes totalling more than $12,000 were awarded, thanks to the generous support of sponsors Miller Tripods, Canon Australia, Screenwise and the Australian Cinematographers Society. 

Thanks also go to the Bosler family. In a special tribute, Nan Bosler AM and her family continued the legacy of her late husband, Bill Bosler - who in 1974 founded the Creative Artists film group for local teens - by sponsoring the Bill Bosler Award for Best Film in the 12 – 14 age category, with a $500 prize.

2026 winners across four categories: 

Best Storytelling

  • 12-14 years: Team Dead Dreams for the film ‘Dead Dreams’
  • 15-18 years: Filmerandy for the film ‘The Theme Called Together’ 
  • 19-24 years: ANGEL IN THE MARBLE for the film ‘HALF HALF'

Best Cinematography

  • 12-14 years: S&S Studios for the film ‘If Only’
  • 15-18 years: MAZFILMZ for the film ‘LEVEL ONE’ 
  • 15-18 years runner-up: 2097 Films for the film ‘Everything We Didn't Know’
  • 19-24 years: Twinema for the film ‘To The Moon and Back’

Best Actors  

  • 12-14 years: Oscar in ‘Two Cooks, Too Furious’ 
  • 12-14 years: Lucinda in ‘The Assignment’ 
  • 15-18 years: Elle in ‘Level One’ 
  • 15-18 years: Andy in ‘The Theme Called Together’
  • 19-24 years: Genevieve in ‘Half Half’ 

Best Film

  • 12-14 years: ‘Two Cooks, Too Furious’ 
  • 15-18 years: MAZFILMZ for the film ‘LEVEL ONE’ 
  • 15-18 years runner-up: Filmerandy for the film ‘The Theme Called Together’
  • 19-24 years: Twinema for the film ‘To The Moon And Back’ 

All 37 submitted films have premiered on KALOF YouTube for those who'd like to watch them. 

‘Two Cooks, Too Furious’ - winners!

Angel in the Marble - winners! - Photos: NBC

 

Newport Public School's 'The Wellbeing Engineers' a Game Changer Challenge 2026 Grand Finalist

The grand finalists for the 2026 Game Changer Challenge have been announced, with Newport PS's 'The Wellbeing Engineers' named among these.

The Game Changer Challenge is the NSW Department of Education’s award-winning design thinking competition. Open to public schools across the state the challenge centres on discovering solutions for a real-world, wicked problem by applying classroom learning.

The Game Changer Challenge supports Inspire – High Potential and Gifted Education, by enriching student learning outcomes and supporting teachers to integrate design thinking into lesson plans and projects.

This year, the Game Changer Challenge received submissions from 542 teams, which used design thinking and selected an area of inquiry to work through the problem of ‘Creating fairer and more connected communities, where people, planet and place thrive together.’

NSW Department of Education Secretary, Murat Dizdar, said the Game Changer Challenge showed what was possible when students were given the opportunity to tackle real-world problems and think beyond the classroom.

“Our Game Changer Challenge teams are a wonderful example of public schools being at the heart of their communities – taking on challenges that are local, global and, in the case of Macarthur Girls High School’s Space Junkies, potentially intergalactic,” Mr Dizdar said.

“From cleaning up our Earth’s orbit to tackling challenges in their own communities, these students are showing us that there is no limit to what young people can achieve when we give them the opportunity to think creatively and solve problems that matter.

“As an educator, I’m incredibly proud to see young people who are curious, collaborative and prepared to have their thinking challenged – and to start again when new information changes their perspective.

“That is the power of the Game Changer Challenge. It is learning by doing, and it gives our students the confidence and capability to take on the complex problems of today and tomorrow.”

The grand finalists will now move onto the ‘validate and iterate’ process, which has been introduced to encourage students to continue developing their concept between qualifying and the Grand Final in Parramatta on November 10, 11 and 12.

GAME CHANGER CHALLENGE 2026 GRAND FINALISTS

Primary Schools

  • Krambach Public School - Krambach Creators
  • Gunnedah South Public School - Bee-Yond Extraordinary
  • Banora Point Public School - The Eco Action Crew
  • Chertsey Primary School - Beyond Blue Zones
  • Illawong Public School - The Equal Fire
  • Lindfield East Public School - I4Equaity 
  • Newport Public School - The Wellbeing Engineers 
  • Clovelly Public School - Clovelly Tech Team
  • Aurora College - The Resilience Engineers 
  • South Grafton Public School - Plastic Tacklers 2.0
  • Pacific Palms Public School - Community Carers 
  • Redhead Public School - The Problem Pulverisers
  • Lord Howe Island Central School - Lord Howe Legends 
  • Deniliquin North Public School - River Rescuers

Secondary Schools

  • Blacktown Girls High School - WIKYD
  • Parramatta High School - The Pentagon 
  • Armidale Secondary College - Vandicular Renewable Inc. 
  • Collarenebri Central School - The Collarenebri Collective 
  • Auburn Girls High School - Team Wavelink 
  • Macarthur Girls High School - The Space Junkies

Avalon Soccer Club Grand Finalists

Huge Congratulations to ASC' W16/2’s who won their Grand Final on Sunday August 30 in a nail biting 4-3 penalty shootout against Seaforth. Brilliant result!

To ASC's incredible W15/3’s who came runners up against Brookvale in a super tight 1-0 match - you should be so proud girls!

ASC's W/13/2’s were also recognised by the Manly Warringah Football Association (MWFA) for taking out league champs, even though they were knocked out in a penalty shoot-out by Curl Curl in the semi-final. Awesome achievement!

Well done to all of the ASC's Semi-finalists and Grand Finalist teams for 2026:

  • U12/2
  • U16/2
  • U18/2A
  • W13/2
  • W15/3
  • W16/2
  • WAL1
  • WAL4

This has been a great Season for all players, coaches, managers, and families for supporting the club to get the teams to this fantastic end goal!

Huge congratulations to Gabby Dent and Lily Faithfull, both nominated for WAL1 (Women’s Amateur League 1) Player of the Year by the Manly Warringah Football Association (MWFA). Plus an extra special congratulations to Lily, who WON the award for 2026! A fantastic individual achievement and a proud moment for the whole squad and ASC.

We are all very proud of you - congratulations!

Photos: ASC players and supporters

 

Spring Clouds 

On Tuesday and Wednesday this week different cloud types were running across the sky at the same time. Some were down near the horizon and closer to the earth, resting over the green-blue banks of hills of the national park side of the estuary – some were way up high and looked like the feathers from a bird or the flicking tail of a horse. Others were between these two; small white puffy clouds that were thin in places, while a fourth kind was even higher still than the winged feather clouds, and dotted a little bit, even though small puffs too. 

These clouds spoke of rain close to the earth, they told of fast winds higher up in the sky, and, in those that travelled close over our hill, and they told moisture is gathering in the air and running alike American Indian smoke messages, and of rain to the east and sea.

These clouds made us wonder; do these clouds come during this change of Seasons time, as Winter becomes Spring? Or do these types of clouds happen in every other Season too?

And what are these different kinds of clouds, all in the same sky at the same time?

They reminded us of songs about clouds, of storms and floods, but also that clouds bring fruitfulness, and joy and plenty as without the rain there would be no food, no trees, no bees, no birds, no rivers, no streams and creeks.

They remind you of the tinkling sound Spring rains can make, like a million tiny tiny bells sparkling back with the also glittering and sparkling million wet eucalyptus leaves just after it rains and the sun bursts out again.

Spring is the time of year when many things change—including the weather. Temperatures can swing back and forth between balmy and frigid. Sunny days may be followed by a week of stormy weather. 

But, apparently Cumulonimbus clouds form in unstable, moist atmospheres and are common in Spring and Summer.

The NSW SES tells us:

Although severe thunderstorms can occur at any time, the distribution of events by season shows a definite pattern. There is a marked tendency for severe thunderstorms (indeed all thunderstorms) to occur during the months from October through to March. This period is normally referred to as the ‘Severe Thunderstorm Season’ in New South Wales. The increase in storm frequency during this period is primarily due to the increase in energy provided by the sun during the warmer spring and summer months, coupled with spring and summer weather patterns that are favourable for storm growth.

The Australian Bureau of Meteorology tells us there are 10 main types of cloud which are further divided into 27 sub-types according to their height shape, colour and associated weather, Clouds are categorised as low (from the earth's surface to 2.5 km), middle (2.5 to 6 km), or high (above 6 km). They are given Latin names which describe their characteristics, e.g. cirrus (a hair), cumulus (a heap), stratus (a layer) and nimbus (rain-bearing). Clouds generally look white with some clouds appearing to be grey or dark grey according to their depth and shading from higher cloud.


The 10 cloud types are known as stratiform and are classified as: 

Stratus (St) – found in the low levels of the atmosphere, tend to produce a light drizzle. 

Altostratus (As) – (‘alto’ meaning high), found in the middle level, tend to be very good rain producing system for large areas across Australia, particularly inland. 

Nimbostratus (Ns) – formed when altostratus undergoes further vertical development, allowing the cloud to hold more moisture, and causing the cloud base to lower and produce heavier rainfall; also appears darker in colour. 

Cirrostratus (Cs) – found in the higher levels of the atmosphere, white and wispy, and made of ice crystals. We often get a lot of halo activity with cirrostratus cloud, with the ice crystals refracting light around the moon and the sun. 

The clumpy cloud, when in the lower part of the atmosphere, is classified as cumulus cloud: 

Cumulus (Cu) – low level cloud which tends to produce short duration, fairly intense rainfall that is often very localised, meaning that rain falling at your house might not be falling a kilometre up the road. 

Stratocumulus (Sc) – found in the lower levels, a blend between stratiform and cumuliform cloud and taking on appearances from both these cloud types, may produce drizzle. 

Altocumulus (Ac) – found in the middle levels, looks like sheep in the sky, may produce light showers. 

Cirrocumulus (Cc) – small, rippled, higher level cloud, does not produce precipitation. 

Cumulonimbus (Cb) – the largest cloud of all, forms in the lower layer of the atmosphere but extends through all three layers right to the top of the atmosphere. Also known as thunderstorm cloud, producing thunder and lightning. 

Some of the more visually spectacular cloud happens very high up in the atmosphere, and is classified as cirrus cloud: 

Cirrus (Ci) – formed of ice crystals moving very quickly through the atmosphere, occurring at temperatures around -40°C to -60°C, does not produce precipitation (rain). 

I took some photos too - which types of clouds, all in the same sky at the same moment, have I photographed here?







Here are some others taken over the years:

Cirrocumulus clouds over Careel Bay playing fields - and more of them over Mona Vale Village Park:

Cirrostratus clouds over Avalon Beach

Storm front of clouds over Whale Beach - this was taken during one of BL's Blast Off events, held during the Spring School Holidays. We all ran to the surf club for shelter! This storm quickly passed out to sea though, and those youngsters in that year's BL's Blast Off soon were back in the watre surfing.

Cumulus Cloud

Cumulonimbus cloud

Cirrus Clouds over Pittwater

Aerial Cattle Mustering in the Katherine Region (1973)

Published by National Film and Sound Archives (NFSA)

The Muster captures the process of mustering cattle from the air in the Katherine region of the Northern Territory. Filmed without dialogue and accompanied only by music, the footage follows cattle being gathered across the vast landscape, offering a visual record of pastoral work in regional Australia.

Produced by the Australian Commonwealth Film Unit, the film was directed by acclaimed cinematographer and director Donald McAlpine, whose distinguished career would later include many of Australia's best-known feature films. 

Opportunities:

Manly Warringah District Junior Rugby League Girls Tackle 2027 EOI

Any girls interested in playing tackle in 2027 season? 

Register your interest (Expression of Interest) through the form -  HERE

Mick Fanning, Surfing Legend, Sporting Hero, All Heart, in Conversation with Tom Carroll

  • Date: Thursday 1 October
  • Time: 6- 8pm (Doors open at 5.30)
  • Location: Warriewood Community Centre
  • (corner of Pittwater and Jacksons Rd, Warriewood: 2 – 4 Jacksons Road)
  • Tickets: $25
From the Western Suburbs of Sydney to world surfing glory, 3-time world champion surfer Mick Fanning shares his extraordinary life story in his new memoir, All Heart.

From the tragic loss of three brothers to surviving a life-threatening shark encounter, this book explores how Mick overcame unimaginable hardships, finding strength in the face of devastating grief and fear.

Haunting and inspirational, this is the definitive story of one of Australia’s greatest sporting heroes. On a canvas that stretches from Alaska to Hawaii’s North Shore, it will captivate surf fans as well as readers who’ve never paddled out. Told with raw honesty and a breakneck tempo, All Heart hits with the force of a 50-foot wave.

‘I’ve questioned myself for years about whether I needed to write another book – whether I really wanted to revisit the ecstasy of the highs, the numb discomfort of the lows, or the agonising pain of the losses. For a long time, it felt easier to leave it alone. But I realised there’s value in being honest about the moments that shaped me – the wins, the setbacks and the growth in-between. I had to be willing to explore some of the darker chapters to understand them properly, and that process has been part of the healing. If sharing that journey helps someone else find strength or perspective in their own life, then it’s been worth telling.’ - Mick Fanning

Mick Fanning is a three-time World Champion who has become one of Australia’s most admired sporting figures. Born in Penrith and raised on the Gold Coast, he captured world titles in 2007, 2009 and 2013, earning a reputation for precision, speed and an ability to stay composed when the stakes were highest.

His life has been shaped by experiences far beyond competition, including the passing of his three older brothers and a shark encounter during a 2015 event that was broadcast live across the globe. Those moments profoundly shifted his perspective, strengthening his resilience and gratitude. Now an inductee of the Australian Sporting Hall of Fame, Fanning is also a father, husband and entrepreneur whose influence extends well beyond surfing, defined as much by character and humility as by championship success.

Tom Carroll is a two-time World Champion surfer, ocean adventurer and lifelong student of the sea.
From Pittwater to the world’s most powerful waves, Tom has spent four decades pushing the boundaries of surfing, performance and human potential.

Today, he combines his experience in high-performance surfing with breathwork, meditation and movement, helping people find greater presence, resilience and clarity.

For Tom, the ocean is the ultimate teacher. It demands courage, rewards awareness and reminds us that the greatest breakthroughs often lie just beyond the edge of our comfort zone.

Surf hard. Breathe deep. Stay present. Meet the moment.

2027 Visual Arts Fellowship (Emerging)

Funding to assist NSW emerging visual artists to undertake a self-directed professional development program to support their personal, creative and career advancement.
  • Grant amount: The successful recipient will receive $30,000 in funding towards their fellowship.
  • Application closes: 14 September 2026, 2:00 pm
The Visual Arts Fellowship (Emerging) (VAFE) program is delivered with the curatorial and exhibition support of Artspace. The objective is to support NSW visual arts practitioners in the early stages of their career to challenge and expand their practice.

Up to 6 applicants will be shortlisted to take part in the fellowship exhibition at Artspace, Sydney in July 2027. At the exhibition opening, the fellowship of $30,000 will be awarded to 1 shortlisted artist to undertake a self-directed professional development program. This program could include research, travel, studio residencies, creation of new work, mentorships and other activities that align with the recipient’s practice and career progression.

The 6 shortlisted artists will receive to participate in the exhibition and may be asked by Artspace to participate in artist talks, other public programs, meetings with visiting curators, and media interviews to produce greater visibility for their practice. The shortlisted artists will be interviewed prior to the opening of the exhibition, as part of the assessment process to determine the fellowship recipient.

About Artspace
Artspace is one of the leading institutions for the production and presentation of contemporary art in the Asia Pacific. Their expansive, multi-platform approach to programming includes new commissions, exhibitions, performances, studio residencies, publishing, public programs, learning and outreach initiatives, and advocacy. Artspace is where artists of all generations test new ideas and shape public conversation. Embracing risk, experimentation, collaboration and advocacy, Artspace’s mission is to enhance our culture and support community vibrancy through a deeper engagement with contemporary art.

The RPAYC is pleased to welcome you to OptiChicks for September 2026.
OptiChicks is for Girls aged 8–15 who sail an Optimist.
Join girls from sailing clubs across NSW and the ACT for an unforgettable weekend designed to inspire the next generation of female sailors.

Hosted by Royal Prince Alfred Yacht Club, OptiChicks is much more than a sailing weekend. It’s an opportunity to build lasting friendships, be mentored by inspiring female sailors, experience different boats, build confidence and discover the many exciting pathways our sport has to offer.

Whether your daughter dreams of representing Australia, coaching the next generation, volunteering at her club or simply enjoying sailing with friends, OptiChicks celebrates everything that makes our sport so special.

More details at: rpayc.com.au/opti-chicks/

Nature Writing Prize 2026 Now Open to Enter

$8,000 to be awarded to the winning writer

Calling all writers! The Nature Conservancy has announced the opening of its eighth biennial Nature Writing Prize.

The author of the winning essay will receive an $8,000 prize and be published in Australian Book Review (ABR). One additional author will receive a Highly Commended Prize of $1,000.

The competition’s judges are novelists Kim Mahood and Dave Witty and Dr Georgina Arnott, editor of the Australian Book Review.

The judging process is completely anonymous, with judges awarding the prize to an Australian writer whose essay they agree to be of the highest literary merit and which best explores a relationship and interaction with some aspect of the Australian landscape. All entries are required to be between 3,000 and 5,000 words and in the genre of ‘Writing of Place’. 

The Nature Conservancy Australia’s Country Director Lara Gallagher said, “The Nature Writing Prize was created in 2011 to promote and celebrate the art of nature writing, and to encourage a greater appreciation of Australia’s magnificent natural heritage. I’d particularly like to thank Paula McLean and The McLean Foundation, without whose generous support this important prize would not be possible.”

Alongside the $8,000 Winners Prize, The Nature Conservancy welcomes the return of the Rosina Joy Buckman Award, a $1,000 prize awarded to one Highly Commended essay. The Rosina Joy Buckman Award is generously sponsored by Kinchem Hegedus and Peter Barge.

2026 heralds a new era for nature writing in Australia, with the announcement of Australian Book Review as the official Publishing Partner for the Nature Writing Prize. Gallagher said, “This collaboration with ABR offers the Prize a new level of support, expanding its reach and cementing its place as one of Australia’s leading nature writing initiatives.”

The prize is open to Australian citizens and permanent residents. Participants will need to pay an entry fee of $30, or $25 for ABR subscribers. Submissions will close at 5pm AEST Wednesday 23 September 2026. To learn more about the prize and review the terms and conditions visit: www.natureaustralia.org.au/nwp

We are celebrating 80 years of North Palmy SLSC!!

If you are a member, ex member, family or have history with our Club, come and join us at Palmy RSL to celebrate.
RSVP and all enquiries to: Admin@northpalmbeachslsc.com.au 

Pittwater Softball Club: Play Tee-ball or Softball this Summer

Join Pittwater Softball Club and get ready for a summer of fun, friends and plenty of action on the diamond!

No team? Never played before?
No problem! You don’t need to have a team organised, we’ll help place individual players into a team.
  • Juniors Tee-ball/Softball (girls & boys)
  • Senior ladies Softball
Ready to play? Visit our website for more information and to register today!


2026 Premier's Reading Challenge

The Challenge aims to encourage a love of reading for leisure and pleasure in students, and to enable them to experience quality literature. It is not a competition but a challenge to each student to read, to read more and to read more widely. The Premier's Reading Challenge (PRC) is open to all NSW students in Kindergarten to Year 10, in government, independent, Catholic and home schools. Now in its 25th year, the NSW PRC is the largest reading challenge in Australia!

The Term 1 2026 booklist is now live! 462 new books have been added to the book lists. Additional book list updates occur at the start of Term 2 and Term 3. 

Click here, or visit the booklists page to check out the new titles added to the PRC booklists this year! 

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Atavism

Word of the Week stays a part of your page in 2026, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. recurrence in an organism of a trait or character typical of an ancestral form and usually due to genetic recombination. 2. recurrence of or reversion to a past style, manner, outlook, approach, or activity. 3. an individual or character that manifests atavism.

Biology and Evolution

Definition: An evolutionary throwback happens when dormant DNA from a distant ancestor gets switched back on.

Examples: Whales or dolphins born with small hind legs, horses born with extra toes, or humans born with a vestigial tail.

Genetics: The underlying genes are not lost over time; instead, they are turned off or silenced during normal development, only to be accidentally reactivated.

Cultural- Social Usage

Definition: A return to an older, more primitive way of thinking, acting, or living e,g,; People using physical tools or old technologies like vinyl records, or societies reverting to aggressive tribal behaviours during a crisis. 

History: Historians sometimes describe old-fashioned, collapsing empires or outdated political systems that trigger conflicts as forms of political atavism.

From 1833, in biology, "reversion by influence of heredity to ancestral characteristics, resemblance of a given organism to some remote ancestor, return to an early or original type," from French atavisme, attested by 1820s, said to have been coined by French botanist Antoine-Nicolas Duchesne, from Latin atavus "ancestor, forefather," from at- perhaps here meaning "beyond" + avus "grandfather".  From at-: A prefix in this context meaning "beyond".avus: Latin for "grandfather" (rooted in the Proto-Indo-European word awo-, meaning an adult male relative other than the father).-istic: An adjectival suffix meaning "relating to or characteristic of"

Reform wasn’t meant to be easy. Here’s how the battles for Medicare and child support defeated vested interests

Beth Webster, The University of Melbourne

Can you imagine Australia without Medicare, the age pension, or with 50% tariffs on imported goods such as cars, clothes and shoes?

Institutions we take for granted now took many decades of agitating, fighting vested interests and staring down passive resistance to be created. This is the realpolitik of economics.

Economic reforms have changed institutions and systems to significantly improve wellbeing for Australians. They are less glamorous than scientific and technological innovations, but our standard of living would be very much worse without them.

To some extent ideas are cheap. They are the fun part of reform. The heavy slog of realising ideas can consume lives and test the dedication of even extraordinary people.

These struggles show that reform has never been easy, but persistence pays off.

The 30-year battle for Medicare

Before 1975, health care was largely fee-for-service with some private insurance coverage. Most uninsured people were low-income and people with chronic or severe problems.

Between 1937 and 1953, there were four failed attempts to introduce a universal health plan. However, it was fiercely opposed at every turn by the medical and health insurance associations. They fought at both the emotional and political level and managed to forestall a national health insurance scheme by three decades.

The final successful push to introduce a universal scheme came from research work at the Melbourne Institute of Applied Economic Research at the University of Melbourne. An alliance with sympathetic media created enough heat that Gough Whitlam, then deputy leader of the opposition, supported it behind the scenes.

the Australian Medicare smartphone app and medicare card
The fight for Medibank, the predecessor of Medicare, took 30 years. Lisa Maree Williams/Getty Images

After the Coalition won the 1969 federal election, the reform plan was opposed by all other federal members of parliament, including Labor. However, Labor’s Bill Hayden and Whitlam continued to make it official Labor policy.

Labor won the 1972 election, but medical bodies still resisted the reform. One set up a A$2 million “fighting fund”. The General Practitioners Society asked GPs to distribute letters that included the line: “The control of our country has fallen into the hands of socialists.”

The argy-bargy between Hayden, the doctors, private insurers, hospitals, bureaucrats and state governments could fill volumes.

The sticking points were about money, profits and control – not what was in the best interests of the population. The legislation was eventually passed in 1974.

Successive generations of health department officials had simply believed that reforms to the health care system were not possible.

Garnishing wages to support children

Before the mid-1980s, financial support for children following divorce was either agreed privately or determined by court order. Although courts typically struck very low rates of payment, compliance was estimated to be only 30%. Custodial parents often lived in extreme poverty.

The problem at the time was easy to articulate: why should children suffer because their parents had decided to separate?

A warm embrace captures the bond between mother and daughter
Child support payments were considered an impossible reform until the 1980s. Cottonbro/Pexels

Labor’s Minister for Social Security Brian Howe intended to solve this problem. He appointed experts Bettina Cass and Meredith Edwards to build an evidence base and implement a solution.

Edwards proposed that employers deduct payments directly from workers’ wages, along with income tax. The child payment portion would be transferred to the custodial parent.

As strange as it sounds, it was opposed all along the social security chain of command. It was considered an “impossible reform”, according to Edwards.

The department of social security was openly hostile. At first, it did not take the review seriously, then it kept putting up different arguments for why it could not be done. Finally, it moved Edwards and her team out of the building as they posed a “safety risk”.

Undeterred, the team never took no for an answer and worked out solutions for each “unsurmountable” barrier.

The tax office was also antagonistic to assisting the child support unit, saying it wasn’t their job and it would cost too much to run.

The child support scheme officially began in 1988, meaning it’s now been in place for almost two generations.

Dismantling trade barriers

By the 1950s, Australia was the second most protectionist country among advanced economies, with an average tariff rate of about 30%.

By 2017, Australia had close to the lowest tariff rates in the world, with an average tariff of less than 1%. How did this come about?

The Australian journey to a low-tariff environment was driven by the intellectual force of academic economists. It was eventually taken up by successive Australian governments.

The arguments from economists such as Max Corden and Dick Snape were that Australia’s high level of import tariffs were lowering the average standard of living of the Australian people by forcing people to pay high prices for imported goods.

Economic evidence was used to considerable effect. Work done by politicians, backed by evidence from economists in academia and the public service, eventually disarmed manufacturers. Evidence made manufacturers focus on long-term issues rather than just immediate effects. Economic analysis was used to set out clearly the trade-offs of not making a change.

The business media was often brought in as an ally.

It took many reports by the Productivity Commission and its predecessors for the export and household sectors to appreciate how much tariffs were undermining their standard of living.

The main opponents to tariff reform were the NSW Labor right and the Business Council of Australia. However, the National Farmers Federation and the Australian Mining Industry Council eventually understood the (positive) implications for their exports and exerted their muscle.

By the 1980s, the broad arguments were largely accepted by both major parties and the labour movement. As a trade economist, Corden advocated for a gradual simplification of tariff rates and then reduction of import barriers. The Button Plan in the 1980s, and later plans from the Bracks and Green Reviews in the 2000s, had programs to help affected businesses refocus their markets or close in an orderly manner.

Interestingly, tariff reforms were not traditional Labor issues. But they were adopted by then Prime Minister Bob Hawke and Treasurer Paul Keating, who realised that some of the party’s mantras were undermining the party’s goals of social and economic justice.

What do we learn from these examples?

There are none so blind and belligerent as vested interests. We’ve seen this more recently in the vocal pushback to the federal government’s recent tax reforms.

Australia has entrenched economic and social problems, from unaffordable housing to wealth inequality.

No government, from any party, can fix those problems in one or two terms. History shows it takes persistent work over decades. At times, change can feel impossible. But that’s what health officials once said about setting up Medicare too.The Conversation

Beth Webster, Director, Melbourne Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What the backlash to the Industrial Revolution can teach us about handcrafts in the age of AI

A woman crotcheting while sitting on the floor.
pixdeluxe/Getty
Susan Luckman, Adelaide University

Artificial intelligence (AI) isn’t yet causing widespread job losses in Australia. But with some high-profile business leaders still predicting a looming unemployment “crisis” it’s little wonder many people fear AI is coming for their job.

Anxiety about automation dates back to the early days of the industrial revolution. We know with the benefit of hindsight that the machinery of mass production ultimately did upend the lives of many workers and transform the world.

Yet today, centuries later, people haven’t stopped making things by hand; far from it. In much of the world, handicrafts are booming. From quilting and knitting to pottery and wood carving, many old skills are enjoying something of a resurgence among a new generation.

So, what’s behind the enduring appeal of making something by hand? And can looking to the past teach us anything about this present moment?

The backlash to industrial abundance

Edmund Cartwright, an English clergyman and inventor, first patented an early version of the power loom in 1785. It took a few decades of refinement to develop this invention into a reliable machine, but its adoption ultimately redefined the textiles industry.

As the industrial revolution rolled on, a group of labour activists we now know as the “Luddites” protested the working conditions and job losses that resulted.

Today, the term is used to describe people generally hostile to new technologies, but this contemporary usage misses the fact that they did have a point: industrialisation did have a devastating impact on many workers and their communities.

However, responses to the industrial revolution were not only political and economic. They were also cultural and aesthetic, and in some cases, a rejection of the cheapness of industrial abundance.

Across Europe and beyond, the Arts and Crafts Movement of the late 19th and early 20th century looked to craft practices, handmaking, and nature as stylistic inspiration for this most Victorian of radical politics.

As William Morris, designer, writer, activist and manufacturer famously stated at the time:

Have nothing in your house you do not know to be useful or believe to be beautiful.

An enduring appeal

Crafts are as popular as ever. According to recently released results from Creative Australia’s sixth National Arts Participation Survey, an estimated nine million Australians participate in creating some form of art or craft. Among these, visual arts and craft are the most common.

For many people, craft is more than a hobby. My previous research has shown that at the time of the last Australian census, 116,538 people were employed in jobs requiring craft skills, or 1.1% of the total workforce.

This included roles ranging from stonemasonry to industrial ceramics, scientific instrument making to textile production and fashion.

What about the cost?

Crafting today can be an expensive business. Hand spun, rare breed, naturally dyed wools can be knitted on handmade needles.

But you can also still pick up a pair of needles cheaply at your local op shop and some old wool from someone’s no-longer-needed stash.

However despite this growth in interest, Australia’s arts and craft retail sector is facing pressure from the shift to online sales.

In June, craft supplies and fabric supplier Lincraft announced it would be closing all physical Lincraft stores in Australia.

While some large retailers may be under pressure, more local, specialist and high-quality shops are opening to fill the demand for making materials driven by interest and recreation, not need or frugality.

Notably, across its 20 years of existence, craft supply stores have featured among Etsy’s most successful shops.

There is also growing demand for haberdashery, an over $A550 million sector, as new generations motivated by sustainability repair and alter existing garments rather than buy new ones.

Why analogue is so appealing

But more recently and often as part of wider trends driven by young people to make space to slow life down, avoid “doomscrolling” and perhaps get offline together, there is growing interest in the making side of craft.

Beside the sociality and sense of achievement this can offer, having the skills to repair items or re-use existing materials resonates with a commitment to living more sustainably.

In this way, craft can mark a re-calibration of our relationship to the material world grounded in care, doing things well, and at a human not industrial scale.

For some, too, crafting offers a way to connect with family across generations as they carry on a craft practice learned from parents or grandparents, linking with family memory and bringing this into the present (and hopefully, the future).

The time, labour and skill that goes into making rather than just buying a gift to give to another elevates that present to a whole new level of meaning.

A fulfilling sense of friction

Developing skills to turn materials into useful items has throughout history been a motivating human force. A key driver behind craft’s enduring appeal is precisely the friction of doing it “the old way”.

In the face of AI disruption, it is notable that creative manual work is seen as relatively safe from being replaced, requiring imagination and fine motor skills that AI can’t replicate.

Today, the sense of tangible achievement that comes from this offers many people, including growing numbers of younger people, a sense of control and agency in a world that often feels out of control, echoing again the words of William Morris:

A good way to rid one’s self of a sense of discomfort is to do something.The Conversation

Susan Luckman, Professor of Culture and Creative Industries, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Needling for change: the surprisingly political history of knitting

Ana Fernandez/Getty Images
Stephen John Taylor, University of Otago

From fistfights in the corridors to tractors driven up its front steps, New Zealand’s parliament has seen plenty of odd and unruly behaviour by sitting MPs.

But a few other controversies have involved something slightly less rowdy: knitting.

In the latest instance, Labour MP Deborah Russell was spotted stitching together a woollen vest during parliament’s question time last week. Around half of more than 43,000 respondents to a Stuff poll thought it unacceptable.

Russell’s defence? It helps her stay calm and focused. She also described it as a way of signalling displeasure with the debate happening in the chamber.

In suggesting a political element, Russell wasn’t pulling the wool. Knitting happens to have a long and storied place in political protest in New Zealand and around the world.

A history of needling

Knitting is often seen as a quiet hobby for the home and hearth. And for good reason: research suggests it can be calming, aid concentration and create social connections.

But its quiet nature has also made knitting an unlikely tool for protest.

During the French Revolution, women known as tricoteuses famously knitted while watching public executions. During World War I, Belgian women reportedly used knitting to record the movements of German troops and artillery.

New Zealand has its own history of knitting rubbing up against politics. An 1880 illustration depicts women knitting as they watched proceedings from parliament’s ladies’ gallery.

Heather Nicholson’s history of New Zealand knitting, The Loving Stitch, contains a colourful anecdote from the women’s suffrage debate of this period: “a ball of wool rolled right up the Speaker’s chair”, while “a half-finished camisole fluttered down to the feet of a scandalised legislator”.

Whether this was simply a knitting mishap or a political gesture is unclear.

There was less ambiguity about Marilyn Waring. The renowned feminist and former National MP, who was the first woman to knit on parliament’s floor, later described her own knitting as a political act.

More recently, former National leader Bill English accused Labour’s Judith Tizard of showing “contempt and arrogance” by knitting in 2002. And in 2021, then-Labour MP Stuart Nash objected when ACT’s Nicole McKee knitted during a tribute to the Duke of Edinburgh.

Former Labour MP Judith Tizard, pictured with her knitting in parliament’s debating chamber in 2002. Mark Mitchell/Getty Images

Away from the halls of power, New Zealand has plenty of other examples of disruptive stitching. In 1955, women staged a “knit-in” on railway tracks to protest the closure of the Nelson railway line, continuing for ten days before being arrested.

Overseas, the pink “Pussyhat” became a symbol of the 2017 Women’s March in Washington DC, where hundreds of thousands of protesters gathered following Donald Trump’s inauguration.

Knitting has also been a source of cultural innovation. Māori women unravelled wool from imported knitted garments and reworked it into korowai – an example of one culture’s materials being adapted for another.

A common thread

These examples show how something associated with quiet domesticity can carry a very public message. Knitting offers a form of protest that does not need to be loud or confrontational to make a point.

There’s also a clever term for this: craftivism. In 2009, British activist Sarah Corbett founded the Craftivist Collective to promote what she called “the art of gentle protest”.

To better understand this phenomenon, I interviewed 50 women in four countries involved in knitting for social change.

In Australia, Christian social justice organisation Common Grace invited people to knit “climate scarves” for politicians, using coloured stripes to depict changes in average global temperatures over the previous century.

For some of the women I interviewed, the project offered a way to participate in politics when they might otherwise have felt powerless. As one grandmother told me: “I’ve never spoken to a politician… I’m a little ordinary person. I’m sitting here watching the world get hotter. [Knitting] gave me some agency.”

Another described the scarves as a gentler way of communicating the urgency of climate change.

In England, knitting was used to show solidarity with survivors of church abuse.

Survivors in the Diocese of Newcastle had adopted the strawberry as a symbol of resilience and change, prompting church knitting groups to make more than 600 red and green knitted strawberries.

Many carried handwritten messages of support and were displayed inside the cathedral. One participant described the result as “exuberant defiance” – a particularly potent description given how abuse within religious settings can involve the silencing of survivors. Here, their voices were being made visible at the heart of the church.

Across these projects, I found knitting could give people a sense of agency, connect those who might otherwise feel isolated and make overlooked voices more visible.

As amusing or irksome as it may have seemed to many of us, Deborah Russell’s knitting was part of a rich and meaningful tradition.

For generations, women have taken an activity often regarded as quaint and homely and carried it into public life – sometimes for comfort, sometimes for community and sometimes to make a political point.

Perhaps that’s why, after all these years, a harmless pair of knitting needles can still get parliament in a tangle.The Conversation

Stephen John Taylor, Research Affiliate, Centre for Theology and Public Issues, University of Otago

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Gondwana really was a supercontinent. And it helped kick‑start life on Earth

An illustration of a planet, featuring one large continent surrounded by ocean.
An illustration of the supercontinent Gondwana. MARK GARLICK/SCIENCE PHOTO LIBRARY/GETTY
Bill Collins, Curtin University

Some 550 million years ago, the Earth looked very different to what it does today. The Southern Hemisphere was dominated by an enormous, single continent known as Gondwana.

This continent was first recognised by Austrian geologist Eduard Seuss in 1885 based on the presence of a unique plant fossil that was first discovered in the Gondwana Province of India. The fossils were then found in Australia, Africa, Antarctica and South America, demonstrating these land masses were once connected.

But whether Gondwana was an actual “supercontinent” has been a subject of intense scientific debate in recent years.

A new paper I coauthored, published today in Science Advances, helps settle the debate. Our team found a previously hidden part of the Gondwanan landmass that’s now buried under mountains, which shows it was much bigger than previously thought.

What exactly is a supercontinent?

The concept of supercontinents and supercontinental cycles came about in the mid-1980s when geologists first recognised cyclic, global-scale sea level changes in the geological record. These cycles dated back at least 2 billion years.

Since the 1980s, at least four supercontinents have been recognised. The youngest is Pangea which formed 300–250 million years ago. Gondwana is the second youngest at 550–500 million years. Rodinia formed about 1 billion years ago and the oldest verified is called Columbia or Nuna, which formed between 2–1.6 billion years ago.

However, the supercontinent status of Gondwana has been questioned in the 21st century. This was because an arbitrary value of 75% of continental landmass was considered necessary to attain supercontinent status and Gondwana was initially measured at 64%.

The initial measurement of Gondwana was based on five core continental fragments: India, South America, Africa, Australia and Antarctica. Subsequent measurements included landmasses extending from the Appalachian mountains in the United States, through southern Europe, to Turkey, Iran and Pakistan, then connecting to India.

Even so, the additional landmass was insufficient to increase the status of Gondwana.

A diagram showing how the landmasses of Australia, Africa, Antarctica, India and South America were once connected..
Fossils found in Australia, Africa, Antarctica, India and South America demonstrate these land masses were once connected. Osvaldocangaspadilla/Wikipedia

Gondwana’s true scale

As is often the case in science, our team’s discovery of Gondwana’s buried bits was serendipitous.

We were compiling a global dataset of granite samples from around the world to understand how deep crustal processes relate to mineral formation. Part of that deep Earth understanding was to determine the age of the rocks from which the exposed granites – now at surface – came from.

Most granites are formed by melting older continental rocks. We used a special technique which measures the amount of radioactive isotopes in rocks. This technique has existed for several decades, but the individual datapoints from rock samples is rarely plotted at a continental scale. We did this at global-scale to generate an age-map of the deep Earth.

To give an example, even though some granites formed in the Himalayas only 20 million years ago, others formed at 50 million years. Still others formed at 120 million years ago. But our analysis showed that all the Himalayan granites were derived from a common continental block.

That block formed approximately 700–550 million years ago and was part of Gondwana.

We have traced the original Gondwanan fragments from India and southeast Asia, through most of China into Kazakhstan. Previously, much of this region was thought to be ancient ocean floor containing volcanic island chains like in the Pacific Ocean today.

It turns out that most of this region, which is now mountainous and covered by younger rocks, was originally part of Gondwana.

This finding expands Gondwana’s continental landmass to roughly 80%. In other words, it really was a supercontinent.

So what if Gondwana was a supercontinent?

It matters that greater Gondwana was a true supercontinent because the world changed immediately after it formed.

The formation of supercontinents can impact global dynamics, such as global climate and biological change, including the explosion of life on Earth between 550 and 500 million years ago.

Many models have invoked specific environmental effects for the Cambrian explosion, as this event is known. But the profound changes required a global cause-and-effect relation.

Even then, linking global climate, biology and geology is daunting. However, other isotopes found in carbon, oxygen and seawater were recording the same change. So here was a paradox to evaluate with our new information.

When greater Gondwana was forming between 750 and 550 million years ago, Himalayan-sized mountain ranges criss-crossed the supercontinent. Gondwana was an entirely frozen, arid landmass.

However, once the continental fragments amalgamated, Earth had to reconfigure its plate tectonics. A volcanic arc chain formed that encircled the supercontinent, extending from Russia, via China, Australia, Antarctica, South Africa to the Andes of South America.

This volcanic arc around Gondwana was the precursor of today’s Ring of Fire around the Pacific Ocean. It was also similar in length, almost 35,000km.

Like the present day, this ancient ring of fire was associated with constant volcanic eruptions. It released huge amounts of volcanic gases, especially water vapour and carbon dioxide. Present-day gas emissions from volcanoes are estimated at 1–4 million metric tonnes of water vapour and 150–370,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide daily – most coming from the Ring of Fire.

Once the Cambrian ring of fire formed, the huge amount of gas emitted each day over 50 million years helped change Earth’s climate from icehouse to greenhouse. And in doing so, it was the catalyst for life to proliferate for the first time on planet Earth.The Conversation

Bill Collins, Adjunct Professor, School of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New fossils show Tasmanian devils lived with people in outback Western Australia 45,000 years ago

Timothy Churchill, UNSW and Gavin Ashburton, Indigenous Knowledge

Tasmanian devils are among Australia’s most distinctive mammals. Stocky, powerful and famously noisy, wild populations are now restricted to Tasmania.

But this was not always the case. In fact, thousands of years ago devils could be found across mainland Australia.

Skeletal remains of Tasmanian devils have been found in deposits from southern Australia to the tropical north, across the Nullarbor, central Australia, Queensland, the Northern Territory and parts of southern Western Australia. Yet one major region was missing from this record: Western Australia’s Pilbara region.

Our new study, published in Archaeology in Oceania, reports the first unequivocal evidence of Tasmanian devils from the Pilbara, recovered from the Juukan 2 rockshelter on Puutu Kunti Kurrama and Pinikura Country.

Why the Juukan rockshelter matters

Juukan 2 was a large rockshelter in the western Hamersley Plateau. Archaeological research has shown people used the shelter from at least 47,000 years ago, including through the dry Last Glacial Maximum (roughly 29,000 to 19,000 years ago).

The shelter is the only known mainland northern Australian Pleistocene-aged archaeological site where faunal remains occur in unequivocal association with stone tools. Its deposits preserve an unusually detailed record of people, animals and environmental change.

That record became internationally significant after Juukan 2 was extensively damaged by mining blasting in 2020. Research and rehabilitation have since continued under the direction of Traditional Owners.

A group of people excavating in a large cave.
Archaeological research has shown people used the Juukan 2 rockshelter from at least 47,000 years ago. Author supplied.

A jaw, a tooth and thousands of scavenged bones

The strongest evidence for devils at Juukan comes from two fossils.

The younger fossil is part of a lower jaw preserving the first two molars. Dating of the sediment around the bone shows it is between 6,900 and 7,300 years old.

The older specimen is a fragment of a lower first or second premolar. This tooth was excavated from sediment dated to between 42,500 and 47,100 years old.

Our findings are reinforced by a much larger body of evidence – the context archaeologists and palaeontologists use to interpret the past.

We have examined more than 8,000 catalogued animal bones from Juukan so far. More than 1,000 show chewing or gnawing marks from mainly rodents, but also quolls, devils and perhaps monitor lizards.

Upon analysing 55 of the bone specimens, we found at least ten with tooth-pit dimensions (or gnaw marks) closest to those produced by Tasmanian devils.

These devil-like marks occur in deposits from pre-Last Glacial Maximum (roughly 47,000 to 26,000 years ago), post-glacial (roughly 19,000 to 11,600 years ago) and Holocene (roughly 11,600 years ago to present day). This shows that devils repeatedly scavenged at Juukan across a substantial part of the sequence.

We also examined 263 digested bone fragments found in the rockshelter. These fragments are too big to be from the prey of Pilbara’s smaller extant carnivores like quolls and mulgaras. They are most compatible with digestion by a large bone-eating dasyurid such as the Tasmanian devil.

Taken together, the fossils, tooth marks and digested bone show that devils were a recurrent part of the Juukan scavenger community over tens of thousands of years. They persisted through dramatic environmental change, demonstrating they were not restricted to the cooler or more temperate environments where they live today.

A figure displaying side and aerial views of a fossilized piece of jawbone.
Tasmanian Devil jaw fragment found in Juukan Gorge deposits dating from roughly 7,000 years ago. Author supplied

Devils, people and a changing scavenger community

Juukan also gives us a rare glimpse into the ecological relationship between people and devils.

Much of the medium- and large-animal bones at Juukan were brought into the shelter and butchered by people, while smaller animals were often gathered by owls and deposited as pellets. The devil-like chewing occurs on the larger material associated with humans.

This raises the possibility that human camps provided predictable scavenging opportunities for devils for tens of thousands of years.

The finds also complement devil-like rock art at Nganjarli in Murujuga, within the Dampier Archipelago National Heritage Place.

No comparable images are currently known from around Juukan itself. However, marine shell beads from the rockshelter indicate that people or objects moved between inland and coastal areas during the Holocene. Cultural knowledge of animals such as devils may likewise have circulated through these connections.

Importantly, there is no evidence that the two Juukan devil fossils themselves were butchered, cooked or eaten. Their presence may instead reflect animals entering and scavenging and eventually dying at the shelter.

The disappearing devil

Devils disappeared from mainland Australia about 3,200 years ago, after dingoes had arrived and spread across the continent.

Dingoes have long been implicated in devil extinction because they competed for prey and carcass scavenging. Our findings suggest another possibility: dingoes may also have displaced devils from scavenging around human camps.

If devils had exploited animal remains discarded by people for tens of thousands of years, the arrival of a new carnivore increasingly associated with humans could have reduced access to that reliable food source.

We can’t yet demonstrate that dingoes caused devil extinction. But it identifies a previously underappreciated form of competition that may have contributed to their decline.

Juukan preserves far more than a list of vanished species. It records changing relationships between people, predators and prey over almost 47,000 years.

That is precisely why places such as Juukan are irreplaceable archives of Australia’s cultural and environmental past.The Conversation

Timothy Churchill, Adjunct Associate Lecturer, School of Biological, Earth & Environmental Sciences, UNSW and Gavin Ashburton, Puutu Kunti Kurrama Traditional Owner, Indigenous Knowledge

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Decorating the heavens’: a new Leonard French window sheds light on his masterpiece

A stained glass ceiling inside a high gallery space, seen from below.
National Gallery of Victoria
Lisa French, RMIT University

In the 1950s and 60s, artists, writers and musicians were drawn to the islands in the Aegean, including Australian writers George Johnston and Charmian Clift, who took up residence on the Greek island of Hydra, as did the young Leonard Cohen.

In 1962, Melbourne-born Australian artist Leonard French spent six months on Samos, with his wife Helen, his son Marc, and me, then just a baby. While there, a fortune teller told him he would “decorate the heavens”.

It proved to be an apt prediction, and became a much-retold family story. In 1968, the National Gallery of Victoria (NGV) opened on St Kilda Road with my father’s monumental stained-glass ceiling illuminating its Great Hall. He had created what is still believed to be “the world’s largest cut-glass ceiling”.

The heavens had, indeed, been decorated.

One of my childhood memories is of my father laying out the thick pieces of glass on vast glowing light boxes, then adding sawdust in between the glass to see the effect. I also recall visiting the Great Hall while the ceiling was being constructed, and later lying on the floor beside him, gazing up at his work: the giant turtles at either end, surrounded by birds and partly obscured serpents, all facing a massive sun at its centre.

A long rectangular stained-glass ceiling, seen from directly below.
Leonard French’s ceiling work for the National Gallery of Victoria’s Great Hall. National Gallery of Victoria

The NGV has just installed another work by my late father at the Ian Potter Centre, its Australian art museum at Federation Square. I had not seen it before, and coming face to face with it for the first time was thrilling; it is spectacular!

To view it, visitors ride the escalator to the right of the gallery entrance and slowly approach the work. It looks so perfect there, one could imagine it was commissioned for that space.

A key to deciphering a masterpiece

It proves to be a fabulous companion to the original NGV commission. Able to be seen close up, this window provides visitors with something unexpected: a key to deciphering the imagery of French’s Great Hall ceiling, one of Australia’s most familiar, yet surprisingly little-interrogated, artworks.

Interior shot of a stained-glass window with nine panels, installed in a grey concrete gallery wall.
The newly installed Leonard French window at NGV Australia. Eugene Hyland/National Gallery of Victoria

At the top of the new window is a figure with outstretched hands reaching to a blue sky. Beneath each arm, three birds fly upwards, signifying renewal.

The water, which is teeming with life, has a giant brightly coloured fish swimming in a turquoise sea, and a massive royal blue serpent with a vivid red eye, sliding upwards towards the figure.

At the bottom, three turtles surge forward. The exhilarating upward movement of the composition is beautiful and joyous.

Each of the motifs in the new window recur throughout French’s work. Here, the progression from turtles (land), through the fish (water), to birds (sky), give the work a powerful sense of regeneration and ascent, a spiritual and natural completeness.

From private home to public gallery

By the 1960s, Leonard French had achieved a degree of celebrity unusual for an Australian visual artist of the period. He appeared on the cover of The Bulletin in June 1967 and Life (Australia) in August 1968, and received a number of high profile public commissions, including the Alpha and Omega window at Monash University.

Growing up, I was aware of his fame.

NGV Australia’s window was originally commissioned by the late businessman and entrepreneur Gordon Barton for his private home. It was the largest of several windows my father created for the house, which he referred to collectively as “Gordon Barton’s windows” (here I will refer to NGV Australia’s work as the Barton window).

According to my father, Barton had admired his stained-glass windows at the National Library of Australia in Canberra, and commissioned him through architect Michael Dysart to create windows for his new home in Vaucluse, Sydney. The NGV’s window was originally commissioned for the stairwell, where it was installed around 1972.

In 2020, the Barton window, which had been removed from the house by subsequent owners, was offered for private sale by Leonard Joel auction house, where it was purchased by a philanthropist, who later donated it to the NGV.

Conservation has included removing white paint that had covered areas around the glass, allowing French’s original composition and the extraordinary luminosity of the glass to be seen again.

I am delighted that the window, more than half a century after it was created, has been placed on public view.

The Barton window has found a particularly fitting home at NGV Australia. The Great Hall ceiling is one of the museum’s most recognisable works, yet its distance from the viewer can make the imagery of turtles, serpents, fish and birds difficult to discern.

I have lived with my father’s images all my life, but for many viewers these creatures are hidden in what can appear to be geometric abstraction. The Barton window offers a new way into his visual world.The Conversation

Lisa French, Professor & Dean, School of Media and Communication, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The NFL sold out its Australia game in 30 minutes – but will the sport make its mark Down Under?

Adam Cohen, University of Technology Sydney

On Friday morning in Melbourne, 100,021 people crammed into the Melbourne Cricket Ground (MCG) for the first National Football League (NFL) game ever to be played in Australia.

Tickets for the clash between the Los Angeles Rams and San Francisco 49ers – which the 49ers won 27-7 – sold out in about half an hour. So, there is definitely interest in Australia.

But even though the NFL has played games around the world for decades, why has it now chosen to go to Australia, a country with a population of only about 28 million people with its own unique version of football?

The expansion of the US’ biggest sport

Culturally and financially, the NFL is the United States’ most dominant sport.

For decades, the league has hoped international games can bring new fans to the sport and help identify NFL-ready talent around the world.

Its first international game was an exhibition contest in Tokyo, Japan, in 1976.

In the mid-1980s, preseason games were played in Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, Sweden and Mexico.

It wasn’t until 2005 when a regular-season match was hosted outside the US, in Mexico City.

After a one-year break, the NFL started hosting annual international games during the season. Since then, regular-season games have been played in countries such as the UK, Germany, Spain, Brazil and Mexico.

This year, Australia and France were added to the slate.

So, why Melbourne?

For the NFL, Commissioner Roger Goodell said expanding to Australia “underlines our ambitions to become a global sport and accelerate international growth.”

He later added:

We’re coming here for the long term. We don’t come as a one-off.

Los Angeles Rams owner Stanley Kroenke also emphasised the value of the Australian market:

When we first identified Australia as one of our global markets, it was not only because of our passionate fans who reside there, but also because of the important role Los Angeles plays in serving as a gateway to Australia and many countries across the Pacific.

But Australia has a small population. Mexico reportedly boasts the biggest fanbase outside the US, with some 40 million NFL fans. Wouldn’t doubling down on the NFL’s investments there be a better use of energy and money?

Or Germany, the world’s third-largest economy? Every NFL game there has sold out almost instantly since 2022.

The time zones of these countries are also much safer bets for US television audiences and media contracts. Additionally, the travel time is much shorter, requiring far less consideration of sleep and recovery for the athletes.

Of course, money is crucial.

International games are a lucrative business: the Jacksonville Jaguars reportedly generate US$35-50 million (A$49-70 million) each time they play in London. The league has made similar gains through broadcasting. Teams are allocated international marketing rights across 22 global regions.

In Australia, the state of Victoria beat out two other states (New South Wales and Western Australia) – in addition to South Korea and Japan – for the NFL deal, reportedly paying $15 million per game as part of a multi-year agreement.

NSW Premier Chris Minns said the asking price was “a king’s ransom”.

The venue choice for Melbourne was controversial, too. Critics argued a rectangular stadium would better suit the sport compared to the oval-shaped MCG.

But Australia – and Melbourne, in particular – makes sense for the NFL due to people’s passion for sport. Research suggests Australia has the second-highest attendance at professional sporting events in the world per capita, behind the UK.

This fandom is not limited to one sport, either, with healthy fan bases for Australian rules football, rugby league and rugby union.

The local NFL fanbase is growing quickly, too. It is approaching similar fan numbers to the NBA, despite basketball having a long head start in the country.

Athletes are part of the picture, too

Developing international talent is one of three stated pillars of the NFL’s global strategy.

The league’s International Player Pathway was launched in 2017 to funnel elite overseas athletes into the sport. It helped the Philadelphia Eagles’ Jordan Mailata, from Sydney, earn an NFL contract. The Super Bowl winner was a former rugby league junior player before swapping sports.

In 2024, the NFL’s first Southern Hemisphere academy was also opened on the Gold Coast, with Mailata as its ambassador.

In recent years, there has also been a pipeline of Australian punters (kickers) heading to the US to play in college, with many later making it onto NFL rosters.

Prokick Australia is the major player here, having spent almost two decades converting Australian-rules football players into punters. It has produced many NFL players, including the Seattle Seahawks Super Bowl champion Michael Dickson (a former Sydney Swans academy prospect).

So, Australia now has three distinct pathways for local athletes into the NFL – more than most international markets.

Flag football – a modified version of the sport – is another element the NFL has invested in to try to attract more athletes and fans to American football. It will make its Olympic debut in 2028.

Recently, the NFL partnered with American Football Australia to expand in flag football in schools across Australia, with the hope of gaining enough momentum to remain part of the Olympics in 2032 in Brisbane.

What will the impact be?

Considering Melbourne’s insatiable appetite for major sporting events, perhaps selling out the first regular-season NFL game in Australia was the easy part.

Time will tell if Australia’s fandom and passion for a wide variety of sports translates into a viable return for the US league.The Conversation

Adam Cohen, Senior Lecturer, Sport Management, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Margaret Preston retrospective at the National Gallery of Victoria is a revelation

Visitors in Margaret Preston look at paintings of flowers
Phoebe Powell/NGV
Sasha Grishin, Australian National University

The National Gallery of Victoria’s Margaret Preston is a breathtaking exhibition. It is Preston as we have never seen her before, and challenges many earlier preconceptions.

We see her work in the context of her students/lovers, Bessie Gibson and Gladys Reynell, and her obsession with First Nations art – her adaptations, her collections, and, now, commentaries on her adaptations by Trevor Nickolls and Gordon Bennett, among others.

A much more complex and nuanced image of Preston emerges than in previous exhibitions.

The show is a mixture of a chronological survey with her early still life paintings from the opening decade of the 20th century, then her decorative flower pieces moving to the magnificence of her hand-coloured woodcuts.

There is a desire to bring her art to life: we see her iconic Wheelflower print of 1929, next to the actual woodblock from which it was printed. Her First Nations pieces are shown together with their actual sources of inspiration.

The exhibition is full of these little detective pieces that save the exhibition from being just another Margaret Preston show to make it into the Margaret Preston show for our generation.

A spectacular makeover

Born Margaret Rose McPherson in Adelaide in 1875, she initially trained in Sydney, then at the National Gallery School in Melbourne. She spent many years travelling in Europe, mainly in Germany, France and England.

She first travelled with Betty Davidson and then Gladys Reynell, with both of whom, the NGV catalogue asserts, she had a romantic bond.

She exhibited to limited acclaim, first under the name of Rose McPherson and by 1912 as Margaret McPherson.

Her personal and artistic makeover was as spectacular as it was sudden.

Oil painting of the artist holding paintbrushes.
Margaret Preston Self-portrait, 1930, oil on canvas Art Gallery of NSW, Sydney Gift of the artist at the request of the Trustees 1930 © Margaret Preston/Licensed by Copyright Agency, Australia. Image © Art Gallery of New South Wales

On the last day of 1919, the 44-year-old McPherson falsified her age by eight years and married Lieutenant William George Preston, subsequently a successful businessman. This made her, at least on the marriage certificate, a socially respectable two years younger than her husband, rather than the embarrassing six years older.

She changed her exhibiting name to Margaret Preston and, armed with her husband’s wealth, launched her new career with a massive publicity blitz that was to last until her death in 1963.

Following her marriage, she settled with her husband in the bayside Sydney suburb of Mosman and moved rapidly up the social ladder to become a friend of the publisher Sydney Ure Smith.

Preston was the most articulate and outspoken female artist of her generation, writing frequent articles and giving lectures and interviews.

While always a committed traveller, after her marriage Preston embarked on numerous journeys throughout Asia and the Pacific, the Middle East and Europe.

At the height of the Depression, the Prestons moved from Mosman to a 14-acre block in rural Berowra, before returning to the Mosman neighbourhood in 1939, where they remained until her death.

A revelation

For me, a revelation of this exhibition is her late stencil pieces, including Christ turning the water into wine (1951) and White gum (1953) where Preston in her mature years is grappling with a host of conceptual problems and exhibits a brilliant technical inventiveness.

While many of the pieces have been seen before, here they gain a new poignancy through their new context.

With over 200 works on display, there is enough to present a comprehensive overview to gain a good understanding of her work and her contribution to Australian art and not an overkill requiring a packed lunch for viewing every print she ever made.

On ‘primative’ art

Although a strong advocate for First Nations art, I feel that Preston’s attitude still sat within the framework of cultural imperialism.

That is, it came from one who had not the slightest doubt in the superiority of her own culture that could absorb “primitive” elements from Indigenous cultures.

She illustrated how a sacred Kimberley dancing board could give you a suggestion for a curtain. In 1924 she boasted,

I have barely altered the design […] The Australian aboriginal has followed the usual abstract designs that are characteristic of the savage […] I have suggested a cushion cover that could be adapted from the design.

In 1925 Preston wrote,

In wishing to rid myself of the mannerisms of a country other than my own, I have gone to the art of a people who have never seen or known anything different from themselves, and were accustomed to always use the same symbols to express themselves.

[…]

It is on the primitive natural forms that we must depend. In returning to primitive art it should be remembered that it is to be used as a starting point only for a renewal of growth, and a gradual selection must take place to arrive at the culmination.

Over the decades, Preston’s attitude to First Nations art matured as she travelled thousands of kilometres to view rock art and art in various communities. But the art remained a quarry from which a “civilized” artist could plunder elements from which to create an “authentic” Australian national art.

Preston’s ideas on a national art were naïve, but, as shown by this exhibition, she did create a powerful and memorable oeuvre.

Margaret Preston is at The Ian Potter Centre: NGV Australia until January 31 2027.The Conversation

Sasha Grishin, Adjunct Professor of Art History, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Palm Beach wharf at high tide. Photo: AJG/PON


Happy Birthday MM!

Michael Mannington OAM, 'photographer at large' at Woody Point Yacht Club's annual Gentleman's Launch and Putt Putt Regatta, January 2012, with Cheeky 'pooch at large'. Picture by A J Guesdon. 

This photo of a photographer 'at large' who remarked moments before it was taken "here we are again...pretending to work...", captures a little of the essence of a gentleman who has supported hundreds of community organisations and their volunteers over decades and for countless hours by providing a keen eye and clear lens to capture their events and peoples. 

What makes Community Photography a success in our community, like the thousands of others here who devote their time and energy to investing back into community, is that money is only worth so much and cannot buy all things. Some other definition of 'worth it' applies, especially in Pittwater. 

Providing the photo without cost, an acknowledgement that we should keep a record and get the message out, bothering to get it as it actually is by not standing outside and looking in but engaging with what is happening are just a few earmarks of what MM, and those who work alongside him, bring with them.

Community Photography commenced in 2009.

Michael Mannington commenced on September 16 ....  which means he will be 21 years young, again, this coming Wednesday!

Happy Birthday my dear friend - and thank you for all the fish :)

Automated decision-making bill a welcome move but more safeguards are urgently needed: COTA

Monday September 7, 2026
The Federal Government must urgently introduce consistent safeguards for automated decision-making, with aged care showing the risks of allowing technology to outpace protections, Council on the Ageing (COTA) Australia says.

COTA Chief Executive, Patricia Sparrow, said the private members bill introduced by Independent MP Kate Chaney today shows what practical safeguards look like in legislation and should provide further momentum for the government to deliver its promised whole-of-government framework.

“Government should not be using automated systems to make important decisions about people today and promising to work out the rules tomorrow,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Automated decision-making is already being used across government. The safeguards need to keep pace.

“People need to know when an automated system has been used to make a decision about them, understand why, and have access to a real person with authority to review and change it if required.”

Ms Sparrow said aged care shows exactly why protections are needed from the start.

“Right now, an algorithm decides how much Support at Home funding an older person gets. If an assessor sits across from someone and thinks the classification is wrong, they simply cannot change it. Government has now recognised the need for human intervention and the sector is awaiting the outcome of the review undertaken to put this critical adjustment and oversight into place.

“Older people have been carrying the risk of not having proper oversight since the systems introduction nearly a year ago. The review outcomes must remove the risk and ensure that assessments deliver the right level of care to individuals while also rebuilding trust in the assessment process.

The bill introduced today would require people are notified when a computer makes a decision about them, and it would ensure a real person can change that decision. All decisions – human or computer – would have access to the same formal appeal processes. It would also establish a public register of the automated systems government uses.

Ms Sparrow said that more was needed, “the bill’s risk assessment should explicitly require departments to consider the impact on different groups of people before a system is introduced, especially those who are marginalised.”

“Safeguards must take into account and protect those who are most vulnerable and are often least able to challenge a wrong automated decision,” said Ms Sparrow.

Call for new members for National Aged Care Advisory Council

The Australian Government is inviting applications for membership of the National Aged Care Advisory Council (NACAC), with an expression of interest now open to appoint six experienced individuals to the Council.

NACAC was established in 2021 in response to the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety. It is a trusted advisory body that reports directly to Government on issues affecting ageing and aged care.

The council includes experts from across the aged care system – from training and education, residential and in-home care providers to members of the aged care workforce and related fields such as nursing, allied health and gerontology.

Expert members are selected for their strong connections within the aged care sector in a variety of areas and their ability to deliver constructive feedback to the Government as we deliver our once-in-a-generation reforms.

More information, including about the areas of expertise being sought and the application process can be found on the Department of Health, Disability and Ageing’s vacancies page

Expressions of interest remain open until 8 October 2026.

Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, the hon. Sam Rae MP, said this week:

"This is a real opportunity to help shape the future of aged care in Australia. If you have the right skills and experience, I encourage you to put your name forward.

"Since the Royal Commission, the National Aged Care Advisory Council has become a vital part of our system. As we deliver our generational reforms, it's essential Government has the best possible advice from the widest possible range of experts.

"Our goal is to future-proof aged care for the next generation, and we can't do that without strong, independent advice to match our record investment in the sector." 

How studying astronauts could help tackle ageing on Earth

Close up crop of astronaut waving in space
Vladi333/Shutterstock
Samantha Jones, University of Liverpool and Anne McArdle, University of Liverpool

Astronauts who undergo long-duration spaceflight aboard the International Space Station often return with health problems that resemble some age-related conditions in people on Earth.

Remarkably, some of this decline reverses within months of their return but others persist. This raises an intriguing question: what can be learned from these rapid changes and could they help prevent or reverse aspects of age-related decline on Earth?

That question has turned space into a laboratory for ageing research. Spaceflight reproduces many features of ageing. Astronauts also experience unusual conditions, including very low gravity, increased radiation and disrupted sleep. Even so, changes that usually develop over decades on Earth can appear within weeks or months in space, giving scientists an opportunity to observe some ageing-related processes in fast-forward.

A 2026 study, which tracked four astronauts during the nine-day Axiom-2 mission, examined chemical markers attached to DNA that can be used to estimate biological age. This is an estimate of how old the body appears to be based on molecular changes, rather than the number of years a person has lived.

The astronauts’ estimated biological age increased during the mission and began to fall after they returned to Earth. This does not mean that they physically aged by years in a matter of days. With only four participants, the study cannot provide firm conclusions, but it shows how rapidly the body can respond to the conditions of spaceflight.

Why would leaving gravity behind affect the body in ways that resemble ageing? On Earth, muscles, bones, and the cardiovascular system and other organs are adapted to function under the constant pull of gravity. That continual mechanical load helps keep these systems healthy, although their function often declines later in life. In space, many of those demands disappear.

When muscles age in fast-forward

Skeletal muscle provides one of the clearest examples. Astronauts lose muscle mass and strength at a startling rate in very low gravity, even while exercising for around two hours a day to attempt to limit the effects.

Some of the biological processes involved may overlap with those associated with sarcopenia, the age-related loss of muscle strength and mass that increases the risk of frailty, falls and loss of independence.

Scientists are still working out how closely muscle loss in space resembles sarcopenia, because similar effects can arise through different biological processes. The crucial difference is timescale. That compression is exactly what drew our team to space.

Through our UK Space Agency-funded MicroAge mission, we sent lab-grown human muscle constructs to the International Space Station.

These miniature muscles, roughly the size of a grain of rice, were engineered from human muscle stem cells. Using lab-grown tissue, rather than relying solely on the limited number of astronauts available for study, allowed us to compare muscle adaptations in very low gravity with those seen during ageing on Earth. It also allowed us to carry out early tests of possible ways to protect muscle. If some of the same mechanisms are involved in both settings, space could provide a useful opportunity to study years of biological change over the course of months for a single mission.

Our follow-up mission, MicroAge II, will explore the biology of this decline in greater detail. It focuses on mitochondria, the structures inside cells that produce most of the energy those cells need. Problems with mitochondria are recognised as one process involved in muscle ageing on Earth.

MicroAge II will investigate whether similar changes to their structure and function also contribute to rapid muscle loss in space. Why does any of this have significance beyond the space station?

Loss of muscle mass and function is one of the most consequential aspects of growing older. It underlies frailty, falls and the loss of independence that many people fear, yet effective treatments remain limited. Testing potential interventions in populations that age over decades is inevitably slow. Space research will hopefully help scientists identify relevant biological processes and test early ideas more rapidly.

Experiments in space cannot replace final clinical studies involving older people, however. Any treatment suggested by this work would still require extensive testing on Earth to establish whether it is safe and effective but would identify potential drug candidates far more quickly.The Conversation

Samantha Jones, Postdoctoral Research Associate in Musculoskeletal and Ageing Science, Faculty of Health and Life Sciences, University of Liverpool and Anne McArdle, Professor of Musculoskeletal and Ageing Science, University of Liverpool

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Drunk online shopping is big business – but who is responsible?

Person orders goods on their computer with glass of wine next to the keyboard
Revenue from shopping online while drunk is worth billions, according to some estimates. Oleg Elkov / Shutterstock
Solon Magrizos, University of Birmingham

One Sunday morning, Juliet* woke up to an eager delivery driver with a large package she had no recollection of ordering. She was quick to dismiss it as an e-commerce mistake before the card inside helped solve the mystery: “To Sober Juliet, from your friend, Drunk Juliet.”

The fact this story was recounted to us while researching this topic illustrates the rise of a cultural trend that surprisingly few academics have explored. But drunk shopping is a rapidly growing consumption phenomenon.

Intoxicated consumers generate billions of dollars in annual revenue: by one US survey estimate, around US$45 billion a year. In the latest research I carried out with colleagues, we attempted to explore this phenomenon and its ethical implications further.

How alcohol affects a shopper

When alcohol enters the human body, it acts as a general disinhibitor, causing people to “let go” of the inhibitions that would normally constrain their actions and increasing the likelihood of engaging in foolish and risky behaviour. Psychologists call the underlying mechanism alcohol myopia: short-sighted information processing that is part of alcohol intoxication.

Alcohol reduces the scope and focus of attention, limiting both the range of cues that can be perceived and the ability to process them. Behaviour is based only on the most salient and impelling “go” cues in the environment, not the less salient and inhibiting “no go” ones.

While driving, this might mean missing the dog running into the road. Behind an electronic platform, it can mean that the inviting “buy now” button crowds out anything else on the screen.

People shopping while drunk may pay a great deal of attention to the payment process at the expense of other significant details, such as the amount of money they will spend or the selection of a preferred item. And this is not ordinary impulse buying.

We define drunk shopping as a context-specific form of impulse purchasing, distinct from consumption when tired or stressed. It reflects a situational, temporary impairment, not a chronic, trait-based vulnerability, such as being materialistic.

Man holds mobile phone showing special offer image
Special offers can entice shoppers to impulse buy. Alex Photo Stock / Shutterstock

An environment built to remove inhibition

Prompts such as one-click purchasing, storage of credit card details, limited-time countdowns (for example, “offer ends at midnight”), and scarcity prompts like “only two left in stock” may merely increase the likelihood of purchasing out of convenience or persuasion when a person is sober.

But to alcohol-intoxicated consumers these prompts may have a disproportionately stronger effect by narrowing their attention and weakening their self-control. Intoxication does not create new stimuli; it alters the weight of these effects in the purchase decision.

While the transaction may appear voluntary, the underlying decision process is shaped by temporary impairment and digitally engineered environments that amplify impulsivity. You click the button, but all the conditions around it were carefully designed to make clicking as easy as possible.

Retailers probably know

Online platforms can anticipate when some users are operating under the influence of alcohol, through signals such as late-night contexts and jerky mouse movements.

But as companies can benefit from drunk shoppers, they may not do much to address it, and may instead effectively promote drunk shopping, for instance through late-night flash sales.

The obvious and defensive company response is that shoppers who bought something online can return the product. Yet most consumers never or rarely return such products, to avoid the hassle of the return process.

Existing consumer protection does not really cover this either. Current thinking treats consumers’ vulnerability as a given trait or a socioeconomic condition, and assumes rational, informed communication.

It does not fit a case where cognitive capacity is only temporarily reduced, or where the impairment is likely detectable from digital alerts.

What responsible retailing would look like

While consumers initiate the transaction, firms operate in environments designed to anticipate, amplify and monetise behavioural tendencies. This raises the question of whether firms should be held accountable not only for facilitating such behaviour, but also for failing to mitigate predictable harm.

In our paper we prescribe a “vulnerability mitigation mandate” for digital retailers: detect, disclose and defer impaired transactions. In practice that could mean impairment detection that pauses transactions, time-based ad restrictions, “cooling-off” periods before an order is finalised, or spending limits on platforms.

Some consumers already build such defences themselves: heavy drinkers may develop protective mechanisms to prevent unnecessary purchases, such as putting up a password barrier every time they try to buy. Even after a year of studying this topic we don’t have an answer as to why the burden of protection should fall on the impaired shopper rather than the profiting platform.

Juliet laughed off her “gifted” parcel, and most drunk purchases end as good stories as illustrated by the countless similar narratives on social media. But behind each such decision sits a platform that probably saw the signals, took the money, and asked no questions.

The next time “Drunk Juliet” goes shopping, the shop that never closes could at least learn to say: “Maybe sleep on it and let’s confirm in the morning.”


*Not her real nameThe Conversation

Solon Magrizos, Associate Professor, University of Birmingham

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How to Turn Off AI on Google

Veteran and Family SPUR Engagement Day

Meet the team from RSL LifeCare's Spur Ranch and the Northern Beaches Veteran Wellbeing Centre. Open to veterans, families and the community.

Charity Ceilidh for Cancer Research 

When: October 17th in Warriewood at 1.30pm
CHARITY CEILIDH for CANCER RESEARCH
How to spend $10, have a blast, and help fight cancer! Come to the first Ceilidh (Kay-lee) on the Peninsular on October 17th in Warriewood! Never been to one? Don’t miss it! Get ready for lively, fun traditional dances, all called and walked through. Mistakes don’t matter – fun does!
Sponsored by Avalon Scottish Country Dancing Group

Pittwater/Narrabeen Parkinson's Support Group 2026 Meetings

  • Thursday, 8 October 2026 - 12:30 pm to 02:30 pm
  • Thursday, 10 December 2026 - 12:30 pm to 02:30 pm
We meet every 2nd month, on the second Thursday, at 12:30pm at Dee Why RSL, Level 3. Meetings are informal and friendly, with guest speakers on various topics, and new members are always welcome. 

We also have a Carers Coffee, Third Thursday of every month at Dee Why RSL AQUA and we have a BYO Morning Tea, at Jamieson Park every Fourth Thursday of every month (weather permitting).

More information at:

Nature Writing Prize 2026 Now Open to Enter

$8,000 to be awarded to the winning writer

Calling all writers! The Nature Conservancy has announced the opening of its eighth biennial Nature Writing Prize.

The author of the winning essay will receive an $8,000 prize and be published in Australian Book Review (ABR). One additional author will receive a Highly Commended Prize of $1,000.

The competition’s judges are novelists Kim Mahood and Dave Witty and Dr Georgina Arnott, editor of the Australian Book Review.

The judging process is completely anonymous, with judges awarding the prize to an Australian writer whose essay they agree to be of the highest literary merit and which best explores a relationship and interaction with some aspect of the Australian landscape. All entries are required to be between 3,000 and 5,000 words and in the genre of ‘Writing of Place’. 

The Nature Conservancy Australia’s Country Director Lara Gallagher said, “The Nature Writing Prize was created in 2011 to promote and celebrate the art of nature writing, and to encourage a greater appreciation of Australia’s magnificent natural heritage. I’d particularly like to thank Paula McLean and The McLean Foundation, without whose generous support this important prize would not be possible.”

Alongside the $8,000 Winners Prize, The Nature Conservancy welcomes the return of the Rosina Joy Buckman Award, a $1,000 prize awarded to one Highly Commended essay. The Rosina Joy Buckman Award is generously sponsored by Kinchem Hegedus and Peter Barge.

2026 heralds a new era for nature writing in Australia, with the announcement of Australian Book Review as the official Publishing Partner for the Nature Writing Prize. Gallagher said, “This collaboration with ABR offers the Prize a new level of support, expanding its reach and cementing its place as one of Australia’s leading nature writing initiatives.”

The prize is open to Australian citizens and permanent residents. Participants will need to pay an entry fee of $30, or $25 for ABR subscribers. Submissions will close at 5pm AEST Wednesday 23 September 2026. To learn more about the prize and review the terms and conditions visit: www.natureaustralia.org.au/nwp

AvPals Term 3 2026 Schedule

Lectures and small group sessions are held on Tuesdays from 1:30 to 3:00pm at the Newport Community Centre. 

Bookings and payment for a session can be made at the Course Bookings. Visit: www.avpals.com/booking

Blanche d'Alpuget leaves a lasting imprint on Australian literature – and politics

Chris Wallace, University of Canberra

Writer Blanche d'Alpuget has died aged 82, leaving a lasting imprint on Australian literature, and having influenced the course of political history with her pathbreaking 1982 book on the then prime ministerial aspirant, Bob Hawke.

Now deeply fused in the public mind with Hawke, d'Alpuget was already an acclaimed writer with significant star power of her own before becoming publicly associated with him through that book, and later through marriage – the second for both.

d'Alpuget was the daughter of Sydney Sun journalist Lou d'Alpuget, who once shouted so hard at then cadet journalist John Pilger for getting facts wrong that Pilger fainted.

Blanche grew up in Sydney’s eastern suburbs and was educated at Sydney Church of England Girls Grammar School (SCEGGS) and the University of Sydney.

She became a journalist on the Sun’s rival tabloid newspaper, the Daily Mirror, in the early 1960s, working alongside fellow journalist Anna Torv who would later become the second Mrs Rupert Murdoch.

When tyro journalist Laurie Oakes graduated from Sydney University and joined the Mirror, he sat between d'Alpuget and Torv in the Mirror’s Holt Street newsroom.

“She and Anna were each charged with showing me the ropes, showing me how to do it,” Oakes said.

The manuscript of d'Alpuget’s first novel, Monkeys in the Dark, was written while living in Indonesia where her first husband, journalist turned diplomat Tony Pratt, was posted in the early 1970s.

Rejected by publishers, d'Alpuget turned to short story writing. She returned to Australia to live in Canberra, where Pratt continued work as a public servant and she became active in the women’s movement.

Friend, fellow feminist activist and later Hawke government minister, Susan Ryan, described d'Alpuget as vivacious and unconventional. “Dazzlingly pretty and petite, she looked like a Thai beauty with blond curls,” Ryan wrote in her memoir Catching the Waves:

Blanche was full of fun. She liked to make loud, outrageous observations about people, particularly about their sexual demeanour […] In an era of dull and careless feminist dress codes she was a welcome sight at (Women’s Electoral Lobby) meetings, a little bird of paradise in gold high-heeled sandals, tight black slacks and a mink jacket to keep out the Canberra cold, her face luminous with detailed make up.

d'Alpuget’s short story turn worked. She won Fellowship of Australian Writers prizes for two of them in 1975.

A friendship with Sue Kirby, daughter of Arbitration Commission president Richard Kirby, serendipitously led in 1977 to the publication of her first book, Mediator: A biography of Sir Richard Kirby.

Kirby had personally known Sukarno, president of Indonesia (1945–67), and d'Alpuget, as she later wrote, was an “observer in the last days of (Sukarno’s) shattered dream”. It was a shared bond that created a strong chassis for the biographer-subject relationship that resulted in a critically acclaimed book.

d'Alpuget’s stepmother, journalist and editor Tess van Sommers, critiqued draft chapters of the Kirby manuscript. In d'Alpuget’s view it was this, along with the input of Melbourne University Press publisher Peter Ryan, that forged her as a writer.

She then reworked her Monkeys in the Dark manuscript, found a publisher and won the Sydney PEN Golden Jubilee Award for her first novel.

Her second novel, Turtle Beach (1982), won the Age Novel of the Year Award and the South Australian Government Award for Fiction.

d'Alpuget brought knowledge and insight from her years living in Asia to both books: Monkeys in the Dark is set in Indonesia and Turtle Beach is set in Malaysia.

The Hawke biography

Her fourth book – and second biography – Robert J. Hawke: A Biography – is arguably the best political biography in Australian literary history.

After a successful career as President of the Australian Council of Trade Unions, Hawke was elected to federal parliament in 1980, where he became a poorly performing Labor shadow minister under Opposition Leader Bill Hayden.

A heavy-drinking philanderer with little feel for effective parliamentary performance, Hawke was a man drifting towards an unfulfilled destiny, despite the best efforts of Labor’s NSW Right faction to install him in the Labor leadership.

d'Alpuget took a psychoanalytical approach but wrote in an accessible manner, giving the book a wide and enthusiastic audience as it zeroed in on – rather than avoiding – Hawke’s sins and shortcomings as a husband, father and man.

She confronted Hawke with elements of his life he had avoided through alcohol-fuelled carousing, and induced him to deal with his demons while she researched and wrote the biography.

“Only when they’d read the book did (people) realise he was actually a great man,” d'Alpuget said. “Because all they’d seen before was a drunken lout, a drunken larrikin.”

Hawke found salvation in d'Alpuget’s unusual approach, which enabled him to give up drinking and prepare seriously to occupy Australia’s top office. The biography was published in 1982, and in March 1983 Hawke won the election that made him prime minister.

“No-one has ever been as lucky in their biographer as Bob Hawke,” he said.

Loving (and rewiring) Bob Hawke

d'Alpuget and Hawke first became lovers when she interviewed him in 1976 for her biography of Richard Kirby, before whom Hawke had appeared as an industrial advocate.

Hawke, long married to wife Hazel with whom he had four children, proposed marriage to d'Alpuget in 1978.

He reneged in 1979 after deciding the potential political damage of divorce was too high a price to pay, driving d'Alpuget to both suicidal and homicidal thoughts.

Having bills to pay, and making no headway with a proposed biography of former ACTU president Albert Monk, d'Alpuget decided to write one of Hawke, which would be published with great success by independent Melbourne publisher Morry Schwartz.

After launching the book with Hawke’s co-operation, d'Alpuget broke with Hawke and left Australia for some time. Her next book was a novel, Winter in Jerusalem (1986).

The relationship resumed later in life, and they married in 1995. d'Alpuget ceased writing for some time before resuming with a long series of historical novels based on the Plantagenets.

d'Alpuget will be remembered best for her extraordinary Hawke biography, which she described as “internally strong”.

“I was actually thinking of the architecture of a Congregationalist church I’d seen in South Australia when I was writing it: well-proportioned stone, four-square,” she said.

In her research and writing for the Hawke biography, d'Alpuget did a fair amount of rewiring of her subject, to his immense benefit. In the process she put her subject on firm psychological foundations for one of 20th-century Australia’s most successful prime ministerships.The Conversation

Chris Wallace, Professor, Canberra School of Government, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Prime Minister’s Literary Award winners include a collective Yolŋu novel – and a murder trial

A white woman and a Yolŋu woman stand together, smiling and holding a book, wearing patterned shift dresses.
Leonie Norrington and Merrkiyawuy Ganambarr-Stubbs, two of the collaborators on A Piece of Cloth. Leonie Norrington

Liz Evans, University of Tasmania

This year’s winners of the Prime Minister’s Literary Awards query the instability of Australian identity. And the winners of the fiction and nonfiction prizes both point to the cruel legacy of European invasion and colonialism.

A brave and moving historical Yolŋu novel, A Piece of Red Cloth, has won the fiction prize. It was collectively authored by Yolŋu knowledge holders Merrkiyawuy Ganambar-Stubbs, Djawa Burarrwanga and Djawundil Maymuru, and novelist Leonie Norrington.

A pioneering collaboration between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal writers that honours Yolŋu ancestors through the eyes of their descendants, it represents a healing opportunity for Australian culture. As Norrington says, “Aboriginal people, since the first invaders came, have been trying to say, ‘Look, we have a really wonderful way of understanding the world, and you can learn from it.’”

Described by the judges as “a profound work of remembrance, fusing oral history, novelistic technique and deep cultural knowledge”, this innovative book also received this year’s Australian Book Industry Award for Social Impact Book of the Year. It has been shortlisted for multiple prizes.

The nonfiction prize winner, Walkley Award-winning journalist Kate Wild’s The Red House, is a gripping exposé of race and power within contemporary Australia – explored through the tragic killing of Kumanjayi Walker in 2019, and the subsequent murder trial of Constable Zachary Rolfe. It’s also no stranger to literary prizes, having won this year’s Age Non-fiction Book of the Year.

A grey-haired woman smiling outside, wearing a patterned green t-shirt.
Walkley Award-winning journalist Kate Wild won the nonfiction prize for her gripping exposé on the killing of Kumanjayi Walker and subsequent murder trial. Nicholas Coghlan

Play, emotion and imagination

Turkish–Australian Ender Başkan’s playful and expansive Two Hundred Million Musketeers has won the poetry prize. Rohan Howitt’s consideration of Australia’s claims to the Antarctic, The Southern Frontier, was awarded the Australian history prize.

book cover: Southern Frontier - a boat and an iceberg

Both prizes for younger readers went to verse novels. Drift by Pip Harry, which follows two 14-year-olds as they navigate fitting in and deal with anxiety (and bees), won for young adult literature. And Song of a Thousand Seas by Zana Fraillon, which looks at friendship and different brains through the eyes of an octopus, won for children’s literature.

These are stories about kin, culture and belonging, migration, settlement and territorial rights. They pick at the loose threads of psychological and physical definitions of what it means to be Australian. Their fresh perspectives explore and interrogate ideas of home and nationhood, ownership and entitlement – with imagination, rigour and heartfelt emotion.

The awards, delivered by Creative Australia, boast the biggest prize pool in the country. The winners of each category receive A$80,000, with A$5,000 each for shortlisted writers.

‘True history’ as fiction

A Piece of Red Cloth, set in the 1600s, tells the story of Batjani, a Yolŋu elder trying to protect her beloved granddaughter, Garritji, from Makassan trepang fishermen on the coast of Arnhem Land. The story opens up a complex and unfamiliar chapter of pre-colonial Australian history.

book cover: A Piece of Red Cloth

For hundreds of years, trading between Yolŋu and seafarers from the port of Makassar, now eastern Indonesia, took place without issue. But when European merchants claimed the region as the Dutch East Indies, a new chapter of brutality was introduced.

The Makassan traders adopted the cruel tactics of their colonisers, and began plying Yolŋu men with opium and alcohol. In exchange, they claimed the young women and children, and took them for sex-trafficking, until the the elder Yolŋu women rose up in protest.

The novel reimagines these facts as Batjani does her best to protect Garritji, who is approaching womanhood, from the fishermen. “It’s a true history,” says Ganambarr-Stubbs, whose own grandmother was snatched in a similar scenario. “Wider Australia should learn more about the history – all the histories – because that’s how all of us came to be here now.”

Nonfiction: ongoing race inequity

The Red House highlights the ongoing inequities of race in Australia. In her investigation of the legacy of Australia’s colonial past, journalist Kate Wild seeks ways to break the cycle of dehumanisation and state violence that continues to plague this country.

book cover: The Red House - Text-based cover

With precision and care, she recounts the confrontation between Walker and Rolfe in an isolated desert community, and tracks the aftermath of Rolfe’s high-profile, emotionally charged court case. Her report reveals the depth of Australia’s damaged and unresolved relationship with its First Nations peoples.

An outsider, she nevertheless finds ways to integrate Warlpiri and Luritj perspectives with care and respect, laying down a challenge to those involved in the work of communicating First Nations stories.

Her book was praised by the judges as a work “of great listening” that “embeds the reader in a supratemporal zone beyond Western ideas of time, history and narrative in order to trace repeating patterns of violence, rhetoric, pain and anger”. It represents a nuanced, compassionate contribution to a critical ongoing national conversation about race, culture, history and entitlement.

A story of transgenerational trauma, difficult questions and unfinished business, Wild’s work takes on issues that many Australians still prefer to avoid or deny. It presses for an end to a situation that appears to have no resolution.

Poetry: fatherhood in an uncertain world

With his debut poetry collection, Two Hundred Million Musketeers, Ender Başkan captures the intensity of parenting young children within an increasingly uncertain world.

Book cover: Two Hundred Million Musketeers - a grid of coloured squares, red and black and shades of both colours

Fatherhood impacts his work, friendships and creative practice in inner-city Melbourne. It alters his awareness of social and political concerns, and shifts his attention from the past and the present into the future.

Dealing in connection and bustling with life, Başkan’s poems reflect on his childhood, his grandparents’ exile from Türkiye (where Başkan returns, with his young family), and on being Turkish. He explores his responsibilities to child-rearing and housekeeping, the need to earn a living and to care for older generations.

Başkan has been critically hailed as a writer whose “main point is that poetry can and should be fun”. He won the 2021 Overland Judith Wright Poetry Prize, and the 2025 Anne Elder Award.

His work continues the legacy of migrant poets that included his close friend and mentor, the late Ania Walwicz. According to the judges, Başkan offers “an invitation to explore what might be possible if a line were to stretch between one person and another”.The Conversation

Liz Evans, Adjunct Researcher, English and Writing, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.


The Netherlands forced Meta to let users ditch algorithmic feeds. Here’s what happened

A collage overlaying the instagram logo on a person's hand holding a phone with an instagram feed.
Unsplash/The Conversation
Chris Zomer, Deakin University

On Tuesday, the Australian federal government announced a long-awaited amendment to the Online Safety Act, outlining a digital duty of care to protect Australians from preventable online harms.

The bill will be discussed by parliament before the end of the year. While Prime Minister Anthony Albanese has presented the legislation as “world leading”, the European Union has had something similar in place for a while now.

The EU Digital Services Act came into effect in 2022. Like in Australia’s draft regulation, it gives users more power to choose what their social media feeds look like. It requires companies to provide the option of a feed in which content is not based on “profiling” – algorithmic content selection based on how you previously interacted with the app.

You would assume, then, that European users already have a very different experience of social media apps compared to people in Australia. But that’s not the case (more on that in a moment).

Due to a 2025 court ruling, the Netherlands is an exception, with an Instagram app that really does look slightly different. But is the Dutch version of Instagram a good blueprint for what we want in Australia?

What happened in the EU?

The Digital Services Act requires large social media platforms (with more than 45 million monthly users in the EU) to let users opt for non-personalised content (content recommended by the algorithm).

When it came to platforms actually implementing the act, research has shown that social media companies didn’t make it easy for users to change their settings.

Some critics have called this “malicious compliance”, where platforms do what the law orders, but in such a clunky way that users don’t actually enjoy the option and stick with the default, algorithmic experience.

Which leads us to the Netherlands exception. In 2025, Dutch digital rights group Bits of Freedom won a court case arguing Meta (the company behind Facebook and Instagram) was not compliant with the Digital Services Act.

The court ordered Meta to add an easily accessible option for Facebook and Instagram users to get rid of algorithmic recommendations. Non-compliance would lead to substantial fines.

As a result, Dutch users have more options to shape the way they experience Instagram compared to users elsewhere, including other European nations.

What does Instagram look like in the Netherlands?

The difference isn’t as major as you’d think.

Australian users already have the option to change their feed on Instragram. You can do this by clicking on the Instagram logo at the top of your screen and choosing “following”. This brings up a feed with posts from people you follow. (“Favorites” presents a feed from people you’ve added to a special category.)

A screenshot showing following and favourites under instagram logo.
In Australia, users can choose a hidden ‘following’ feed but it doesn’t stay on by default and hides all other app features. Instagram

In “following” mode, you can’t use many of Instagram’s normal functionalities, such as sending private messages. And the option doesn’t stay on by default: when you open Instagram again, you’re brought back to the regular, algorithm-governed feed.

By contrast, when Dutch users click on the Instagram logo, they can choose not only between favourites or followers, but also a “voor jou” (for you) feed. This option is the one with algorithmic content recommendations.

A screenshot showing a menu in Dutch with three options, not two.
In the Netherlands, ‘for you’ is the algorithmic feed which users can opt into – or not. Instagram

Unlike in other countries, whatever option users in the Netherlands choose will be remembered when they open Instagram again. Regardless of which feed they choose, they can also use all of Instagram’s functionalities such as direct messaging.

Arguably, the Dutch version of Instagram does give users more choice.

However, just like for Australian users, you need to know how to get to these feed options. The Dutch court order explicitly states users must be made aware of the new options through a pop-up. Some Dutch Instagram users I spoke with vaguely remembered getting a pop-up, whereas others didn’t.

How can Australia learn from this?

Australia’s draft legislation lists a number of harmful design features and obliges social media companies to implement “user empowerment tools” so they can turn these features off.

However, there are no requirements for the way in which these empowerment tools are presented to users. This could lead to the same “malicious compliance” situation as is currently seen in the EU.

To address this issue, the Australian government could specifically require social media companies to make a “following” feed the default option. That way, users would only see posts from accounts they follow without having to enable any special settings.

Alternatively, Australian law could require social media companies to not bury any settings behind a logo or deep in the app. The Dutch case shows a pop-up is not necessarily helpful. A lot of effort, then, would have to be put into educating the public about the new powers they have over the algorithm.

Other experts have proposed the idea of algorithmic choice, which may give users even more control – choosing what types of feeds to follow and how those feeds prioritise information.

Unless forced to do so, big tech companies are unlikely to implement features that go against their business model – to keep us all on the apps as long as possible.

As we have seen in the Netherlands, a design change still required a court ruling. And many European users are still waiting for a meaningful option to take control over their social media feeds.The Conversation

Chris Zomer, Research Fellow at the ARC Centre of Excellence for the Digital Child, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Proposed laws would let you opt out of social media algorithms. An expert explains

Teens look at their phones around a table.
Anna Barclay / Contributor/Getty Images
Tama Leaver, Curtin University

Social media users could switch off recommender algorithms in their social media feeds, under new draft laws the Australian government plans to unveil this week.

The proposed digital duty of care legislation would hold social media companies to greater account for content on their platforms. Opposition leader Angus Taylor said the Coalition had yet to see the proposal but warned against efforts to “censor social media”.

The digital duty of care plan is separate to the government’s proposed Online Safety Amendment (Strengthening Enforcement for the Social Media Minimum Age) Bill, which aims to toughen existing rules around the under-16 social media ban.

So what’s been proposed in these digital duty of care laws? And will it help reduce harm?

What’s been proposed?

Under the proposed digital duty of care legislation:

  • users could opt out of social media recommender algorithms via pop-up messages
  • social media companies would be expected to identify and manage risks on their platforms
  • the onus would be on platforms to stop harmful content (such as illegal pornography) from being shared.

The ABC reported that, for under-18s:

about half a dozen additional areas of ‘psycho-social harm’ would be identified, including content about body image and bullying.

Under the plan, breaches of the law would lead to fines of more than A$100 million.

Will it help?

The devil will be in the detail, which we won’t know until the full plans are released in the week ahead.

That said, there have long been calls for digital duty of care laws in Australia – since well before the under-16s social media ban – and it’s good to see these calls being considered.

The onus should be on platforms and other online entities to better test the risks of their products, before features are rolled out.

In an ideal world, that would mean they could mitigate the risks and evaluate whether features or tools do more harm than good before they are released. If they are found to being causing harm, platforms could not roll them out at all, or ensure they aren’t available to children and young people.

As with the social media ban, it looks like the government will try to put legislation in place before sorting out the technical details of how it will work. That’s a mixed blessing.

It means we are not beholden to companies saying, “This isn’t possible”. But it also might make implementation and enforcement tricky.

Opting out of algorithmic content

The idea of opting out of algorithms sounds great, but raises the question: what would you get instead?

Take Instagram, for example. There’s the main feed, which is one recommender algorithm. There’s disappearing stories, which is a different algorithm. And then there’s reels, which is a third algorithm. They work in different ways and do very different jobs.

So, if you opted out of the algorithm in Instagram, which of those three would be impacted?

It’s been so long since people have seen a chronological feed (as opposed to one serving you algorithmic content tailored to you), it would feel very weird at first.

My suspicion is that the vast majority of people won’t elect to opt out of any algorithms, and will stick with the recommended content in general.

So a more powerful change the government could have chosen instead would be to make it so you get a chronological feed by default; to get algorithmic recommended content you’d have to opt in.

It’s also unclear how parents might manage all this opting-out. If it comes down to vast and complex parental control dashboards for each platform and online service, that places a large burden back on parents.

Harmful content harder to regulate

The draft legislation puts the onus on social media platforms to identify and manage risks around content, such as videos promoting disordered eating. But it’s hard to know exactly how.

Historically, holding tech companies responsible for the content shared on their platforms has been very difficult. In the American tradition, the idea is that users (not companies) are responsible for such content.

It’s easy to see how moves to more strongly regulate this could lead to an angry midnight phone call from US President Donald Trump to Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese.

That said, the rest of the world has shown a much stronger appetite for regulation of content on platforms in recent years.

A promising start

Fines of around $100 million for breaches of the proposed digital duty of care laws sound impressive, but it’s a tiny fraction of what some of these tech companies make annually. Making fines a percentage of a company’s yearly revenue in Australia makes more sense.

What matters most with the digital duty of care is ensuring social media platforms are forced to be transparent about their compliance.

One thing Australia got wrong with the social media ban is that we asked the companies to comply with the laws but they don’t have to tell us exactly how they did it.

With the proposed digital duty of care laws, it looks like there might be provisions for the eSafety Commissioner and for researchers to be in involved in finding out about and testing what companies are doing to ensure compliance with these laws.

We haven’t seen the detail but it sounds like this aspect of regulation is being taken seriously – and that’s very promising.The Conversation

Tama Leaver, Professor of Internet Studies, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia’s social media ban has an enforcement problem. These new laws aim to fix it

A young person lying in bed at night using a mobile phone.
Elva Etienne/Getty Images
Daniel Angus, Queensland University of Technology and Christine Parker, The University of Melbourne

In the same week the federal government is preparing to introduce its landmark digital duty of care legislation, it is also returning to some unfinished business: strengthening its social media age restrictions.

On Tuesday, the government will move an amendment through federal parliament to give the eSafety Commissioner stronger powers to investigate whether social media platforms are complying with the minimum age rules.

The changes bring these investigative powers into line with those eSafety already has for other online safety obligations.

Why is the government introducing these laws?

Australia’s social media age restrictions came into effect in December last year. They require major social media platforms to take “reasonable steps” to stop Australians under 16 from holding accounts. Importantly, the law doesn’t punish teenagers for using designated platforms. The legal responsibility sits with the platforms to keep them from holding an account.

However, there are already serious questions about platform compliance.

A recent study provides some of the clearest evidence so far. Researchers followed more than 400 Australian teenagers before and after the restrictions took effect. Three months in, more than 85% of participants aged under 16 were still using social media platforms covered by the law. Most were accessing them through their own accounts.

There was certainly some circumvention. Of those that attempted to use a restricted service, between 15% and 19% reported using a fake account, while 6% to 11% reported accessing social media through a private browser.

But the problem isn’t simply crafty teenagers finding ways around the rules. Only about two-thirds of under-16s still using restricted platforms reported encountering any sophisticated age check at all. Common approaches included simply asking users to state their age or upload a selfie.

The researchers ultimately found little evidence that the legislation had produced a substantial immediate reduction in social media use among under-16s. That suggests the gap between passing an age restriction and actually enforcing one is significant.

This is the gap the new Online Safety Amendment Bill is trying to address.

What’s included in the amendments?

The most significant change is to eSafety’s information-gathering powers.

The amendment will empower the commissioner to demand documents – not just information – from social media companies which show what they’ve done (or failed to do) to enforce age restrictions.

It will also empower eSafety to gather information or documents from other people and organisations where it reasonably believes they have evidence relevant to an investigation.

This matters because social media platforms don’t operate in isolation. They sit within a much larger digital ecosystem of app stores, technology vendors, advertising companies, and increasingly, specialist age-assurance providers. A platform may be legally responsible for keeping under-16s from holding accounts, but the systems it relies on to do that may be designed or operated by other companies.

Imagine, for example, a social media platform engages a third-party company to provide its age-checking technology. Under the amendments, eSafety could seek information directly from that company to independently test whether the platform’s approach is actually working. App stores, which sit between platforms and many of their users, are another obvious potential source of information.

This gives eSafety a better view of the whole system rather than just the platform at its centre. Effective regulation can’t depend entirely on asking a company whether it thinks it is complying with the rules. If responsibility is spread across an ecosystem of different technologies and providers, regulators need to be able to follow the evidence across that ecosystem too.

The bill also doubles the fines that companies may be ordered to pay if they are found to have breached the age restrictions, bringing it up to a maximum of A$99 million.

This brings the financial penalties in line with other corporate regulation in Australia. However, the 2024 Rickard Review of the Online Safety Act recommended that courts should be able to impose penalties in an amount that reflects a percentage of global turnover, say 5%, if that is greater.

Other countries do this in their online safety laws. It is also in Australia’s competition and consumer law and privacy law.

Are these changes likely to be effective?

The amendment will give the regulator expanded access to important evidence, and a bigger stick when companies don’t comply. And it will bring the powers for enforcing the social media minimum age restriction into line with the other powers the eSafety Commissioner already has.

But there is a limit to what stronger information gathering and higher penalties for this one measure can achieve.

Researchers, including many of us working in this area, warned before the original legislation passed that age assurance would be difficult, young people would find ways around restrictions, and measuring whether the policy was actually working would be challenging.

The early evidence bears out many of those concerns.

Australia is simultaneously moving towards a digital duty of care, which starts from a somewhat different idea about online safety.

Age restrictions essentially ask: how do we keep young people out of potentially harmful digital environments?

A duty of care asks: how do we make all digital environments safer for everyone?

Teenagers are highly motivated users of digital services, and their online lives stretch across apps, browsers, devices, messaging services and other parts of a complex digital ecosystem. Keeping them out of a handful of social media platforms won’t address the deeper problems of platform design, recommendation systems and business models that can make these environments harmful in the first place.

That is why the digital duty of care may ultimately prove to be the better and more important reform. It puts responsibility back where much of it belongs: on platforms to identify and reduce foreseeable harms created by their services.

The difficulties enforcing the age ban only strengthen the case for getting that broader reform right.The Conversation

Daniel Angus, Professor of Digital Communication, Director of QUT Digital Media Research Centre, Queensland University of Technology and Christine Parker, Professor of Law, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Childhood sleep apnoea: when snoring is more than a noisy night

Little girl asleep in bed with mouth open
New Africa/Shutterstock
Mirja Quante, University of Tübingen

A child who snores loudly every night might seem like a funny sight. But if that snoring accompanies repeated narrowing or blockage of the airway, the effects can reach far beyond a noisy night.

Obstructive sleep apnoea is often associated with adults who snore and struggle to stay awake during the day. Children can develop it too. Its prevalence is difficult to pin down: a 2024 systematic review of 30 studies found that recent estimates in preschool children ranged from 12.8% to 20.4%, but definitions and testing methods varied considerably. Only two population studies used a full overnight sleep study, so the true figure remains uncertain.

In children, habitual loud snoring is an important warning sign. Parents may also notice mouth breathing, restless sleep, pauses followed by gasps or snorts, or the chest and abdomen working hard to draw breath. Not every child who snores has sleep apnoea, however, and symptoms alone cannot confirm it.

Daytime symptoms

The daytime signs can be less obvious. Rather than appearing sleepy, some children become irritable or unusually active, struggle to concentrate or develop behavioural and learning difficulties. These problems can resemble or worsen symptoms of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). The conditions can also occur together, so this should not be treated as a simple either-or diagnosis.

During sleep, the muscles that help keep the upper airway open relax. In obstructive sleep apnoea, the passage behind the nose and mouth repeatedly narrows or closes. The child then has to work harder to breathe. These episodes can lower blood oxygen and briefly disturb sleep, even when the child does not appear to wake fully.

Repeatedly disrupted sleep is associated with poorer behaviour, learning and quality of life. Research also links childhood sleep apnoea with changes in blood-pressure control and metabolism, including how the body regulates blood sugar, although the severity of these effects varies between children.

In younger children, enlarged tonsils and adenoids are a leading cause. The tonsils sit at the back of the throat; the adenoids are similar tissue behind the nose. Because a child’s airway is narrow, enlarged tissue can leave too little room for air to pass comfortably.

Obesity, differences in the shape of the skull or jaw and allergic rhinitis, which is inflammation inside the nose caused by an allergy, are also associated with greater risk. Research has additionally found associations with asthma and premature birth. Children with some genetic conditions, particularly Down syndrome, have a much higher prevalence. Globally, obesity among five to 19-year-olds rose from about 2% in 1990 to about 8% in 2022, according to a large analysis of population studies.

Air pollution may contribute too, but the evidence requires caution. Observational studies have linked exposure to fine airborne particles with habitual loud snoring and other breathing problems during sleep. Such studies cannot establish that pollution causes obstructive sleep apnoea.

A child who regularly snores loudly, has pauses or gasps, breathes through their mouth or seems to struggle for breath during sleep should be assessed by a doctor. A GP may refer the child to a paediatrician, sleep service or ear, nose and throat specialist.

The reference test is polysomnography, usually called an overnight sleep study. Sensors record brain activity, airflow, breathing effort, heart rate and blood oxygen, allowing clinicians to see whether breathing is repeatedly obstructed and how severely sleep is affected.

A short video of the child sleeping may also help. Preliminary research on smartphone recordings suggests that they could help clinicians screen and prioritise children, although they cannot diagnose sleep apnoea or replace a sleep study.

Treatment

Treatment depends on the cause and severity. When enlarged tonsils and adenoids are obstructing the airway, removing them is often the first treatment offered. In a randomised trial involving 464 children, surgery improved symptoms, behaviour, quality of life and sleep-study findings compared with watchful waiting. It did not produce a significantly greater improvement on the trial’s main objective test of attention and the mental skills used to plan and control behaviour.

An operation does not always resolve the condition. Up to 40% of children may have persistent sleep apnoea after surgery, with higher rates among those with obesity, severe disease or other medical conditions.

For mild cases, a clinician may recommend monitoring or treating nasal inflammation. Anti-inflammatory steroid nasal sprays may help selected children, but the evidence is mixed. Mouth and facial muscle exercises are sometimes considered, although the supporting studies are small and inconsistent. Evidence for orthodontic devices in children also remains limited.

If surgery is unsuitable or sleep apnoea persists, continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) can hold the airway open by delivering gently pressurised air through a mask during sleep.

Some mild cases resolve as children grow, but others persist or worsen. Follow-up is therefore important. Routine child health checks should include a question recommended in paediatric guidance: “Does your child snore?”

Obstructive sleep apnoea is treatable but easy to miss. When a child is restless, unusually active or struggling to concentrate, asking what happens after bedtime may reveal an important part of the picture.The Conversation

Mirja Quante, Attending Neonatologist; Director, Pediatric Sleep Program, University of Tübingen

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Woollahra housing transformation: 9,400 new homes under State Government rezoning

On Tuesday September 8 2026 it was announced that thousands more people could have the opportunity to call Woollahra and Edgecliff home under the Minns Government’s new vision to deliver up to 9,400 new homes around Sydney’s first new heavy rail station in more than a decade.

'The detailed draft rezoning proposal being revealed today will help tackle the state’s housing challenge by opening up more housing close to the CBD, jobs and a new station, while rebalancing growth across Sydney after years in which too much of the burden was pushed onto Western Sydney.' the government said

'On public exhibition from today the draft proposal sets a vision for how the 168-hectares of prime land in Sydney’s east will evolve over the next 20 year to support more homes, jobs and open space, and make the most of nearby transport, infrastructure and services.

The NSW Productivity Commission found that Woollahra is the most feasible Local Government Area in New South Wales to build new housing and despite this, housing approvals in Woollahra consistently lag well behind other LGAs. '

'The proposal will concentrate new development around the existing Edgecliff station and the new station at Woollahra, with up to 40 percent of new dwellings to be located within 200 metres of a train station.' 

'Once operational in 2029, the new Woollahra station will connect people on the T4 Eastern Suburbs Line to the Sydney CBD in just eight minutes.'

Key features of the proposal include:  
  • Varied buildings heights of up to 34 storeys around Edgecliff Station and 32 storeys around Woollahra Station.
  • Plans for 7 new parks and up to 9 kilometres of new walking and cycling connections.
  • A requirement for diversity of new homes – including studio, one, two and three-bedroom apartments.  
  • 3 percent affordable housing contribution, with up to 15 percent applied to certain sites in perpetuity.
  • An expanded mixed-use Edgecliff Centre and a new Woollahra local centre, delivering around 1,000 new local jobs, services and amenities
'The proposal strikes the right balance of greater density without sacrificing liveability, with approximately 3.5 hectares of new and upgraded open space planned across 13 parks, a new Edgecliff plaza, and a commitment to make sure there is no net loss of overall tree canopy within the precinct. ' the NSW government stated in a press release

'Ninety-five per cent of the new homes will be within 400 metres of open space of 3000 square metres or larger.

Importantly new development will be supported by upgrades to local infrastructure, including roads, water and electricity networks, while local public schools will provide capacity for additional students.

The proposal also recognises the importance of protecting the area’s heritage, with heritage items retained and carefully integrated into the design of the surrounding area.

As part of the proposal, value capture will be used to ensure windfall gains from the rezoning help pay for the cost of delivering the new station. Development within 800 metres of Woollahra Station will be subject to a Transport Project Component contribution of $15,000 per dwelling or $200 per square metres of new commercial gross floor area.

This is another example of the Minns Labor Government unlocking new housing opportunities in the communities young people, families and key workers want to live.  

It is the latest of 67 state-led rezonings across NSW that will deliver approximately 240,000 new homes and 170,000 jobs.

Of these, 24 rezonings have already been completed, unlocking more than 79,000 homes and 56,000 jobs, with a further 43 rezonings currently progressing.'

The proposal is on public exhibition from 8 September to 5pm 7 October 2026. Members of the community can submit their feedback via the NSW Planning Portal.

Drop-in sessions will also be held at The Lawns of Double Bay between 17 September 2026 and 29 September 2026. For more information and to register, visit NSW Planning.  

Premier of New South Wales Chris Minns said:
“For the last decade, we’ve asked a small number of communities to carry the lion’s share of Sydney’s housing growth while other parts of the city have barely changed.

“We can’t keep pushing all of Sydney’s growth to the west and the urban fringe while established suburbs close to jobs, transport and services are locked away from new housing.

“We’re not asking Woollahra to solve the housing crisis on its own. We’re asking Woollahra to make a fair contribution, just as we’re asking communities right across Sydney to do.”

Minister for Transport John Graham said:
“We’re building homes close to transport right across Sydney, with this rezoning and the construction of the train station, Woollahra is now becoming part of the transport orientated housing solution.  

"The future residents of these homes will be eight minutes from the CBD on train line that was built decades ago.  

“As we get to work on the rezoning, we’re also working on the design of the new Woollahra train station which we expect to start building next year. “

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces, Paul Scully said:
“While Sydney’s population has grown Woollahra’s has shrunk, this rezoning will help to rectify that by unlocking thousands of new homes in the heart of Sydney close to transport, jobs, open space and services.  

“This proposal will make the most of existing infrastructure capacity, a new Woollahra train station and an area ripe with housing opportunity, that’s been locked away for far too long.  

“The proposal is consistent with the aims of the recently released Sydney Plan and Sydney’s long-term growth which supports increasing housing supply in the east, close to jobs, transport, services and green space, while accelerating jobs growth in the west.

“This is another example of the Minns Labor Government matching a transport infrastructure investment with housing growth in a community young people, families and key workers want to live in.”

Minister for Housing Rose Jackson said:
“This proposal will open up Woollahra for thousands of new residents, with a new station on the way, more open space, and close links to the CBD.

“We’re doing this for our young people and for our essential workers, who have felt the dream of living and working in the greatest city in the world slipping through their fingers.

“Importantly, this includes affordable housing so that people on lower incomes don’t get locked out.”  

The median rent for a house in Woollahra is approximately $1,995 per week, while units have a median rent of around $983 to $990 per week, according to current market data from realestate.com.au.

Government’s luxury high-rise plans won’t solve the housing crisis: Woollahra Municipal Council

Woollahra Council hosted a community information session at Woollahra Libraries Double Bay on 10 September on the state-led rezoning impacts and Council’s alternative approach. You can watch the video recording of the meeting here and view the slide presentation here(PDF, 24MB).

Young families and essential workers will be locked out of a new housing precinct in Woollahra and Edgecliff under NSW Government rezoning plans released today, according to the Mayor of Woollahra, Sarah Dixson.

"The NSW Government plan will force 9,400 new luxury apartments and 19,740 additional residents into multiple towers of up to 34-storeys in what is already one of Sydney's most densely populated areas, without the infrastructure needed to support basic liveability," the Mayor said.

"The government is pushing for a massive population increase that will lead to constant traffic gridlock, no additional schools or hospitals, a shocking reduction of tree cover and devastating loss of local historic and heritage buildings to make way for thousands of new luxury apartments.

"No amount of glossy imagery and an unfunded promise of a new walk-up train station in Woollahra can hide the fact this rezoning will be anything other than a disaster.

"We have no confidence the government will commit the billions of dollars needed to upgrade local infrastructure including main roads, water, electricity and local school capacity - we note there is no funding whatsoever attached to today's announcement."

Council's Alternative Plan
Council released a comprehensive alternative plan for 3,600 new homes for the precinct, backed by expert evidence and technical studies, in August.

"We want to contribute housing, but it must be at a level that makes sense and with infrastructure to match. Our alternative is a realistic housing solution, not a future failure," Mayor Dixson said.

"Under the government's plan, there will be a significant loss of existing affordable apartments, meaning the few homes available to everyday families will no longer be an option, pricing many out of Sydney - the opposite of what the government claims its plan will achieve.

"The government's own economic assessment reveals that the price of new homes in the precinct will be high - it will sacrifice affordability for housing only available at a premium. We are concerned only a 3 per cent contribution will be made for affordable housing."

Luxury Housing
Current sales figures indicate average prices for units in the area are already between $3-5 million, with significant increases expected in the next 10 years.

"We have already seen existing homes replaced by luxury apartments in nearby areas of Rose Bay and Double Bay as a result of the government's Low and Mid-Rise Housing policy. It's clear that more of the same in Woollahra and Edgecliff is being rolled out by this government," the Mayor said.

Make a submission
"With the public exhibition closing on 7 October, time is already running out on the only chance for the everyone to have their say via the NSW Planning Portal. We urge anyone who cares about the future of our communities to have their say," said Mayor Dixson.

142 towers envisioned Woollahra and Edgecliff will look under the rezoning

Why do I crash at 3pm? The science behind the ‘afternoon slump’

A tired business woman leans her head against her hand while resting her eyes at her desk.
Images Products/ Shutterstock
Michelle Spear, University of Bristol

You’ve just finished eating lunch and you’re back at your desk, ready to dive into the rest of the day’s work. Yet by 3pm, you find your eyes starting to droop. Before long, the only thing you can think about is how much you’d like to take a nap.

The “afternoon slump” (also sometimes called the “3pm slump”) is a common experience. It’s that distinct drop in energy that tends to occur in the mid-afternoon hours.

While it’s tempting to blame this sudden urge to snooze on what you’ve eaten for lunch, this alone can’t take the blame. The afternoon slump is actually caused by several distinct biological pressures beginning to converge.

One part of the explanation begins long before lunch. From the moment we wake up, our drive to sleep gradually increases. Adenosine – an organic compound involved in regulating sleep and wakefulness – accumulates in the brain while we’re awake, contributing to our gradual need to sleep, referred to as “sleep pressure”.

Yet the reason we do not simply become progressively sleepier from breakfast onwards is because another system is working alongside it. Our circadian clock, which controls our body’s sleep-wake system, generates a changing drive for wakefulness across the day.

During the morning, this system helps to counteract increasing sleep pressure. But in the early afternoon, we enter a natural period of increased sleep propensity. As sleep pressure has continued to build regardless, this creates a window in which tiredness becomes easier to feel.

Lunch can then add another layer. Eating changes signalling between the gut, metabolism and brain, as the brain receives information about stomach distension, nutrients and gut hormones.

The size and composition of the meal can also influence how we perform afterwards. Larger lunches have been associated with poorer attention and greater post-meal sleepiness – although it’s not clear that any particular food group, such as fat, carbohydrate or sugar, is specifically responsible.

So a very large lunch may exaggerate the slump, but there’s no convincing evidence that one particular macronutrient is universally to blame.

We’re still teasing apart exactly how eating contributes to the mid-afternoon slump, but one intriguing candidate is the brain’s orexin system. Orexin-producing nerve cells in the hypothalamus (a region which regulates basic body function) help sustain wakefulness and are sensitive to metabolic signals, including glucose. Eating may therefore influence some of the neural circuits responsible for keeping us awake.

Recent research suggests that this post-meal sleepiness may also be neurologically distinct from simply being short of sleep.

In a study measuring brain activity and vigilance before and after eating, post-meal drowsiness was associated with a shift in activity within the brain’s cerebral cortex – the outer layer of the brain that’s involved in attention, perception and complex cognitive processes. This shift pushed brain activity towards inhibition and slower reaction times.

A business man naps on top of his laptop.
There’s an obvious solution to beating the 3pm slump. PerfectWave/ Shutterstock

Sleep deprivation, by contrast, was associated with greater cortical excitability – meaning that neurons in the cerebral cortex were more readily activated. We can therefore experience something that feels remarkably similar to sleep deprivation – tiredness, slower thinking and a desire to stop concentrating – while the brain may have arrived there by different routes.

What you shouldn’t and should do

While many people make themselves a cup of coffee or tea, this isn’t a great strategy for overcoming the slump.

Caffeine does not give the brain more energy. It works largely by blocking adenosine receptors. Although caffeine may temporarily block these sleep-promoting signals, adenosine will still continue accumulating. This is why caffeine can improve alertness but cannot substitute for sleep.

Timing matters too. A late-afternoon caffeine hit may solve one problem, but if enough caffeine remains circulating in your system by bedtime, you may struggle to sleep. This may cause even more fatigue the next day.

A better way to push back against the afternoon dip is using natural light.

Light is a powerful signal to the systems that control alertness. A 2024 systematic review of 62 experimental studies found daylight most consistently improved subjective alertness and working memory – although effects on sustained attention were less consistent.

The effect is not limited to natural light, either. One study found that using a lamp which simulated the blue light wavelengths of natural daylight improved reaction times, lapses in attention, sleepiness and motivation in office workers.

For those spending afternoons indoors, getting a bit of daylight (or simulated daylight) may help to wake you up. But if coffee and bright light isn’t enough, there is another option: stop fighting the sleep pressure.

A short afternoon nap can take the edge off the slump. Around ten to 20 minutes is often enough to reduce sleepiness and improve alertness while keeping you largely in lighter sleep, reducing the chance of waking with the grogginess known as sleep inertia.

Set an alarm and aim to nap in the early afternoon rather than late in the day, when sleep may interfere with bedtime. Trial and error can help find your own optimal duration.

Longer naps of around 60 minutes may offer additional benefits – including for memory – but they increase the chance of waking from a deeper sleep feeling temporarily worse.

Perhaps the most useful response to the afternoon slump is not to treat it as evidence of laziness or declining motivation. Human cognitive performance is not designed to remain perfectly flat across the working day. Attention, alertness and reaction time fluctuate according to biology as well as workload. We have simply constructed working days that often assume otherwise.The Conversation

Michelle Spear, Professor of Anatomy, University of Bristol

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Eating a handful of nuts each day is linked with lower risk of high blood pressure, our research shows

A person pours a jarful of nuts into the palm of their hand.
Ahmet Misirligul/ Shutterstock
Shireen Kassam, University of Winchester and Dagfinn Aune, Imperial College London

More than 1.4 billion people worldwide live with high blood pressure (hypertension). It’s the single biggest metabolic risk factor for early death – driving diseases such as heart attacks, strokes, kidney failure and dementia.

Most of these cases of high blood pressure are shaped by how we live and what we eat. This means that making changes to your diet can have a big impact on your risk of developing high blood pressure.

Even small changes can help, as our latest research shows. We found that adding just one serving of nuts into your daily diet is linked with lower hypertension risk.

It’s well known that eating more plant foods is associated with a lower risk of hypertension – but research on the impact of nuts has been limited to date.

Fruits and vegetables are associated with a lower risk of hypertension, with consumption of 800g (ten portions) per day reducing the risk by 11%.

Whole grains – brown rice, oats, wholemeal bread – are similarly linked to lower risk of hypertension. Our research found that the people who consumed the highest amount of whole grains each day had a roughly 26% lower risk compared to people consuming the least.

We have also shown that legumes and soya are associated with a 16% and 19% lower risk of hypertension respectively.

Our latest analysis published in the British Journal of Nutrition, now shows the clear impact eating nuts can have on hypertension risk.

Our study pooled data from 143,000 people – including 20,665 people who had hypertension. We found that eating around a handful of nuts daily (between 30-35g) was linked with a 26% lower risk of hypertension compared to not eating any nuts.

Why plant foods work

Plant foods share a few key characteristics, which may explain why they’re beneficial for the heart.

They are an excellent source of potassium, which helps to lower blood pressure by shedding sodium and relaxing blood vessels.

Plant foods also provide fibre that feeds gut bacteria so they can produce short-chain fatty acids – compounds that are linked to lower blood pressure.

Many plant foods also contain L-arginine and nitrates, which the body converts into nitric oxide in order to widen blood vessels. Plant foods are rich in polyphenols, which have also been associated with lower blood pressure.

Despite nuts being energy-dense, they’re linked to lower obesity rates – thus helping to mitigate another risk factor for hypertension.

These overlapping mechanisms all nudge blood pressure down, and help explain the link between plant-rich diets and lower risk of cardiovascular diseases.

A person eats a healthy salad made with spinach, nuts, slices of orange and cheese.
Eating a well-balanced diet that contains plant foods will have the greatest heart health benefits. Kabachki.photo/ Shutterstock

But as tempting as it might be to call nuts a heart health “superfood,” their real power lies within a broader pattern of healthy eating. While reductions in hypertension risk are observed with intake of even just one daily serving of nuts, a diet built around several whole plant foods may provide even further benefits.

This is exactly what Dash, Mediterranean and plant-based diets prove. They all work because they put these different plant-based foods on the same plate.

However, it’s worth noting that the studies included in our analysis are observational. This means they show that people who eat more nuts tend to have lower blood pressure, but they cannot fully prove that nuts are the cause.

People who consume more plant foods in their diet also tend to follow other healthy lifestyle habits such as regular physical activity. Although our analysis adjusted for many of these factors, we cannot fully rule their impact out.

But the randomised controlled Dash diet trials, where diet is actually changed to include more vegetables, whole grains and lean protein, are what give us confidence the link is real. Similarly, intervention trials, which compared the effects of multiple different plant-based diets, also show benefits for blood pressure reduction.

There are knowledge gaps to note, too. The nut studies we included in our review did not separate salted from unsalted. Since salt raises blood pressure, the true benefit of unsalted nuts may even be larger than reported.

Most of the data also came from Europe, the Americas and East Asia. Little evidence came from Africa and India. More large studies conducted in a variety of regions will help sharpen the evidence base.

The takeaway is practical and affordable. You don’t need supplements or fads. Fill half your plate with fruit and veg, choose whole grains, build meals around beans and tofu and add a handful of unsalted nuts. These are small habits that add up to a significant reduction in one of our biggest health risks.The Conversation

Shireen Kassam, Visiting Professor, Health and Wellbeing Research Group, University of Winchester and Dagfinn Aune, Research Fellow, School of Public Health, Imperial College London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Scams and governance failures dominate misconduct report: ASIC

Newly released ASIC data highlights the important role reports from the public play in helping ASIC identify misconduct, emerging risks and scams across Australia's financial system.

Between 1 January and 30 June 2026, ASIC received 9,807 ‘Reports of Misconduct’ with retail investor issues and governance matters continuing to dominate reports received by ASIC, which together account for over four in five of all reports.

ASIC Chair Sarah Court said, ‘The data ASIC receives provides critical insights into the trending issues facing consumers and businesses, helping to inform our enforcement priorities. We continue to welcome tip-offs from the public.’

ASIC recorded 170 reports that directly assisted existing surveillance or investigation matters, while 351 reports raised issues that were linked to other reports and were considered together.

Reports from the public have helped ASIC take swift action against emerging pump-and-dump scams, which are becoming increasingly sophisticated using fake celebrity endorsements, causing substantial harm to Australian investors. Scams accounted for nearly one in five reports. Scam disruption is prioritised for assessment because of the harm caused to consumers.

Additionally, the registered agent status of entities has been cancelled where they have been found to breach ASIC’s Registered Agent terms and conditions, following reports from the public.

Other matters progressed for further action include creditor-defeating dispositions in companies being wound up, allegations of whistleblower victimisation and failures to obtain a director identification number.

Common concerns in the reports included unlicensed financial services, governance failures, insolvency concerns and failures to provide company books and records to liquidators.

‘ASIC encourages members of the public to continue reporting suspected misconduct to help identify patterns and trends. Reports from the public remain a vital source of intelligence for ASIC, that help us identify consumer harm and to target resources where they will have the greatest deterrence and consumer benefit,’ Ms Court said.

Reports of misconduct and tip-offs can be made to ASIC online at Reporting misconduct to ASIC.

Background
ASIC has secured a record $830 million in civil penalties orders giving $644 million back to Australians in 2025-26. Many of the actions ASIC has taken have come from reports of misconduct.

Further information about reporting misconduct and the latest reports of misconduct data is available on ASIC's website: Reports of misconduct data.

ASIC also encourages members of the public to report scams to Scamwatch, a service run by the National Anti-Scam Centre (NASC), which has three simple steps to help Australians avoid scams online:
  • Stop before you share money or personal information
  • Check who you're really dealing with using contact details you find yourself
  • Protect yourself and others by reporting scams to your bank, cyber.gov.au and Scamwatch.

Thousands of construction workers to get free qualifications under new national program

On Saturday September 5 the Commonwealth government announced it will help up to 6,000 experienced trade workers get free, nationally recognised qualifications that strengthen the workforce building the homes and infrastructure Australia needs – and it all starts with New South Wales. 

The Government stated it is investing $78 million over three years to establish the Advanced Entry Trades Training (AETT) program, with enrolments expected to open from late 2026.

The program will roll out nationally, with New South Wales one of the first states to sign onto the program.

AETT is modelled on the successful New South Wales Trade Pathways for Experienced Workers program, which has seen more than 1,900 students gain their trade qualification faster.

Experienced workers in residential housing and civil construction, such as labourers, trades assistants and plant operators will now have a free, faster pathway to formal vocational education and training (VET) qualifications.

The program will build on workers’ on-the-job skills, providing them with opportunities for career progression, mobility and pathways to further training.

Recognition of prior learning (RPL) will be used to assess the skills, knowledge and experience gained on the job, with gap training then provided to help workers complete a qualification in areas such as carpentry, rigging, crane operations, tiling, surveying, construction design and site management.

TAFEs and other high-quality Registered Training Organisations will deliver the required training and assessments, which can fast track the time needed to complete qualifications to a matter of months rather than years.

The AETT will be open to Australian workers with at least three years of experience and run until 30 June 2028.

National program settings have been subject to consultation with state and territory governments, Jobs and Skills Australia, Jobs and Skills Councils, unions and industry representatives.

The program is one of the ways the Albanese Government is tackling construction skills shortages, complementing initiatives including Free TAFE, the Key Apprenticeship Program, and the Building Women’s Careers program.

Minister for Skills and Training, Andrew Giles, stated:

“Today, we’re kickstarting the commitment we made to establish the Advanced Entry Trades Training Program, and back in workers who have the right skills for the job, but need that extra help to get the formal qualification they need.

“This program recognises the expertise they’ve already developed and helps them gain nationally recognised qualifications faster.

“For a long time industry and skills stakeholders have called for greater recognition of existing skills and alternative pathways to formal trade qualifications – our Government has listened and is taking action.”

NSW Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan, said:

“I couldn’t be prouder to see New South Wales once again leading the country in tackling skills shortages, and supporting more people to get the qualifications that match their skills.

“Our Trade Pathways for Experienced Workers program has shown that this approach works – it delivers real support to workers and gets more people playing a part in building the homes and infrastructure we need.

“The Minns Labor Government is pleased to now be partnering with the Albanese Government to roll out even more of these opportunities.”

New NSW laws to further target organised criminals to be introduced

On Monday September 7 the Minns Government announced it will introduce tough new laws further targeting every stage of organised crime operations, from those who plan and facilitate serious crimes to those who carry them out.

The swathe of reforms were announced as NSW Police continue to investigate the suspected mistaken identity shootings of university student Marco Tapia and 40-year-old Joshua Macdonald last week.

Organised crime networks are becoming increasingly sophisticated, using encrypted technology, online platforms and layers of associates to organise serious violence and evade law enforcement.

Legislation is being developed to give NSW Police stronger tools to disrupt organised crime networks, including new interim Serious Crime Prevention Orders and new offences targeting the use of online platforms to arrange serious criminal activity.

The Government states it will also introduce a new aggravated offence for conspiracy to commit gang-related murder, increasing the maximum penalty to life imprisonment.

The legislative package will include:

Interim Serious Crime Prevention Orders

The Government will introduce interim Serious Crime Prevention Orders (SCPOs), allowing restrictions to be imposed on individuals suspected of involvement in serious and organised crime while a full order is considered by the Supreme Court.

Existing SCPOs are a highly effective tool for restricting the activities of individuals involved in serious crime and disrupting conflict between organised crime networks.

The new interim orders will allow restrictions to be put in place sooner and allow the urgent imposition of restrictions to prevent, restrict or disrupt an individual’s involvement in serious crime related activities.

Restrictions imposed by the court can include limiting who someone can associate with, where they go and conditions about access to devices, the internet and tech platforms.

These measures will help police target those suspected of involvement in serious criminal activity before offences happen.

Interim orders are already available for convicted high-risk offenders and terrorists. The reforms will draw from this approach to apply interim orders to people suspected of involvement in organised crime.

Cracking down on online contract crime

New offences will target people who administer or encourage the use of digital platforms to arrange or facilitate serious organised criminal activity. The reforms will be modelled on existing offences under the Crimes Act 1900 dealing with digital platforms used for child abuse material.

The laws will also make it a crime to encourage someone else to use a digital platform to arrange or facilitate these offences or to provide information to evade detection for these new offences.

Life imprisonment for conspiring to commit gang-related murder

The Government will introduce new aggravated offences for conspiracy and attempted murder, with an increased maximum penalty of life imprisonment.

The new offences will capture criminals involved in planning a murder, even if they are not the person conducting the killing.

They will cover those who attempt, conspire or agree to murder – as well as anyone who solicits, encourages, persuades or endeavours to persuade someone to murder – even if the murder does not actually occur.

The NSW Government has zero tolerance for anyone involved in gang killings and offenders will now face life sentences for this abhorrent conduct.

Stronger consequences for young people committing serious offences

The Government will expand serious children’s indictable offences (SCIOs) to cover conduct linked to organised crime. SCIOs must be tried in higher courts, like the District or Supreme court, where children face adult penalties, including longer terms of imprisonment.

Four additional offences relating to public shootings and firebombings will be added to the SCIO scheme which currently includes offences with a maximum penalty of 25 years or life imprisonment.

Expanded technology to access encrypted devices

The Government will invest $15 million to expand NSW Police technology capabilities to access, download and analyse encrypted devices and digital platforms linked to organised crime investigations.

Criminal networks increasingly rely on encrypted devices and digital communications to organise their operations and attempt to evade law enforcement.

The investment will see technology rolled out more broadly across NSW, putting these capabilities into more police stations and giving investigators faster access to critical digital evidence.

Building on a major crackdown on organised crime

The government stated these reforms build on the stronger laws, powers and resources the Minns Labor Government has already delivered to help NSW Police disrupt organised crime and take dangerous weapons off the street.

Taskforce Falcon, which brings together 150 police to target organised criminal networks, had made 784 arrests, laid 2,037 charges and seized 181 weapons and 66 firearms as of 2 September, 2026.

Since 2022, Strike Force Raptor has made more than 5,400 arrests, laid almost 13,000 charges and issued 3,865 firearms prohibition orders targeting outlaw motorcycle gangs and organised crime.

Over the past year, the Government has also strengthened organised crime laws, including tougher penalties for public place shootings and the use of “kill cars”, stronger bail laws, and expanded powers to target unexplained wealth, criminal assets and unlawful surveillance.

Further legislation currently before Parliament will strengthen police access to digital evidence in organised crime matters and unredacted toll camera images, increase penalties for refusing to cooperate with the NSW Crime Commission and enable NSW to participate in Commonwealth face-matching services.

The 2026–27 NSW Budget is also investing $108.8 million in major technology upgrades for NSW Police.

The Government’s firearms buyback scheme will commence on 2 November to reduce the number of firearms in the community. A major source of illegal firearms are legally registered guns that have been stolen: between 1 August 2024 to 31 July 2026, 778 firearms were reported stolen to the NSW Police - that’s 1 firearm a day. NSW Police’s State Crime Command also seized 326 firearms between January and August this year as part of operations to disrupt serious and organised criminal networks.

The Government will continue to give NSW Police the laws, powers and resources they need to disrupt organised crime and keep the community safe.

Premier of New South Wales Chris Minns said:

“Organised crime doesn't stand still, and neither can the laws and powers we give police to fight it.

“We want to hit these criminal networks at every point – the people who organise the violence, the people who facilitate it online and the people who ultimately carry it out.

“If you conspire to arrange a gangland murder, you should face the prospect of spending the rest of your life behind bars.”

Acting Minister for Police and Counter-terrorism Paul Scully said:

“As organised criminals change their tactics, the government will continue to strengthen the laws that help police stop them in their tracks.

“These extraordinary new powers will support NSW Police in continuing to disrupt criminal networks, get the people pulling the strings and put them all behind bars.

“When the police tell us they need stronger laws, powers or resources to take on organised crime, this government will act.

“We are already going after the guns, the kill cars, the money, and the recruitment of children, and now we are going further.”

Attorney General Michael Daley said:

“These new laws will help police disrupt these organised criminal networks faster and more efficiently to prevent serious offending.

“We know organised criminals use complex intermediaries to try and conceal their involvement in contract killings, which is why we’re targeting the organisation and facilitation of these offences online.

“We are also ensuring anyone who plans or arranges these murders, even if they do not carry them out, will face the toughest possible penalty of life imprisonment.”

NSW Police Commissioner Mal Lanyon said:

“The NSW Police Force is relentless in its pursuit of organised crime and keeping the community safe.

“The new reforms will provide police with stronger powers to disrupt criminal networks and will act as a significant deterrent for those who want to engage in reckless violence.

“The significant investment in digital forensic capabilities will give police the ability to crack encrypted devices and uncover evidence organised criminals rely on to hide their activities.

“Alongside an increased police presence on the ground and in the air, these changes and investment mean we have the capability and resources to dismantle organised criminal networks and continue to protect the community.”

Pilot to strengthen the health and wellbeing of new dads

Announced Sunday September 6 2026, Father's Day
New fathers in NSW will benefit from new health and mental health checks, as the NSW Government delivers $1 million to support men’s health charity Movember.

The funding will allow NSW Health to partner with Movember to pilot health and wellbeing checks for new and expecting dads.  

The initiative will focus on the father’s health and wellbeing, including their mental health. This will provide an opportunity to discuss overall mental wellbeing, identify any support needs, and connect fathers with relevant services, information, and resources where appropriate.

Depression affects one in ten dads between the first trimester and the year after the baby’s birth. Anxiety conditions affect one in six dads during pregnancy and one in five in the postnatal period.

Men involved in the pilot program will receive a resource pack with advice on available community resources, including how to seek mental health support.  

NSW Health delivers universal psychosocial screening for new mothers through Safe Start to identify mental health and psychosocial risks early in the perinatal period.

The pilot program builds on the Minns Government’s $112.3 million to boost mental health care in the 2025-26 Budget, to ensure mental health support remains accessible and affordable, the government stated on Sunday. It includes:
  • $43.3 million over four years for Lifeline to deliver its 13 11 14 crisis telephone line, as well as text and webchat services.
  • $64.8 million to extend services under the NSW-Commonwealth Government National Mental Health and Suicide Prevention Agreement.
  • $4.3 million to support mental health peak bodies.
Further information on mental health supports for new or expecting parents can be found on the NSW Health website: https://www.health.nsw.gov.au/mentalhealth/services/parents/dads/Pages/default.aspx

NSW Minister for Health, Ryan Park, stated:

“Becoming a dad is an incredible, life-changing experience – but it can also be challenging.

“It’s not always easy for men to put their hand up and say they need help, and this pilot program aims to make that a little easier.

“These early checks will mean that we can deliver extra support for dads who need it, sooner.  

“We want to support dads to be the best version of themselves, not just for them but also for their families.”

Minister for Mental Health, Rose Jackson, said:

"The arrival of a new baby changes everything and it can be scary, overwhelming, or difficult for a number of reasons. Looking after dads' mental health isn't just good for fathers, it's good for the whole family.

"This pilot will connect with dads at a critical moment to ensure they know what supports are available should they need them.  

“Better health outcomes don’t happen by chance, and giving new dads this support at existing appointments makes it easier for them to seek help.”  

Jeremy Phillips-Yelland, Director, Policy & Advocacy, Movember (and new dad to baby Leo), said:

"As a new dad, I've seen first hand the incredible care provided to my son, Leo, as well as his incredible mum Kate - right throughout her pregnancy and following the birth - but at no stage did any one check in on me. That will be a story familiar to dads from right across the country and it is a gap that the NSW Government is looking to fix through this first-of-its-kind investment into the mental health of new dads.

"I'm sure like many new dad's, fatherhood has been a dynamic shift in my life, with changes bringing great joy but also more stress, less sleep, and newfound isolation. Building a routine health and wellbeing check for new and expecting dads, into the perinatal care pathway, is a simple and practical step that could make a meaningful difference for families. These checks will be able to get new dads the support they need, when and where they need it. Healthier dads means healthier relationships, healthier families and healthier communities."

Dr Michael Wilson, Research Fellow - Men’s Health and Relationships, Movember (co-author of Movember's More than a Provider report), stated:

"We know that when dads are doing well, the whole family benefits. Yet new dads often feel that if they reach out for support, they're taking attention away from their partner or baby. With this pilot, we'll be able to explore what happens when we have a dedicated practitioner telling dads that their health matters too - and looking after themselves is actually critical to their role as a dad.

"Antenatal and child and family health services are rightly focused on the health of mums and babies. Yet we know when dads are supported too, the whole family benefits. What's so exciting about this investment is we're able to add targeted support for dads into the health system, so we can ensure the whole family is supported in those critical early months of a child's life."  

Australia has a housing shortage. So why are Bathla and other home builders collapsing?

Lyndall Bryant, Queensland University of Technology and Amanda Bull, Queensland University of Technology

Across Australia, thousands of people are waiting to find out if their homes will be built, after several separate construction company collapses.

By far the biggest of those recent collapses has been the Bathla Group, a Sydney developer that’s been one of Australia’s largest affordable home builders.

Owing about A$3.4 billion to private lenders, Bathla’s voluntary administration has thrown the construction of more than 2,000 apartments into limbo, while jeopardising a further pipeline of 14,000 homes.

More builders going bust since COVID

Figures released last week show 3,472 Australian construction companies went bust in the financial year to June 30 2026: one in four (24.5%) of all company insolvencies nationally.

The only good news? The number of builder insolvencies was slightly down for the first time since a steep rise began during COVID.

However, our research has found insolvencies in the construction sector remain consistently higher than in other industries. That makes it harder to build the housing we need.

Australia is falling further behind in meeting the federal government’s 1.2 million new homes goal by 2029. Official forecasts released last month indicate the target won’t be met until December 2030. New South Wales – Australia’s largest housing market – may not meet its targets until March 2032, three years late on a five-year target.

There’s no shortage of demand for new homes. What we lack is a construction system capable of delivering them reliably, sustainably and at scale.

Bathla’s financial ripple effects

On Monday, more than 200 of Bathla’s 350 staff were stood down as the administrator continues to work on a rescue deal.

While most of its building projects are in Western Sydney, Bathla’s collapse is being watched around Australia because of its wider financial impacts.

Like any company collapse, there are specific circumstances involved in Bathla’s current woes. Its business model relied on high volumes of low-cost building.

The NSW building regulator has also conducted more than 40 inspections of Bathla sites in recent months, and ordered the builder to fix serious defects in one major development.

Bathla may have taken as many as 1,000 deposits from buyers for homes now stalled. But home buyers aren’t the only people affected.

‘Troubling developments’ in private credit

As well as owing money to subcontractors, Bathla owes money to a long list of non‑bank lenders – also known as private credit firms.

This reflects the construction industry’s heavy reliance on alternative finance, because banks have reduced their exposure to riskier lending.

On Friday, Australian Securities and Investments Commission chair Sarah Court said the corporate watchdog was closely following “several troubling developments in the private credit sector, most notably with the recent collapse of Bathla”.

Court pointed out that many Australians are exposed to private credit through their superannuation funds – meaning “this is not some peripheral issue”.

The perfect storm hitting builders

Bathla is not an isolated case. The wider construction industry is under strain, with higher costs, thinner profit margins and rising risks.

Figures released last month show house construction costs are now 51% higher than before COVID.

For builders with slim profit margins, the rise in costs can make some projects uneconomic.

With costs rising unpredictably, builders locked into fixed-price contracts are absorbing losses they cannot sustain. This was a major driver of the spike in builder insolvencies during COVID.

Falling house prices and poor market sentiment mean some projects no longer stack up financially.

Many investors and buyers are spooked by three interest rate rises this year, higher costs, and recent federal budget changes to housing tax concessions that have made housing less attractive to investors. The prospect of further interest rate increases is also likely to see projects stalled, as the market waits for conditions to improve.

Then there are ongoing shortages of tradespeople. On top of those, home builders are now competing with data centre builders for tradies, which has driven up salaries.

Little wonder construction insolvencies have risen back to pre-COVID levels, despite strong demand for housing.

Structural change is needed

Governments can’t fix all the problems we face, such as price hikes driven by the Middle East war.

But federal, state and local governments are increasingly recognising their role in creating structural barriers to building more homes.

A Productivity Commission draft report released in July identified many of the problems we need to address, including restrictive land-use regulation, slow and inconsistent approvals, poor coordination on key infrastructure, and complex regulation. These all increase costs and delays.

Our 2025 report showed over-regulation is particularly hard on small builders, who struggle to comply with overlapping national, state and local requirements. That matters because our research also showed almost two-thirds (63%) of building company collapses were concentrated among small builders.

The National Construction Code is another challenge. Even with some states deferring 2025 code changes, the national rules remain complex and frequently updated – again, making compliance difficult for small builders.

What’s safer than houses?

Some builders are responding by pivoting to infrastructure and commercial projects, such as Victoria’s Big Housing Build or Queensland’s Olympics construction projects. These can offer more manageable terms and less exposure to market volatility.

Good builders can pick and choose their work. Right now, housing is the riskiest option on the table.

Until that changes, we’re likely to see more Australian builders moving away from creating the homes we urgently need – along with more headlines about another builder going bust.The Conversation

Lyndall Bryant, Senior lecturer, QUT Centre for Justice, School of Econmics and Finance, Queensland University of Technology and Amanda Bull, Lecturer, Faculty of Business and Law, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Government must be more transparent about who gets community grants – and why

Gabrielle Appleby, UNSW

Australian governments have an unfortunate history with community grants programs. Sports infrastructure programs, car park grants and other schemes have repeatedly raised the same concern: public money intended to serve communities becomes entangled with electoral politics.

The Albanese government’s $560.9 million Major and Local Community Infrastructure Program (MLCIP) was established to deliver community infrastructure commitments made at the 2025 election.

It was a one-off, invitation-only and non-competitive program. More than 220 organisations were invited to apply — but beyond saying they were election commitments, the government has never publicly explained how it decided which community projects were invited.

New analysis released this week by the Centre for Public Integrity raises serious questions about the scheme, with almost three-quarters of the funding going to the government’s own electorates. Even after accounting for Labor holding more seats, Labor-held electorates received substantially more funding than a proportional distribution would predict, while Coalition and other electorates received correspondingly less.

A closed, invitation-only program

The integrity questions around this program began before we even knew where the money went. Unlike an ordinary competitive grants program, community organisations could only apply if invited by the federal government.

The 2022 New South Wales ICAC Report on investigations into pork barrelling described closed, non-competitive, one-off grants as relying on ministerial discretion, and often announced during election campaigns. The report warned:

[F]or obvious reasons, this category of grant is at high risk of pork barrelling.

The report recommended that if this type of grant is adopted, the government must explain why, and “outlin[e] the risk mitigation strategies”.

Yet the Albanese government has never publicly explained how projects were selected for invitation or why a closed, non-competitive process was necessary, let alone provided a risk mitigation strategy.

Attempts to get answers from the government through parliament produced little clarity. Independent Senator David Pocock asked in Senate Estimates who within government had determined who could apply. The answer was simply that projects had been “identified by government”. No further information was provided.

Why community infrastructure grants programs are vulnerable

This is not a problem peculiar to Labor. Australian governments from both sides of politics have repeatedly used discretionary grants programs in ways that blur the line between public benefit and electoral advantage.

In relation to the Morrison government’s 2018–19 “sports rorts” affair, the auditor-general found the sports minister’s office ran a parallel assessment process that gave priority to marginal electorates, rather than simply following Sport Australia’s assessment of merit.

Nine of the ten electorates receiving the most funding were marginal or Coalition-targeted seats. In the $660 million commuter car parks program, the auditor-general again found project selection was neither open nor transparent, and not demonstrably merit-based. It also reflected the political profile of those given the opportunity to nominate projects.

In another instance, Labor’s 2008 Better Regions Program funded 2007 election commitments. The auditor-general found funding was largely concentrated in marginal and fairly safe seats held by the Coalition before the election. These included electorates that Labor was seeking to win.

So where did the community infrastructure grants go?

Using information from the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications, Sports and the Arts, the Australian Electoral Commission and by examining Labor’s media releases, social media posts and local news articles, the centre found the following:

1. Almost three quarters of funding (73.2%, or $409.1 million) went to notionally Labor-held divisions. This compared to 22.6% of funding to Coalition-held divisions. For every dollar going to a Coalition-held seat, more than $3.20 went to a Labor-held seat.This disparity cannot simply be explained by Labor holding more seats: even after accounting for the number of electorates held by each party, Labor-held seats received about $118 million more than they would have under a proportional distribution.

2. Accounting for the different number of electorates in each category, marginal seats in which Labor was competitive received $66.5 million more than they would have received if funding had been distributed proportionately across categories of electorates. Fairly safe Labor seats received $62.9 million more. By contrast, marginal seats where Labor was not competitive, fairly safe non-Labor seats and safe non-Labor seats collectively received $116.6 million less.

3 Using household income and “community connectedness” as indicators of community need, there appears to be no relationship between the level of funding received by an electorate and its level of need on these measures. If community need explains the distribution of funding, the government should make the basis for that assessment publicly available.

The data do not definitively show individual grants were awarded for partisan reasons. But combined with a process in which government decided who could apply, and without publishing how it made that decision, this pattern demands an explanation.

The existing framework isn’t enough

The Commonwealth Grants Rules and Principles provide a non-binding framework for the government. They say competitive, merit-based selection should be used unless another approach is specifically agreed on. If another method is used, the rationale should be documented in the grant opportunity guidelines. For closed processes, the framework describes it as “better practice” to identify eligible applicants or explain how eligibility was determined.

The Centre for Public Integrity has argued reform requires three things.

First, the government must be required to set clear, merit-based criteria that govern the allocation of grants.

Second, the government must be required to report to parliament how decisions about funding were made against those criteria.

Finally, there must be proper accountability for the grants system, including by making the grants framework enforceable and introducing greater parliamentary accountability.

Public money should not be treated by governments as money they can use for political advantage. The distribution of the community funds raises concerns this is exactly what happened.

Community organisations should not need to be in the right electorate — or receive an invitation from the government of the day — to have the opportunity to make their case for funding.

This article was written in collaboration with Zoe Neumayer and Max Douglas from the Centre for Public Integrity.The Conversation

Gabrielle Appleby, Professor of Law, UNSW Law School, UNSW

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Does ‘R U OK? Day’ actually improve people’s mental health?

A woman talks to her friend about her mental health
Maskot/Getty Images
Nicole Black, Monash University; David Johnston, Monash University; Johannes Kunz, Monash University, and Lachlan Deer, The University of Melbourne

Every September, Australians are encouraged to ask someone a simple question: “Are you OK?”

R U OK? Day is Australia’s most recognisable mental health campaign, and a familiar part of workplace morning teas, school assemblies and social media feeds.

But does it actually improve mental health? Our new study suggests it does. We found a small but measurable improvement in mental wellbeing after R U OK? Day. The gain was largest among men aged 25–49.

But we found no increase in visits to a GP for a mental health treatment plan, or in prescriptions filled for mental health-related medicines.

Together, these findings show both the value and the limits of public awareness campaigns.

What we studied and how

R U OK? Day is held annually on the second Thursday of September. The campaign asks Australians to follow four steps:

  • ask someone whether they’re OK
  • listen with an open mind
  • encourage them to take action if needed
  • check in with them over the next couple of weeks.

We used nine years of data drawn from across the Australian population, from 2011 to 2019, to test whether the campaign changed two main outcomes.

First, we used responses from the long-running Household, Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia survey, which happens to conduct annual interviews in the months around R U OK? Day. Participants answered nine questions about how they had felt during the previous four weeks. These included how often they had felt happy, nervous, full of life, or so down that nothing could cheer them up. We combined their answers into an overall measure of mental wellbeing.

Second, we used national health records from Medicare to count the daily number of mental health treatment plans GPs prepared and prescriptions filled for psychiatric medicines.

The statistical analysis compared the change in these outcomes in the four weeks before and after R U OK? Day in more recent years, when the campaign was highly visible, with the same change in earlier years, when its reach was much smaller. We also accounted for weather, seasonal patterns, economic conditions and other factors.

This comparison captures the campaign’s short-term population-level effect. That includes the combined effect of direct conversations, workplace events, media coverage, and the wider attention given to mental health around R U OK? Day.

A small lift in how people feel

The encouraging finding is that R U OK? Day does appear to improve mental wellbeing.

Across the population, the campaign produced a measurable increase in self-assessed mental wellbeing, equivalent to moving the average person from the 50th to the 53rd percentile of wellbeing.

This is not a dramatic change – it means people felt slightly more full of life, calm, energetic or happy, and slightly less down in the dumps.

But this is an average across the whole population, including many people who had no direct contact with the campaign. The improvement among people who took part in an R U OK? conversation was probably much larger, although our data cannot isolate that effect.

The effect was strongest for men aged 25 to 49 – the increase in their mental wellbeing was twice as large. This is important because middle-aged men are among the least likely to seek help for mental health problems, and they are disproportionately represented in Australia’s suicide statistics.

The most plausible mechanism is social connection. Being asked “are you OK?” by a colleague or friend, or getting together with others to talk openly about mental health, may reduce feelings of isolation. It may also signal that it is socially acceptable to acknowledge when you are struggling.

We see this reflected in our results. R U OK? Day increased people’s sense that they had someone to turn to for support, with the strongest improvement again among men aged 25 to 49.

No increase in mental health care

R U OK? Day also encourages people who are struggling to seek professional support. On this outcome, however, we found no detectable effect.

National records showed no increase in visits to a GP for a mental health treatment plan.

Nor was there an increase in prescriptions filled for mental health-related medicines.

The result was the same when we extended the follow-up period from four weeks to two and three months.

This doesn’t mean nobody sought help because of R U OK? Day. But any individual responses were not large enough to produce a measurable increase across the population. It is also possible that individuals sought help from other services, such as helplines, which we cannot measure.

Encouraging someone to seek help is only one part of the process. A person may still worry about stigma or be unsure where to go. Even when someone decides to seek professional help, the health-care system itself can create barriers, including long waits for appointments and high out-of-pocket costs.

Policy implications

R U OK? Day appears to be achieving something valuable.

Our findings suggest peer-support campaigns can produce real psychological benefits. Encouraging people to check in with one another, listen and offer support can make a meaningful difference, especially for population groups unlikely to seek out help.

Public campaigns also point people towards support. But whether people can act on that encouragement depends on the health system: care needs to be accessible, timely and affordable. Achieving this may require changes that reduce waiting times, lower out-of-pocket costs and make care easier to navigate.

R U OK? Day shows that asking a simple question can help people feel more supported. But when the answer is “no”, the next step also needs to be within reach.


If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14.The Conversation

Nicole Black, Associate Professor of Health Economics, Monash University; David Johnston, Professor of Health Economics, Monash University; Johannes Kunz, Senior Lecturer, Centre for Health Economics, Monash University, and Lachlan Deer, Lecturer in Marketing, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Feeling angry? Don’t blow off steam. Try these tips instead

Angry woman, with hands in air
Vitaly Gariev/Pexels
Tom Denson, UNSW

After a bad night’s sleep, you squabble with your kids at breakfast. Then a neighbour parks you in. When you finally get to work an hour late, your boss makes one more impossible demand. No wonder you’re angry with the world.

So what is the best way to control your anger? Is it going for a run to blow off some steam?

Or would you be better off meditating?

I’m a psychology researcher with a special interest in anger and aggression. Here’s what the evidence says does and doesn’t work.

When you’re angry

Feeling angry is not just about having a feeling. Your body becomes aroused – your face turns red, your heart rate, blood pressure and respiration rate increase, and you sweat.

On any given day, 22% of us report being angry. Most of this anger doesn’t turn into aggression (harming other people). However, about 8% of people say their anger negatively impacts their lives.

1. Exercise can backfire

You may feel like you need to “blow off some steam”, in other words, do something active to ease the anger and stave off any aggressive urges.

This “catharsis” is an idea popularised by the founder of psychoanalysis, Sigmund Freud. Now it has found its way into modern life.

But some of these physical activities can increase your anger and aggression. That includes going for a run or climbing the stairs.

Let’s suppose you argue with your partner and you correctly interpret that feeling of arousal as being angry. But going for a run can also make you aroused or “amped up”. So when you return from your run, even a relatively innocuous comment can trigger more anger or aggression.

But you don’t have to blow off steam to try to alleviate anger. For most people, anger will dissipate within 30 minutes all by itself.

2. Mulling it over and over won’t help

Replaying the event constantly in our minds and thinking about how we might get even is all part of angry rumination. This involves diving deep into thinking about the causes and consequences of a personally important provocation and how to respond.

Rumination may feel like we’re processing the event in a helpful way. And many people who struggle with controlling their anger tend to use rumination, albeit ineffectively.

Many experiments show angry rumination actually increases or maintains anger, and increases aggressive behaviour. That’s because rather than looking for solutions and effectively processing the anger-inducing event, people just focus on their angry feelings, and the causes and consequences of the event.

3. Distraction works

Distraction, perhaps the opposite of rumination, works much better. It’s also one of the simplest things you can do to alleviate angry feelings.

My colleagues and I have done this in experiments by asking participants to think about a neutral topic, such as the layout of their university campus. But you could play a non-aggressive game on your phone, read a book, or recall happy memories.

This distraction allows the arousal to dissipate and, along with it, the feelings of anger.

In one experiment we did with university students, about 85% distracted themselves and reduced their anger.

4. Sit with your anger, don’t react

As anger is a high-arousal state, another way to combat angry feelings is to induce a state of low arousal.

When colleagues and I grouped together the best available evidence in a meta-analysis, we found mindfulness meditation is effective in reducing anger and aggression.

In simple terms, mindfulness involves being fully aware of your body, thoughts, feelings and emotions in the present moment, in an accepting and non-judgemental way.

It’s something you can learn to do, using a free app, such as Smiling Mind.

In addition to lowering arousal, mindfulness involves accepting the anger. That means “sitting” with the anger and not reacting to it, which makes it difficult to feel angry and aggressive.

In another meta-analysis, researchers found low-arousal activities such as relaxation exercises, meditation and yoga lowered anger. This included in university students, people with criminal histories, people of all ages, and people from Eastern and Western cultures.

5. Look at it another way

Another way is to use a strategy called “cognitive reappraisal”. This is a broad term for thinking about the anger provocation in an objective way that reduces your anger.

You could do this by looking at the situation from an outsider’s perspective. How would a passerby evaluate the argument you two are having? You could imagine the provocation as if you were floating above yourself and the person who provoked you. You might consider that the person who provoked you is experiencing a lot of stress in their lives.

The key is you’re creating psychological distance between the anger and you to create more objective thinking and less-personal responses.

People who tend to habitually use cognitive reappraisal are less angry, less aggressive, and show more healthy cardiovascular responses to provocation.

What’s the take-home message?

By using the techniques that work, and avoiding the others, your relationships, wellbeing, and even heart health can improve.

However, if you find this doesn’t work, and your anger episodes are frequent, distressing to yourself or others, long-lasting, or accompanied by aggression, it may be time to seek professional help.The Conversation

Tom Denson, Professor of Psychology, UNSW

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Two September 2026: Issue 658 (Published Sunday September 5)

Avalon Bulldogs Win Back-To-Back A Grade Premierships!!

 

Australian Team Set to Compete at the ISA World Junior Surfing Championships: Loci + Ben Representing Australia!

Australia’s Junior Irukandjis Team have arrived in El Salvador, where 12 of the nation’s best junior surfers will represent Australia at the 2026 ISA World Junior Surfing Championships from 4–13 September. The team includes local surfers Loci Cullen and Ben Zanatta.

The Australian team heads into the championships as the reigning World Team Champions, having claimed gold at both the 2024 and 2025 editions of the event, and will be chasing a historic third consecutive team gold medal when competition gets underway at La Bocana and El Sunzal.

The Irukandjis Australian Surfing Team continues to hold its place as the most successful national team in ISA World Junior history, a legacy built on consistent podium finishes, world champions, and a deep pipeline of emerging talent that has shaped junior surfing on the global stage. 

Several familiar names from last year’s gold-medal winning team return to the green and gold in 2026, with defending ISA World Junior Champion Ocean Lancaster returning, alongside Caden Francis and Lucy Darragh, who both rejoin the squad following their 2025 bronze-medal performances.

"Competing for Australia at the ISA’s is the best experience ever as a junior. To represent your country and your home and put your best foot forward. The amount of energy surrounding the comp was incredible in 2025, it really brings the best out of everyone. So keen to rip in with the team this year and try to get a team gold three-peat!" – Caden Francis (QLD), 2025 U16 ISA Bronze Medallist, 2025 U18 Australian Junior Series Champion. 

"Representing Australia at ISA Worlds last year was such a cool experience, so I’m honoured to have qualified again. Last year was one of my favourite comps I’ve ever done. I was stoked to win Bronze but helping the team get Gold was my favourite part about it! I love the team aspect of the event and getting to wear the green and gold and represent Australia. My goal is to improve on last year’s result, and try to win a Gold medal, and hopefully help team Aus bring home the 3rd Gold in a row!" – Lucy Darrah (NSW), 2025 U16 ISA Bronze Medallist, 2025 U16 Australian Junior Series Champion. 

The team spent the lead-up to the championships preparing at the Surfing Australia Hyundai High Performance Centre, with the Irukandjis completing a dedicated preparation camp focused on the unique demands of ISA competition.

The camp has provided the team with an opportunity to come together, build team culture and prepare for the competition formats and conditions they will face in El Salvador, with athletes and coaches now turning their attention to the final preparations before competition begins.

The camp also marked an important moment for the team, with the 2026 Irukandjis captains announced ahead of their departure for El Salvador: Ocean Lancaster (NSW) & Stella Green (QLD)

The legacy of the Irukandjis is one that Ocean Lancaster knows well, as an ISA World Champion himself, he will step into a 2026 leadership role. Having previously looked up to former Irukandjis captain and two-time ISA Champion Dane Henry, Ocean knows the legacy that comes with leading the Australian team.

“Being selected as team captain is such an honour. In previous years, I looked up to Dane and Milla when they were captains, and I always knew that was a position I wanted to be in one day. I’m really proud to have the opportunity to lead this team, and hopefully help us bring home a third consecutive team gold. That’s the main goal for all of us. I’m super keen to get over there, get things started and see what we can achieve together.” – Ocean Lancaster (NSW), 2025 U16 ISA World Junior Champion. 

"We're incredibly proud to announce our Australian team for the ISA World Junior Championships in El Salvador this September. As 2024 and 2025 world champions, we know the target on our back is bigger than ever, and this team is ready for that challenge. With returning athletes 2025 U16 World Champion Ocean Lancaster, bronze medallists Caden Francis and Lucy Darragh, and a group of exciting Junior Irukandji debutants, this is a stacked team. Under Head Coach Pete Duncan, we'll come together in August for the ISA Junior Camp and head to El Salvador with one goal: the 3-Pete!" – Luke Macdonald, Head of Pathway Program at Surfing Australia.

2026 ISA World Junior Surfing Championship - Team Irukandjis

U-18 Men's

  • Ben Zannata (Dee Why, NSW): 2025 U18 Australian Junior Champion.
  • Caden Francis (Coolangatta, QLD): 2025 U16 ISA Bronze Medallist, 2025 U18 Australian Junior Series Champion.
  • Ocean Lancaster (Merewether, NSW): 2025 U16 ISA World Junior Champion. 

U-18 Women’s

  • Stella Green (Buddina, QLD): 2025 U18 Australian Junior Champion.
  • Meika Locke (Palm Beach, QLD): 2025 U18 Australian Junior Series Champion.
  • Leihani Zoric (Broken Head, NSW): 2026 Indigenous Surfing Titles Open Women’s Champion, Stab High Ladybirds finalist. 

U-16 Men's

  • Ashton Crowley (Lennox Head, NSW): 2025 U16 Australian Junior Champion.
  • Locana Cullen (Newport, NSW): 3X Stab High Junior Men's Champ + 2026 2nd in Open Men's Stab High.
  • Rio Luther Barr (Bellingen, NSW): 4th in 2025 U16 Australian Junior Series. 

U-16 Women's

  • Lucy Darragh (Gerringong, NSW): 2025 U16 ISA Bronze Medallist, 2025 U16 Australian Junior Series Champion.
  • Talia Tebb (Avoca, NSW): 2X Australian Junior Champion (2024, 2025).
  • Eliza Richardson (Coolangatta, QLD): 2nd 2025 U16 Australian Junior Series + 2nd in 2025 U16 Australian Junior Titles.

The team has been selected through a combination of results from the 2025 Australian Junior Surfing Titles, the 2025 Australian Junior Series National Rankings, and wildcard selections, ensuring a balance of proven performers and high-potential talent.

10 Things to Know About the 2026 Surf City El Salvador ISA World Junior Surfing Championship

1. Pathway to the Olympic Games

Bringing together the top emerging talent from throughout the world, the event has become a clear stepping stone to the Olympic Games. Of the 71 surfers to have competed at the Olympics so far, 62 previously participated in the WJSC, with 33 earning ISA World Junior medals, including half of the surfers to earn Olympic medals so far — Carissa Moore(USA), Caroline Marks (USA), Tatiana Weston-Webb (BRA), Gabriel Medina (BRA), Bianca Buitendag (RSA), and Owen Wright (AUS).

Freesurf - September 3 2026 US time, Friday here. Credit: ISA / Pablo Jimenez

2. Former Medallists Return

Eleven former medallists will return to compete, including 2025 U/18 World Junior Champions Sol Borelli (ESP) and Dylan Donegan (ESP). Donegan made history in 2025 as the first surfer to win the gold medal in both divisions, having claimed victory in the U/16 category in 2024. Joining them will be 2025 U/16 World Junior Champion Ocean Lancaster (AUS), as well as U/16 girls silver medalist Catalina Zariquiey (PER), who will both be competing in the U/18 division.

3. Defending Champions Australia Aim for Three-peat

56 national teams will gather to compete for the coveted team gold medals. Back-to-back Team World Champions, Australia, will return looking for their second WJSC three-peat, having previously set the record with a five-event winning streak between 2006-2010. After more than a decade between wins prior to 2024, Australia will now look to claim their tenth WJSC team gold medal.

4. New National Teams

Three national teams, Bahamas, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe, will be represented in the WJSC for the very first time. It will be the first-ever ISA event for Mozambique and Zimbabwe, two of the newest nations to join as ISA members.

5. The Divisions

427 athletes will compete across four divisions:

  • Girl’s U/16
  • Boy’s U/16
  • Girl’s U/18
  • Boy’s U/18

6. Gender Equality

Equalling the current record, girls make up 44% of the competitors representing their nations in the 2026 WJSC. Since 2017, the ISA has offered equal competition slots for men and women across its World Championship Series, promoting women’s participation and gender equality in surfing.

7. Where to Watch

The live webcast will be streamed on www.isasurf.org from September 4 – 13. Visit isasurf.org for results, team rosters, photos, videos, and news pertaining to the competition.

8. Social

The ISA will be posting live updates, photos and videos from the competition on social media.

9. Schedule

  • September 4 – 4pm: Opening Ceremony, Punta Rocas
  • September 5 – 12: Competition, La Bocana and El Sunzal
  • September 13: Finals and Closing Ceremony

10. The ISA and El Salvador

Surf City El Salvador has become a massive supporter of the ISA and surfing, demonstrating itself as a true world class surfing destination. This will be the eleventh major ISA event to carry the title Surf City El Salvador. Two prior editions of the ISA WJSC (2022, 2024) have been joined by two editions of the World SUP and Paddleboard World Championship (2019, 2025), and three editions each of the ISA World Longboard Championship (2023, 2024, 2025) and the ISA World Surfing Games (2021, 2023, 2025).

Locals can follow the team on the ISA event site: isasurf.org/event/2026-isa-world-junior-surfing-championship and on Surfing Australia's Irukandjis social platforms.

Students put their priorities on the political agenda at Warringah Youth Voices Forum

Young people from across Warringah have helped shape a new Youth Charter and civics education program for the electorate, putting forward priorities including housing affordability, AI regulation, domestic violence prevention and better mental health care.

Federal Member for Warringah Zali Steggall hosted the Youth Voices workshop at Redlands on Thursday August 27, bringing together 56 students from 14 schools.

Steggall said the youth-led event aimed to empower young people - helping them to communicate their views and ensure they are represented in Parliament.

“Young people aren't just leaders of the future - they are active contributors today. When they speak up, their voices should be heard and acted on,” she said.

Steggall congratulated the students for helping to shape their own futures. “Democracy is not a spectator sport,” she said. “You can’t just sit on the sidelines – you’ve got to get involved, because it matters.”

The students began the workshop by forming their own political parties, with names such as Manly Warringah Youngens, Kids for Australia and One Youth Rise.

They then developed policies which will help inform the Warringah Youth Charter - a document created by young people to capture their priorities and communicate those to decision-makers.

Among the Charter statements participants put forward were that students and young people should:

  • Have access to basic needs such as safe housing
  • Be taught in schools about domestic violence prevention, sex, consent and reproductive rights
  • Be taught about AI opportunities, drawbacks and potential misuse
  • Have equal access to opportunities in education and arts
  • Be viewed as valued members of society who have an equal voice
  • Be respectful to others regardless of cultural background or identity, and be respected in return
  • Have access to free personal hygiene products
  • Experience a stable childhood.

The Charter will be finalised in close consultation with young people over the next six months, then published alongside a commitment from Steggall to report back on how she has advocated for Warringah’s youth.

Students also provided feedback on a draft civics education module Steggall is developing for schools across Warringah. The module aims to ensure young people are better informed about how democracy works and can more confidently advocate on what matters to them.

The students suggested the module include information such as how to fill out a ballot paper, what political parties and representatives stand for, and how to navigate misinformation, understand political lobbying and contact elected representatives.

The participants’ feedback will directly shape the final civics education program, which will be further refined and tested with schools and young people.

The Youth Voices event was designed and facilitated by Zali Steggall’s Youth Advisory Committee.

Warringah Youth Voices 2026. Photo supplied

 

Horizontal Rainbow On Pittwater + Other Rainbows

Palm Beach artist Anne Spencer sent in the following a few weeks back, sharing:

''My horizontal rainbow photos at ground/sea level, which I took at Sand Point!!! - I sent these off to Prof Fred Watson - the answer back from Fred'':

“They’re definitely a rainbow, with a rain shower between you and the distant trees. The fact that it’s at ground level tells you that the Sun was directly behind you and 42 degrees above the horizon!”

Horizontal rainbows are rare optical phenomena and are a traditional rainbow formed by a low sun, but with a twist of perspective.

The Physics: Rainbow geometry dictates that the height of a rainbow's arc is inversely related to the height of the sun. If the sun is very low on the horizon behind you, so is the rainbow.

The Illusion: When a dark rainstorm cell forms a narrow curtain of water droplets over the open ocean or an estuary, the rainbow collapses visually. Because the horizon is flat and open, the arc appears exceptionally low, wide, and stretched horizontally across the water's surface, making it look like a glowing, flat ribbon.

Anne's pictures inspired a look at other kinds of Rainbows:

Rainbow Curtain

This is an ocean scene where a storm cloud opens at sunset and drops a glowing curtain of rainbow-colored rain toward the sea.

This effect happens when low sunlight hits falling rain, sea mist, or fine droplets inside the storm. The droplets bend and split the light into bright bands of red, yellow, green, blue, and violet. Because the rain is falling in vertical streaks, the rainbow color looks like it is pouring down from the cloud instead of forming a simple arc.

The warm sunset clouds make the colours even stronger, while the dark ocean below gives the whole scene a powerful storm-afterglow feeling.

A view like this fits tropical coastlines, open ocean horizons, island beaches, and stormy bays .. especially after heavy rain when the Sun breaks through low clouds near sunset. - Info/Photo: AstroNature

Circle rainbows - and Double Rainbows

Rainbows are actually complete 360-degree circles, but they look like arches from the ground because the horizon blocks the bottom half. Bernadette Kelly sent in this Double Rainbow photo she took at south Avalon Beach a few years back:

A double rainbow, or secondary rainbow, is caused by a double reflection of sunlight inside the raindrops, and are cantered on the sun itself. They are about 127° (violet) to 130° (red) wide. Since this is more than 90°, they are seen on the same side of the sky as the primary rainbow, about 10° above it at apparent angles of 50–53°. As a result of the "inside" of the secondary bow being "up" to the observer, the colours appear reversed compared to the primary bow. The secondary rainbow is fainter than the primary because more light escapes from two reflections compared to one and because the rainbow itself is spread over a greater area of the sky. Each rainbow reflects white light inside its coloured bands, but that is "down" for the primary and "up" for the secondary. The dark area of unlit sky lying between the primary and secondary bows is called Alexander's band, after Alexander of Aphrodisias who first described it.

A rainbow is an optical phenomenon caused by refraction, internal reflection and dispersion of light in water droplets resulting in a continuous spectrum of light appearing in the sky. The rainbow takes the form of a multicoloured circular arc. Rainbows caused by sunlight always appear in the section of sky directly opposite the sun. Rainbows can be caused by many forms of airborne water. These include not only rain, but also mist, spray, and airborne dew.

Rainbows when viewed from the ground typically appear as an illuminated arc, but when flying, if there is enough mist they can be seen as full circles. The centre of the curve is always on a line from the Sun to the observer's eye.

In a primary rainbow, the arc shows red on the outer part and violet on the inner side. This rainbow is caused by light being refracted when entering a droplet of water, then reflected inside on the back of the droplet and refracted again when leaving it.

In a double rainbow, a second arc is seen about 10° outside the primary arc. Its colours are perceived to be in reverse order, with red on the lower side of the arc.

Double rainbow and supernumerary rainbows on the inside of the primary arc. The shadow of the photographer's head at the bottom of the photograph marks the centre of the rainbow circle (the antisolar point).

Double rainbow and supernumerary rainbows on the inside of the primary arc. The shadow of the photographer's head at the bottom of the photograph marks the centre of the rainbow circle (the antisolar point). Photo: Eric Rolph 

Circular rainbow. Photo: Steve Kaufman 

New rules for schools on AI in take-home HSC assessments

Announced: September 1, 2026

Schools will be limited to a maximum of one take-home assessment task worth no more than 15 per cent of the school-based assessment mark – or 7.5 per cent of the total HSC mark – as part of reform by the NSW Government to protect student learning.

The advice from the NSW Education Standards Authority follows a request made by Acting Premier of New South Wales and Minister for Education and Early Learning, Prue Car, at the end of last month for NESA to examine measures to protect student learning amid the rapid rise in the use of artificial intelligence in schools.

Half of a student’s HSC result is based on school-based assessment. Under the current rules, schools determine how much of that 50 per cent is assessed through take-home tasks and how much is completed in class.

The new rule will limit schools to one take-home assessment task worth no more than 15 per cent of the school-based assessment component.

Schools will still be able to use a range of assessment types appropriate to each course, including examinations, oral tasks, and process diaries.

HSC major works are not included in the restrictions, but schools are still required to authenticate students’ work. Some courses with assessment tasks linked to the development of major works will also be exempt, including courses across the creative arts, technologies, and English Extension 2.

The advice comes before the Class of 2027 begins their HSC studies in Term 4 this year, providing schools and teachers with certainty as they finalise their assessment programs.

The limit will also apply to students beginning Year 11 in Term 1, 2027.

The NESA Board will now consider additional subject-specific advice, as well as guidance for teachers, to be released to schools from next year for the 2028 HSC and beyond.

The NESA Board, which includes representatives of the public, Catholic, and independent school sectors, as well as high school principals and education unions, strongly supported the need to protect students’ learning and the integrity of the HSC.

Based on current evidence, the decision gives schools the flexibility to choose assessment types that are appropriate to the nature of each course, while ensuring appropriate safeguards are in place.

Importantly, the message to parents, schools, and students is that the Government is acting now to keep pace with the rapid rise of AI in schools and society more broadly.

The new limit provides a clear direction that HSC marks should reflect a student’s own knowledge, skills and thinking, without reliance on generative AI tools.

Acting Premier of New South Wales and Minister for Education and Early Learning Prue Car said:

“School communities are concerned about the tide of AI technology impacting our classrooms, which is undermining learning, thinking, creativity, and hard work.

“NSW is leading the nation in our response to AI in schools, and mitigating risks to the HSC is a critical first step to deal with the rapid intrusion of AI into our learning and brain development.

“The message this sends to schools and communities more broadly is that we are committed to protecting the teaching and learning happening in schools.

“When students outsource their learning – whether that is to tutors, classmates, or artificial intelligence – they are missing out on the rigorous, high-quality education they need to set themselves up for the future.”

NSW Education Standards Authority CEO Paul Martin said:

“These immediate measures being put in place are an important starting point while we consider additional ways to support schools who share our objective of protecting student learning.

“Generative AI may offer students a short-cut to complex school work, but it bypasses the opportunity to build knowledge and learning.

“It is not an overstatement to say the consequences of that could be severe over time.

“We have a moral obligation to the students and teachers of NSW to protect the learning process, the integrity of assessments, and to maintain confidence in the HSC credential.”

Three common study myths busted by a learning expert – and better strategies to use instead

A young woman looking stressed out while using a laptop to study at home
Sean Anthony Eddy/Getty Images
Sean Kang, The University of Melbourne

As high school and university students approach the exam period, study sessions often increase and intensify.

But even when students are “trying hard” to study they can still fall into some common study traps that hinder, rather than help, their learning.

I research how the human mind learns. Here are three misconceptions about studying, and some alternative methods that will improve learning (and, yes, your exam performance).

Myth 1: repeatedly reading your textbook and notes is the best way to study

Rereading textbooks and course material is a popular study method among students.

A 2018 study aggregated five previous surveys of university students and adults in the United States. It found 78% of participants reread notes as a study strategy. More than half said they also highlighted or underlined important sections in their notes as part of this technique.

However, other research suggests the benefits of rereading material are limited. This is because it’s a passive form of study, meaning it usually doesn’t add much to knowledge constructed from the initial reading.

What students should do instead

This doesn’t mean rereading is a problem in itself, or that you should avoid it entirely. It just might not always be the best use of all your time.

If you do want to reread material, research has found it’s better to space out repeated readings over multiple days instead of cramming it all into a single study session.

You should also intersperse rereading with other active learning strategies outlined later in this article.

Myth 2: if you feel confident about the course material, you’ll do well on the exam

When we’re trying to figure out how well we understand a topic, our judgements are often based on how easy it is to comprehend the material or how familiar it feels.

For example, it’s easy to feel confident about a particular subject when the material is in front of you and you have seen it repeatedly.

But high confidence may not be reflected by good performance during the stress of a timed exam in a different environment, without your notes, books or devices.

What students should do instead

To avoid this overconfidence, it can help to put yourself in an exam-like situation during study.

This may look like answering practice questions, similar to the ones expected on the exam, without referring to notes or devices.

Doing this will give you a better indication of how well you have learned and where you need improvement. When you’re able to more accurately judge what you have learned well (and not well), you are better able to tailor your study efforts to areas that need attention.

Myth 3: the main goal of studying is to get information into your head

Many students focus on absorbing as much information as they can. But this is only half of the equation.

Being able to pull the information out of your head during an exam or assessment is just as important.

What students should do instead

You can practise recalling information from memory by:

  • completing practice quizzes

  • using flash cards

  • answering end-of-chapter questions

  • pausing at regular intervals during study to recall key ideas of what you’ve just read.

There are other techniques that can help too.

Asking yourself “why”

When reading a text, you can regularly ask yourself “why” to help create links between new information and previous knowledge.

For instance, a student reading a history text about the second world war would encounter the fact that Germany invaded Poland. They might then ask themselves, “why is this fact true?” or “why does this make sense?”

By mentally asking themselves why, they would activate prior learning (that Germany lost territory in world war one). This would help them integrate the new information with what they already know and make it more retrievable in future.

Explaining ideas to yourself

Another effective method is self-explanation. This is when you explain the information you are studying to yourself as if you’re telling it to someone who doesn’t know anything about the topic.

For example, when reading about the circulatory system in the human body, you might explain to yourself each component, its function, and how it relates to other components or the system as a whole.

This technique also helps students connect new information to previous learning and helps to fill gaps in knowledge. It often leads to a richer construction of knowledge that is more retrievable.

If you struggle to explain concepts or retrieve information when studying, it’s often a telling sign your mastery of the content is inadequate.

While these learning strategies have been framed within the context of studying for an exam, they are widely applicable for people of all ages when learning new information too.The Conversation

Sean Kang, Associate Professor in the Science of Learning, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Peter Siddle joins NSW Blues coaching team 

On Friday September 4 Cricket New South Wales announced it is thrilled to welcome Peter Siddle to the Blues coaching staff, signing on as a bowling coach for the 2026/27 season.  

Siddle, one of the sport's most popular figures over the last two decades, will work alongside the Blues' fast bowling unit for the upcoming season, including all Sheffield Shield matches.

The former Australian seamer joins a new-look Blues coaching team alongside head coach Brad Haddin and assistants Peter Forrest and Daniel Smith. He will continue representing the Melbourne Stars in the Big Bash League. 

Siddle, who retired from international cricket in 2019, represented Australia on 89 occasions following his Test debut in 2008, taking 241 wickets for his country. Domestically, he won two Sheffield Shield titles with Victoria, helping mentor the state's up-and-coming fast bowlers during his later years in the set-up.  

Cricket NSW is also excited to announce that Johan Botha will join the Blues as a spin bowling consultant on a temporary basis as the team prepares for the start of the 2026/27 season.  

Botha represented South Africa on 123 occasions, leading the Proteas 21 times, while he also captained South Australia and the Adelaide Strikers during an illustrious playing career.  

Since his retirement in 2019, Botha has taken on coaching roles in the Pakistan Super League, Caribbean Premier League and Big Bash League, also mentoring Queensland for three years.  

Brad Haddin, NSW Blues Head Coach, said: 

"Peter and Johan joining the Blues set-up shows that we're committed to having high-quality people around the team. 

"Not only does Peter bring a wealth of experience and knowledge, but he exemplifies how we want our cricketers to play the game.  

"We're confident we have built a well-rounded coaching team ahead of what should be an exciting season for the Blues." 

Peter Siddle, NSW Blues Bowling Coach, said: 

"It's incredibly exciting to be joining the NSW Blues this season. 

"I'm very much looking forward to the opportunity to mentor this talented crop of players ahead of what will be a massive summer. 

"I can’t wait to get stuck in." 

Underwater wonders captured by photo competition finalists

The council has announced its finalists in the 2026 Underwater Photography Competition, showcasing the beauty, colour and diversity of life beneath the waves.

Council states there were a record number of entries received this year, making it especially challenging for judges to select finalists.

This year’s finalists highlight the remarkable marine life found across the peninsula, from close-up details and natural behaviours to sweeping seascapes and creative reels.

The community can vote for their favourite stills photography image in the People’s Choice Award until Sunday 20 September 2026. Finalist images can be viewed on council’s webpage HERE, where votes can also be cast online.

The winners, including the People’s Choice Award and the Valerie Taylor Underwater Photography Award for Excellence, will be announced at the prize giving evening on Wednesday 4 November.

The finalists in the 7 categories are:

1. Behaviour: Capturing natural behaviour of marine life.

  • Alastair Pollock                                                      
  • Darian Woods                                                         
  • Joanna Chen                                             
  • Maria Garcia                               
  • Peter Hutchins                                                        
  • Peter McGee                                             
  • Talia Greis                                                                

Behaviour - Underwater photography 2026 finalist

2.  Macro: Getting up close to the subject matter.

  • Frances Whitfield                                    
  • Darian Woods                                                         
  • Edward Midgley                                                      
  • Gerrad Kennedy                                                     
  • Lesley Spencer                                                       
  • Michal Biniek                                            
  • William Gladstone                             

Macro -Underwater photography 2026 finalist

3. Threatened Species: Portraying the vulnerability of a threatened species found, for example: black rod cod, grey nurse shark, green turtle.

  • Alizee Berger                                             
  • Darian Woods                                                         
  • Sasha Loutcheva                                                   
  • Terence Tong                                             
  • Thomas Hutton          

4. Human Connection: Capturing the positive or negative connection between a person(s) and marine life (flora / fauna / megafauna). This could include monitoring citizen science projects or research undertaken in one of the local aquatic reserves.

  • Beverly Southern                                                   
  • Edward Midgley                                                      
  • Jo Taylor                                                                     
  • Xina Hudson                                              
  • Oscar Lo Lu           

5. Seascapes (wide angle): Capturing the raw beauty of the underwater vista in one of the local aquatic reserves.

  • Daniel Sly                                                                  
  • David Bellas                                              
  • Peter Hutchins                                                        
  • Rosie Richards   

6. Youth: For the budding young photographers aged 12 to 17 years old. The winner will be recognised as the Underwater Youth Photographer of the Year 2026.

  • Dan Parker                                                                
  • Evelyn Christopher                                 
  • Ria Havlicek                                              
  • Thomas Bryant     

7. Reels: Capturing the wonder of the biodiversity in our underwater world. Reel length is 15 to 30 seconds duration. The winner of the Reels category is determined by the judges.

Youth: 12 to 17 years old:

  • Ezra Boulton        

Open: 18+ years

  • Darian Woods                                                         
  • Peter Hutchins                                                        
  • Frances Whitfield                                    
  • Rosie Richards                                                       
  • Stephanie Henzlik                                   
  • Guy Fenton          

The judges include:

Holly Williams – Public Art Curator at the council. 

John Sear – local author, underwater photographer and dedicated citizen scientist with a passion for exploring and documenting Australia’s marine environment. 

Robynne Millward – respected environmental educator and marine conservation advocate who has made a lasting contribution to the protection and appreciation of Cabbage Tree Bay. 

With a prize pool of $3,500, participants submitted their underwater images taken from any of  the 5 aquatic reserves on the Manly to Barrenjoey Peninsula. The competition celebrates all skill levels and is open to amateur and professional photographers and videographers.

Human Connection - Underwater photography 2026. Photos supplied by council.

Inside LA's Most Famous House Built on the Edge of a Cliff: Inside History 

by Architectural Digest

Opportunities:

Mick Fanning, Surfing Legend, Sporting Hero, All Heart, in Conversation with Tom Carroll

  • Date: Thursday 1 October
  • Time: 6- 8pm (Doors open at 5.30)
  • Location: Warriewood Community Centre
  • (corner of Pittwater and Jacksons Rd, Warriewood: 2 – 4 Jacksons Road)
  • Tickets: $25
From the Western Suburbs of Sydney to world surfing glory, 3-time world champion surfer Mick Fanning shares his extraordinary life story in his new memoir, All Heart.

From the tragic loss of three brothers to surviving a life-threatening shark encounter, this book explores how Mick overcame unimaginable hardships, finding strength in the face of devastating grief and fear.

Haunting and inspirational, this is the definitive story of one of Australia’s greatest sporting heroes. On a canvas that stretches from Alaska to Hawaii’s North Shore, it will captivate surf fans as well as readers who’ve never paddled out. Told with raw honesty and a breakneck tempo, All Heart hits with the force of a 50-foot wave.

‘I’ve questioned myself for years about whether I needed to write another book – whether I really wanted to revisit the ecstasy of the highs, the numb discomfort of the lows, or the agonising pain of the losses. For a long time, it felt easier to leave it alone. But I realised there’s value in being honest about the moments that shaped me – the wins, the setbacks and the growth in-between. I had to be willing to explore some of the darker chapters to understand them properly, and that process has been part of the healing. If sharing that journey helps someone else find strength or perspective in their own life, then it’s been worth telling.’ - Mick Fanning

Mick Fanning is a three-time World Champion who has become one of Australia’s most admired sporting figures. Born in Penrith and raised on the Gold Coast, he captured world titles in 2007, 2009 and 2013, earning a reputation for precision, speed and an ability to stay composed when the stakes were highest.

His life has been shaped by experiences far beyond competition, including the passing of his three older brothers and a shark encounter during a 2015 event that was broadcast live across the globe. Those moments profoundly shifted his perspective, strengthening his resilience and gratitude. Now an inductee of the Australian Sporting Hall of Fame, Fanning is also a father, husband and entrepreneur whose influence extends well beyond surfing, defined as much by character and humility as by championship success.

Tom Carroll is a two-time World Champion surfer, ocean adventurer and lifelong student of the sea.
From Pittwater to the world’s most powerful waves, Tom has spent four decades pushing the boundaries of surfing, performance and human potential.

Today, he combines his experience in high-performance surfing with breathwork, meditation and movement, helping people find greater presence, resilience and clarity.

For Tom, the ocean is the ultimate teacher. It demands courage, rewards awareness and reminds us that the greatest breakthroughs often lie just beyond the edge of our comfort zone.

Surf hard. Breathe deep. Stay present. Meet the moment.

2027 Visual Arts Fellowship (Emerging)

Funding to assist NSW emerging visual artists to undertake a self-directed professional development program to support their personal, creative and career advancement.
  • Grant amount: The successful recipient will receive $30,000 in funding towards their fellowship.
  • Application closes: 14 September 2026, 2:00 pm
The Visual Arts Fellowship (Emerging) (VAFE) program is delivered with the curatorial and exhibition support of Artspace. The objective is to support NSW visual arts practitioners in the early stages of their career to challenge and expand their practice.

Up to 6 applicants will be shortlisted to take part in the fellowship exhibition at Artspace, Sydney in July 2027. At the exhibition opening, the fellowship of $30,000 will be awarded to 1 shortlisted artist to undertake a self-directed professional development program. This program could include research, travel, studio residencies, creation of new work, mentorships and other activities that align with the recipient’s practice and career progression.

The 6 shortlisted artists will receive to participate in the exhibition and may be asked by Artspace to participate in artist talks, other public programs, meetings with visiting curators, and media interviews to produce greater visibility for their practice. The shortlisted artists will be interviewed prior to the opening of the exhibition, as part of the assessment process to determine the fellowship recipient.

About Artspace
Artspace is one of the leading institutions for the production and presentation of contemporary art in the Asia Pacific. Their expansive, multi-platform approach to programming includes new commissions, exhibitions, performances, studio residencies, publishing, public programs, learning and outreach initiatives, and advocacy. Artspace is where artists of all generations test new ideas and shape public conversation. Embracing risk, experimentation, collaboration and advocacy, Artspace’s mission is to enhance our culture and support community vibrancy through a deeper engagement with contemporary art.

The RPAYC is pleased to welcome you to OptiChicks for September 2026.
OptiChicks is for Girls aged 8–15 who sail an Optimist.
Join girls from sailing clubs across NSW and the ACT for an unforgettable weekend designed to inspire the next generation of female sailors.

Hosted by Royal Prince Alfred Yacht Club, OptiChicks is much more than a sailing weekend. It’s an opportunity to build lasting friendships, be mentored by inspiring female sailors, experience different boats, build confidence and discover the many exciting pathways our sport has to offer.

Whether your daughter dreams of representing Australia, coaching the next generation, volunteering at her club or simply enjoying sailing with friends, OptiChicks celebrates everything that makes our sport so special.

More details at: rpayc.com.au/opti-chicks/

Nature Writing Prize 2026 Now Open to Enter

$8,000 to be awarded to the winning writer

Calling all writers! The Nature Conservancy has announced the opening of its eighth biennial Nature Writing Prize.

The author of the winning essay will receive an $8,000 prize and be published in Australian Book Review (ABR). One additional author will receive a Highly Commended Prize of $1,000.

The competition’s judges are novelists Kim Mahood and Dave Witty and Dr Georgina Arnott, editor of the Australian Book Review.

The judging process is completely anonymous, with judges awarding the prize to an Australian writer whose essay they agree to be of the highest literary merit and which best explores a relationship and interaction with some aspect of the Australian landscape. All entries are required to be between 3,000 and 5,000 words and in the genre of ‘Writing of Place’. 

The Nature Conservancy Australia’s Country Director Lara Gallagher said, “The Nature Writing Prize was created in 2011 to promote and celebrate the art of nature writing, and to encourage a greater appreciation of Australia’s magnificent natural heritage. I’d particularly like to thank Paula McLean and The McLean Foundation, without whose generous support this important prize would not be possible.”

Alongside the $8,000 Winners Prize, The Nature Conservancy welcomes the return of the Rosina Joy Buckman Award, a $1,000 prize awarded to one Highly Commended essay. The Rosina Joy Buckman Award is generously sponsored by Kinchem Hegedus and Peter Barge.

2026 heralds a new era for nature writing in Australia, with the announcement of Australian Book Review as the official Publishing Partner for the Nature Writing Prize. Gallagher said, “This collaboration with ABR offers the Prize a new level of support, expanding its reach and cementing its place as one of Australia’s leading nature writing initiatives.”

The prize is open to Australian citizens and permanent residents. Participants will need to pay an entry fee of $30, or $25 for ABR subscribers. Submissions will close at 5pm AEST Wednesday 23 September 2026. To learn more about the prize and review the terms and conditions visit: www.natureaustralia.org.au/nwp

We are celebrating 80 years of North Palmy SLSC!!

If you are a member, ex member, family or have history with our Club, come and join us at Palmy RSL to celebrate.
RSVP and all enquiries to: Admin@northpalmbeachslsc.com.au 

Pittwater Softball Club: Play Tee-ball or Softball this Summer

Join Pittwater Softball Club and get ready for a summer of fun, friends and plenty of action on the diamond!

No team? Never played before?
No problem! You don’t need to have a team organised, we’ll help place individual players into a team.
  • Juniors Tee-ball/Softball (girls & boys)
  • Senior ladies Softball
Ready to play? Visit our website for more information and to register today!


2026 Premier's Reading Challenge

The Challenge aims to encourage a love of reading for leisure and pleasure in students, and to enable them to experience quality literature. It is not a competition but a challenge to each student to read, to read more and to read more widely. The Premier's Reading Challenge (PRC) is open to all NSW students in Kindergarten to Year 10, in government, independent, Catholic and home schools. Now in its 25th year, the NSW PRC is the largest reading challenge in Australia!

The Term 1 2026 booklist is now live! 462 new books have been added to the book lists. Additional book list updates occur at the start of Term 2 and Term 3. 

Click here, or visit the booklists page to check out the new titles added to the PRC booklists this year! 

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Community

Word of the Week stays a part of your page in 2026, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. a group of people living in the same place or sharing common attitudes, interests, and goals. 2. A feeling of togetherness or connectedness, common identity or of possessing a similar outlook, perspective and purpose with some group of people.

Types of Communities:

  • Geographical: People who live in a specific, shared location like a neighbourhood, town, or city.
  • Interest-Based: People connected by shared hobbies, professions, or beliefs, which can exist online without physical contact.
  • Ecological/Biological: A group of different plant and animal species interacting with each other in a shared environment.

An Old English word for "community" was gemænscipe "community, fellowship, union, common ownership," from mæne "common, public, general,". Early usage in the 1300s and 1400s referred to the general public, people living in the same locality, or groups bound by common interests and shared enjoyment. 

The word 'community' entered the English language in the late 14th century as the Middle English communite, borrowed from the Old French comunité.

From Late Middle English communite, borrowed from Old French communité, comunité, comunete (modern French communauté), from Classical Latin commūnitās (“community; public spirit”), from commūn(is) (“common, ordinary; of or for the community, public”) + -itās

From Latin Communis: The Latin root meaning "common, public, or shared by all''. Communis breaks down into con- ("together") and munis ("bound by duty" or "performing services"). This links the idea of community to mutual obligation and shared public service (also seen in the root for 'municipal').

I’m trying to lose weight. Will exercising make me hungrier and eat more?

An older man exercises in a public gym space
ArtistGNDPhotography/Getty Images
Nick Fuller, University of Sydney

We’ve all been there. You spend an hour in the gym, and before you even reach the change room, you start thinking about our favourite takeaway meal – after all, you’ve earned it!

Before long, you’re tucking into a super-sized meal. Then the guilt hits: what was the point of exercising to burn all those calories if it just makes us eat even more calories?

But while this might be a familiar pattern, it’s not necessarily a super-sized hunger at play. Let’s see what the science says.

How exercise impacts our appetite

While many people report that exercise makes them hungry, the science is more nuanced.

In the short term, a bout of exercise can actually suppress appetite. A meta-analysis of 20 studies found exercise reduced the hunger hormone ghrelin while increasing hormones associated with fullness, including PYY, GLP-1 and pancreatic polypeptide.

But this effect is temporary. A more recent systematic review and meta-analysis found exercise suppressed appetite initially, but this effect wore off 30–90 minutes later.

So exercise isn’t an appetite-suppression strategy. Rather, there appears to be a short window after exercise when our appetite may be dampened before it returns to normal.

There is an important distinction between what happens after one workout and what happens when we exercise regularly.

A systematic review of exercise training in adults who were above a healthy weight or who had obesity found a small increase in hunger levels while fasting.

However, there were no clear or consistent increases in post-meal or daily hunger, and exercise did not substantially increase average energy intake.

In other words, if you’re exercising more, you may well feel hungrier at some point. That’s not your body “fighting” exercise – it’s a normal physiological response to having expended more energy.

People don’t necessarily compensate by eating back all the energy they have used.

Does exercise intensity matter?

A systematic review and meta-analysis of 13 randomised controlled studies found both short bursts of high-intensity exercise (interspersed with recovery) and moderate-intensity continuous exercise temporarily suppressed appetite.

High-intenstity exercise suppressed participants’ appetites a little more, though differences weren’t consistent.

But this doesn’t mean you need to start doing high-intensity interval training to control your appetite. The bigger lesson is our appetite can change temporarily in response to exercise, and people respond differently.

Choose forms of physical activity you enjoy and can realistically keep doing. Enjoyment is an important part of maintaining regular exercise, and regular activity is far more valuable than choosing a particular workout simply because it produces a short-term hormonal effect.

How much exercise will result in weight loss?

The amount of exercise you need depends on your goal.

For general health, adults should aim for at least 30 minutes of moderate-to-vigorous activity on most days, plus regular light activity and muscle-strengthening exercises twice a week.

For weight loss, more is needed. Research suggests around 60 minutes of moderate-intensity activity a day may be required to achieve meaningful weight loss from exercise alone.

So why can you sometimes feel ravenous after exercising?

The answer isn’t necessarily that exercise has “switched on” your appetite. Several things can be happening at once.

First, there’s the simple biology: if you’ve expended a substantial amount of energy, your body may eventually respond by increasing hunger as it works to restore energy balance. The more energy you expend, the more likely it is that genuine hunger will appear later.

There are also psychological and behavioural factors.

After exercising, we may give ourselves permission to eat more because we feel we’ve “earned” it. Research suggests people can be more likely to seek a food reward when they perceive an activity as exercise rather than simply as something enjoyable or recreational.

Hydration can also matter. If you’ve exercised while dehydrated, thirst and hunger can sometimes be difficult to distinguish.

But this shouldn’t be interpreted as meaning that post-exercise hunger is simply thirst in disguise. If you’ve expended a lot of energy, genuine hunger is a perfectly normal response.

So don’t fear hunger after exercise – but don’t automatically assume you’ve “earned” a super-sized meal either.

How to manage your post-exercise hunger

Research suggests regular exercise can reduce our desire for high-energy foods and and help reduce overeating.

But if your post-exercise hunger is genuinely derailing your weight goals, here are some strategies that might help:

1. Hydrate first

After exercise, have some water and give yourself a moment to check in with your body. If you’ve been sweating heavily or exercising in hot conditions, replacing fluids is important.

2. Check whether you’re genuinely hungry or just want a reward

Real hunger comes on gradually and has distinct physical cues: a rumbling stomach, low energy, a headache, light-headedness and difficulty concentrating.

3. Eat if you’re genuinely hungry

Never deprive yourself of food. Your post-exercise hunger is your body working more efficiently and responding to increased energy and metabolic demands.

4. Reach for nature first

Have a filling post-exercise snack ready to go. Choose foods that are filling and nutrient-rich, such as:

  • a handful of nuts
  • Greek or natural yoghurt with berries
  • a piece of fruit with a handful of nuts
  • wholegrain toast with avocado or cottage cheese
  • boiled eggs with wholegrain toast
  • hummus with vegetable sticks
  • a glass of milk.

These foods provide a combination of protein, fibre and healthy fats, which can help keep you satisfied until your next meal.

The Charles Perkins Centre studies the science of obesity and weight loss. You can learn more about our clinical trials here.The Conversation

Nick Fuller, Clinical Trials Director, Department of Endocrinology, RPA Hospital, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Testosterone maxxing is all the rage – but when it comes to fatherhood, less might be more

Samuel Cornell, The University of Queensland

Testosterone is having a moment. On social media, it’s being lauded for everything from building muscle to gaining wealth and sexual dominance.

United States secretary of war Pete Hegseth has ordered testosterone screening for US service members over 30, as part of “restoring warfighter capability”. Health secretary RFK Jr has promoted testosterone replacement as an answer to a supposed collapse in American manhood. And online, men are encouraged to check their testosterone levels and “Tmaxx”: push their testosterone as high as it will go.


Review: Dad Brain: The New Science of Fatherhood and How it Shapes Men’s Lives – Darby Saxbe (Bodley Head)


But high testosterone isn’t always a good thing. A new book by US clinical psychologist Darby Saxbe offers a refreshing perspective: the life event that changes men most profoundly (becoming a father) naturally drops their testosterone. And the more involved they are, the more it drops.

The book draws on 20 years of research and Saxbe’s own, brain-scan based studies of men crossing into fatherhood. It shows how profoundly, and hormonally, fatherhood changes men.

High testosterone doesn’t equal good fathering

Calls to “remasculinise” men by administering testosterone rest on the same view: that testosterone is the dial of man, and the man with his testosterone set to 11 is the greater.

But a fundamental flaw with the idea of “more testosterone, more man” is that biological processes rarely work in such simple terms. Much more commonly, they are negative feedback loops.

Further, we know that testosterone levels respond to a man’s life and environment. Increasing testosterone from outside the body, via injections or gels, does not reliably lead to more aggressive behaviours or more competitiveness. Nor does it lead to more wins.

Dominant, “successful” men do tend to have higher testosterone: the correlation the manosphere has noticed is real enough. But the reason for it is situational.

Winning a contest, or facing a challenge to your standing, is what pushes testosterone up; losing pushes it down. Testosterone is closer to a gauge that reads a man’s circumstances than a lever that changes them.

The largest review of the human research into testosterone synthesises studies of more than 15,000 people. It found a man’s testosterone level barely predicts whether he’s aggressive and giving a man extra testosterone makes no measurable difference to how aggressively he behaves.

Testosterone really starts to matter when a man is already in a contest. It drives status-seeking – but our social context decides what status looks like.

One fascinating and inconvenient truth the manosphere fails to mention is that too much injected testosterone causes the brain to stop sending the signal that tells the testes to produce it. The result is a huge decrease in the production of sperm.

The effect is so strong that the World Health Organization even trialled it as a male contraceptive. Of 271 men given weekly testosterone injections, close to two thirds stopped producing sperm altogether – and among those men’s partners, there was a single pregnancy across more than a thousand months.

The hormone sold to young men as the essence of manhood is, when administered exogenously and in excess, a fairly reliable way of stopping them becoming fathers.

Across many species, male testosterone rises during territorial and mating competition, and drops back during the parental phase. High testosterone across the whole male life course doesn’t help a man stick around and be a good dad.

Bonds with our children change our brains

Dad Brain offers insight into the male life course, allowing us to contemplate the whole man. It shows that with some physiological changes, men gain a whole lot of meaning and purpose that extra testosterone can’t replace.

With collaborators in Madrid, Saxbe scanned the brains of 20 first-time fathers in Barcelona before their partners conceived and again two months after the birth. She compared their brains with those of 17 childless men. The fathers lost cortical grey matter volume; the deeper brain structures were spared. A second cohort in Los Angeles showed the same pattern.

The author of Dad Brain, a smiling woman in a blue striped dress with a necklace showing.
Darby Saxbe scanned the brains of 20 first-time fathers. USC Dornsife

A later study of 38 first-time fathers, scanned throughout their partners’ pregnancy and again six months after the birth, went further: the men who had bonded most strongly with the unborn child and who planned to take more time off work, lost the most brain volume.

Analyses found new fathers lost grey matter in many of the same regions that shrink in women’s brains. Saxbe explains the changes similarly to maternal changes: a “slimmed-down brain” may process information more efficiently once the hard work of parenting starts.

“We found that the strength of the bond fathers shared with their children – even while their partners were pregnant – predicted their brain changes,” she writes:

Fathers-to-be who felt more bonded with their babies in utero and who hoped to take more parental leave showed more brain volume loss in the cortex […] the downsized paternal brain reflected more readiness to parent.

Along with reductions in grey matter, men experience drops in testosterone before the baby comes along. In one study, Saxbe and psychologist Robin Edelstein followed 27 expectant couples across a first pregnancy and found fathers’ testosterone declined steadily – it was around 17% lower at 36 weeks than at 12.

The men whose levels fell furthest reported feeling more invested and committed, and their partners described them as more supportive after birth. Sleep deprivation cannot explain a change that arrives months before the sleepless nights.

A man in a backwards cap and t-shirt with flowers and 'Come as you are' on it holds a small child as they watch the sea and sun setting.
The men whose testosterone levels fell furthest reported feeling more invested and committed. Dylan Sauerwein/Unsplash

‘Best’ dads change with society ideals

These processes occurring among men preparing for fatherhood, then becoming fathers, show that a man doesn’t “optimise” his way to fatherhood by getting hormone tests or testosterone replacement therapy.

In fact, Saxbe also shows that some of the best fathers have the lowest testosterone of all. Among the BaYaka, an egalitarian foraging people of the Congo Basin who prize touch and connection – and who judge a good father partly by his willingness to share with the wider community – the men rated the best dads have the lowest testosterone.

In neighbouring villages, the Bandongo – a fishing and farming society anthropologist Lee Gettler describes as very patriarchal, very competitive and very hierarchical, where providing means dangerous physical work and fathers teach older children to fish, hunt and clear land – the best-rated dads have the highest testosterone. Same hormone but opposite ideal, set by what each society asks of its men.

book cover: Dad Brain

Saxbe is careful not to simply flip the argument. In a study of 149 couples, fathers with lower testosterone at nine months postpartum reported more symptoms of depression. But their partners reported fewer symptoms.

Mothers, meanwhile, whose partners had higher evening levels of testosterone reported more depressive symptoms at nine and 15 months postpartum and, in turn, less satisfaction with the relationship.

Saxbe’s book’s own conclusion is clear: interventions that supplement or alter men’s testosterone may carry unintended consequences for the whole family. As Saxbe puts it, “what is good for the goose is not good for the gander when it comes to testosterone after birth.”

If there’s one thing we can be sure of in this messy hormonal world, it’s that testosterone does not make the man – and certainly not the father.The Conversation

Samuel Cornell, Research Fellow in Public Health, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Google’s AI overviews reinforce some conspiracy theories – new research

A plane flying through the sky, leaving behind a trail of vapour.
Walter Geiersperger/Getty Images
Kateryna Kasianenko, Queensland University of Technology; Ashwin Nagappa, Queensland University of Technology, and Caroline Gardam, Queensland University of Technology

Imagine overhearing on a bus that the city council plans to implement new restrictions under an urban planning program called “15-minute cities”. Curious, you search the term on Google.

It’s likely that at the top of the results page, an AI-generated text summarising the search results will appear. This text synthesises content from various webpages that answer specific search queries. They are increasingly appearing not only in Google, but also in other search engines, and users are now likely to stop reading the search results page beyond this AI-generated text.

But what if the AI-generated answer – the only search result users may see – confidently makes misleading or incorrect claims? Or reinforces conspiratorial ideas suggested by pro-conspiracy search terms?

Our new research, published in the journal Media International Australia, shows this is sometimes true of Google’s AI-generated overviews. It highlights that stronger guardrails are needed to tackle the spread of dangerous conspiracy theories.

Focusing on two conspiracies

We focused on two conspiracy theories: chemtrails and 15-minute cities.

“Chemtrails” is a conspiracy theory that has been around since the 1990s. Its believers mainly perceive the condensation trails left behind aircraft as large-scale weather or climate modification programs.

Researchers called out Google for giving visibility to conspiratorial beliefs around chemtrails back in 2015. In response, the company demoted problematic search results.

Conspiracy theories surrounding 15-minute cities are relatively younger. The term was originally coined to represent an efficient urban planning model. But for the conspiracist, these plans represent a nefarious elite, globalist agenda that seeks to monitor and control residents through technology.

Comparing search results

We developed search queries reflecting these conspiratorial beliefs and general ways of searching on the same topics (relying on open fora and Google Trends for query examples). We then collected data from the first page of Google search results for a week in January 2026.

We compared the AI overviews, the sources they link to, and the conventional lists of search results across the two conspiracy theories and two types of queries.

We found search queries that reflect conspiratorial beliefs fetched notably different AI summaries as compared to queries without pro-conspiracy words. This was especially true when the search query involved lesser-known narratives or incorporated words that could suggest the searcher believes in the conspiracy – for example, searching for “15 minute city segregation” as opposed to just “15-minute cities”.

The good news is that, for well-established cases, such as chemtrails, the AI overviews mention the conspiracy theory very rarely. Generally, for both topics, AI summaries for “conspiratorial” searches debunked conspiratorial beliefs.

The bad news is that such debunking is cursory. It often does not go beyond statements that conspiracy theories are “misinformation”. However, to stop these narratives from spreading, people seeking information about them need to be presented with factual and logical arguments debunking them.

Of concern, AI summaries for the less established “15-minute cities” case actively promoted conspiratorial beliefs, even while debunking the conspiracy theory in some instances. For this topic, 12.5% of AI overviews we analysed presented the false claims as one side in a legitimate debate. For example, in response to our query, “15 minute cities versus smart cities control”, the AI overview contained the following:

Overlap: A 15-minute city can be smart by using smart mobility and [Internet of Things] to manage its local resources efficiently, but a smart city doesn’t automatically become a 15-minute city. In essence, think of the 15-minute city as the “what” (livable design) and the smart city as a potential “how” (technology to enable it), but the control aspect is where critics focus their backlash, blurring the lines between convenience and surveillance.

The ranked lists of search results – a staple of Google search for years – are not foolproof either. Our simulation of “conspiratorial” searches returned links pointing to YouTube videos and Facebook posts promoting such beliefs.

The AI-generated snippets also tended to feature more commercial results. This is understandable – businesses rely on Google to connect them to customers. And if users do not read beyond AI overviews, it is beneficial for companies to be included as sources of such snippets.

However, this can sometimes promote conspiratorial beliefs. For example, one AI overview we analysed contained a source that linked to a book on sale on Amazon by a prominent conspiracy theorist.

A spokesperson for Google told The Conversation its AI overviews “operate like traditional search in that they aim to match content from the web to the words in your query”. They added:

We invest significantly in the quality of AI overviews and the vast majority provide accurate information. When issues arise – like if our features misinterpret web content or miss some context – we use those examples to improve our systems, and we take action as appropriate under our policies.

Tackling the spread of conspiracies

As a company connecting users to information in scenarios ranging from mundane to critical, Google has long denied it is a “publisher”. But as the search engine moves towards providing direct answers in AI-generated snippets or chats, it may become increasingly difficult to continue denying this role.

A court in Munich, Germany, recently found Google liable for false claims contained within its AI overviews – even though, as Google argued, users are warned about possible errors and can check the answers for themselves.

Search literacy is important and users are capable of considering the authority of sources, refining search queries, and comparing results across multiple search engines. Understanding how Google ranks its results and generates AI Overviews is a part of such literacy.

But this does not absolve the company (or any other search engine or chatbot operator) from the responsibility of establishing stronger guardrails to prevent the spread and legitimisation of conspiratorial beliefs.

The example of the more established conspiracy theory, “chemtrails”, demonstrates that Google has the capacity for such guardrails. They should be deployed across a broader range of topics, including more emergent beliefs.

Of course, what gets displayed on a search result page will never be perfect – and this is where stronger user literacy should come into play.The Conversation

Kateryna Kasianenko, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Digital Media Research Centre, Queensland University of Technology; Ashwin Nagappa, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, ARC Centre of Excellence for Automated Decision-Making and Society, Queensland University of Technology, and Caroline Gardam, Researcher, Digital Media Research Centre, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

My unsung hero of science: Harriet Taylor Mill, the radical feminist philosopher who lived in the shadow of her husband

Helen McCabe, University of Nottingham

I first heard about Harriet Taylor Mill when reading about her much more famous collaborator and future husband, the British philosopher and politician John Stuart Mill.

Appropriately for someone who remains in the margins of history despite her enormous contribution – including to her husband’s status – Taylor Mill was deeply angered by injustice. Throughout her life, she railed against the way society made it impossible for women to freely develop their individuality, arguing this was important for everybody – not just men.

In Enfranchisement of Women (1851), Taylor Mill’s only solo-authored essay published during her lifetime, she asked why women were still regarded as “mere appendages” to men without interests of their own. Her answer was characteristically blunt: “The only reason which can be given is that men like it.”

More than 20 years before her husband’s best-known work, On Liberty (1859) was published without any credit for her contribution, she had outlined what would become famous in that book as the “harm principle”: “Every human being has the right to all personal freedom which does not interfere with the happiness of some other.”

Miniature oil portrait of Harriet Taylor Mill.
Miniature oil portrait of Harriet Taylor Mill (nee Hardy), 1807-58. LSE Library via Wikimedia, CC BY-SA

Her arguments were always on the side of independence, her sympathies with the powerless and oppressed. She astutely diagnosed the key political and economic question posed by the industrial revolution as being whether “the lot of the poor should be regulated for them, or by them”.

Taylor Mill was also a ferocious defender of “the pleasure of self-dependence” and the right to free speech. Her views were summarised in a programme of reform she outlined in the late 1840s that would be radical if instituted today, never mind two centuries ago.

She called for the establishment of secular educational schools and universities, complete freedom of speech, all occupations to be equally open to men and women, radical limits to the amount people could inherit – and for marriage “to be like any other partnership: dissoluble at pleasure”.

With words that were often witty and pithy, Taylor Mill cut to the heart of issues in political thought such as patriarchy, socio-economic justice and freedom. In my view, she is long overdue a more significant place in the canon of western social philosophy.

Vulnerable to abuse and exploitation

In the 1830s, while tending to three young children from her first marriage, Taylor Mill wrote for the Westminster Review on a variety of political and philosophical subjects, from colonialism in Australia to Plato via political biographies. Her critiques were always pro-democratic and anti-aristocratic.

Portrait of John Stuart Mill
Portrait of John Stuart Mill by George Frederic Watts (1892). Wikimedia Commons

She also wrote many unpublished articles on the social, political and economic structures which rendered women vulnerable to abuse and exploitation by their spouses – and on the ethics of love, marriage and divorce. Her invocation of the principle that “the higher the kind of enjoyment, the greater the degree” foreshadowed Mill’s distinction between higher and lower pleasures in his book Utilitarianism, three decades later.

In the 1840s and ’50s, the Mills co-authored a series of excoriating newspaper articles on violence, especially domestic abuse. They railed at the unwillingness of the judicial system and police to tackle this issue, and the power inequalities which rendered people – especially women and those in subordinate positions – so vulnerable to brutality. Many of these arguments still resonate today.

Perfect equality was Taylor Mill’s ideal – in politics, the workplace and the home. But by this she did not mean equality of outcome. In their writings, the Mills endorsed a merit-based system of reward based on people’s efforts and talents, rather than what they had inherited.

They called for a “higher standard of justice” which would enable everyone to “work according to their capacity, and receive according to their wants”.

Ignored and even denied

Despite her lifelong commitment to fighting injustice and inequality, Taylor Mill’s immense contribution to her own husband’s work has largely been ignored – and even denied.

To be fair, Mill often sought to give authorial credit where it was due. But his earliest attempts were stymied by Harriet’s first husband, who felt it would draw too much attention to the Mills’ unconventional relationship.

When they eventually married in 1851, Mill tried to divest himself of the “power and control” over his wife which their marriage would legally grant him. He wrote: “I put on record a formal protest against the existing law of marriage … [and] repudiate all pretension to have acquired any rights whatever by virtue of [it].”

Later, Mill carefully catalogued in his autobiography how many of the works published as “his” were, in fact, his efforts as “a mediator” between Taylor Mill and the public. He highlighted his “interpretations” of her ideas – often combined with inputs from the many fields in which he was a scholar.

Extract from Enfanchisement of Women by Harriet Taylor Mill. Video: History Hub.

Mill also re-published the celebrated essay Enfranchisement of Women, which had originally been published anonymously, under Taylor Mill’s name – and set correspondents straight about its authorship when they wrote to congratulate him, thinking it was his work.

But curiously, Mill’s desire to sing her praises for her work was used as an excuse to ignore her. According to one 1874 essay, published shortly after Mill’s death: “Men have been blinded by affection and bewitched by womankind … [but] John Stuart Mill out-Herods them all.”

In the view of this and many other critics, Mill’s love for his friend and eventual wife completely clouded his judgment of her intellectual capacities, about which he had been entirely deceived – or, at the very least, been “myopic”.

A hundred years after this “Harriet Taylor Mill myth” emerged, it was given a Freudian twist. Mill was said to have chosen her as a partner because she had the same first name as his mother, but the personality of his father.

This view was echoed as recently as 2022 when a biography argued that Mill – brought up in a “totalitarian micro-state” by his father – needed someone else from whom to take “orders” after his death. Other academics such as Jo Ellen Jacobs have refuted such perspectives as misogynistic.

Taylor Mill may well have expected such shoddy treatment in the years after her death in Avignon, France in 1858. But in the 21st century, it is high time she were recognised as an incisive, influential thinker in her own right.The Conversation

Helen McCabe, Professor in Political Theory, University of Nottingham

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Nearly 100 years ago, Philadelphia’s Inez Patterson integrated pools and encouraged other Black girls to swim too

Black and white photo of dozens of Black children in a large swimming pool
Many public pools were segregated until the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Afro American Newspapers/Gado via Getty Images
Samantha Adams, University of Michigan

I first encountered her when my sister and I visited an exhibit at the Fairmount Water Works in 2022 that was called: “POOL: A Social History of Segregation.”

In the black-and-white photograph, a young Black woman named Inez Robie Patterson appeared to be captured right before she dived off the side of a pool wall. Her triceps were flexed, arms straight back with palms facing the ceiling. Her knees were bent, and her toes touched a thin, black-tiled line on the pool deck. Her hair was neatly covered in a white swim cap. Her eyebrows were beautifully thick, and her mouth formed a slight smile. Her white swimsuit had a lifeguard corps insignia, signaling her expertise in water safety.

As a Black woman, swim instructor, lifeguard and lifelong swimmer, I found myself drawn to her. My doctoral research in African American literature, history and environmental thought led me to study what I call Patterson’s “aquatic life”: the written and photographic record of her relationship to swimming.

I wanted to know: Who was this beautiful Black mermaid, and why was swimming so vital to her? How had she lifted her community?

I waded through the digital archive of The Philadelphia Tribune, the city’s oldest historically Black newspaper, to find out.

A role model for Black girl swimmers

Born in Chester, Pennsylvania, in 1911, Patterson’s love of sports began at an early age.

Headshot of young Black woman
Inez Patterson attended Temple University and was later inducted into their Women’s Athletic Hall of Fame in 1987. Courtesy of the Special Collections Research Center. Temple University Libraries. Philadelphia, PA.

As a girl, she excelled in hockey, basketball, and track and field. As a teenager at West Philadelphia High in the mid-1920s, she sharpened her swimming skills and entered a swim meet at the McCoach Recreational Center – now the Marian Anderson rec center – in South Philadelphia in September 1927. According to The Philadelphia Tribune, she took home six first-place finishes: in the underwater swim, the side stroke, the standing front dive, the running front dive, the swan dive and the front somersault.

Camaraderie was a priority for Patterson. Wherever I encountered her in the archive, whether walking through the Fairmount Water Works exhibit or reading old issues of the Tribune, she seemed to be looking forward to the progress being made by Black girl swimmers and the community they formed and shared in the water.

A young sports columnist on a mission

At 18 years old in 1929, Patterson started her Girls in Sports news column in the Tribune, where she encouraged other Black girls to join her in the pool. Although she feared that Black girls in West Philadelphia had little interest in swimming, she soon learned her community had “some young aspirants that show bright prospects in the swimming world.” In October 1929, she wrote: “I want to compliment these ‘little girls’ on their success and I hope they will continue in this comparatively new sport for women.”

In other editions of Girls in Sports, Patterson encouraged the Black West Philadelphia community to attend local swim meets and support the girls as they make “wonderful showings” in the water.

She also made a convincing case directly to Black girls in West Philly:

“There are many reasons why you should join … first of all you have the honor of being a member of the first ‘Colored Swimming Club’ in West Philly High, second, you will learn to swim if you are a beginner, and if you are advanced you will learn life-saving; third, you will develop yourself physically and add another popular sport to your list, and fourth, you can gain athletic credit.”

Reading her column, I imagined what it must have felt like to have been a teenage Black girl speaking directly to other Black girls and carving out space for the first “Colored Swimming Club” at West Philadelphia High.

Newspaper clipping featuring photo of Black woman in swimsuit standing on diving board
A Philadelphia Tribune article from 1942 reports on Inez Patterson becoming the first Black woman to become a U.S. swimming official. Photo courtesy of the Philadelphia Tribune Media Group

Integrating Temple University’s swim team

After graduating high school, Patterson went on to integrate Temple University’s women’s swim team. She refused to swim during the hourlong “colored” practice time. Being the only Black woman on the team, she insisted on swimming whenever her white teammates swam and being “too busy” to swim during the segregated hour.

“Up to this time, no colored girls had taken part in any swim meets (at Temple),” Patterson told the Baltimore Afro-American in 1934 about her experience at the university. “The purpose of (the swim meet) was to foster intercollegiate spirit among the students so, ‘Why shouldn’t I go?’ I asked myself. Out of 500 girls present I was the only colored.”

These words demonstrate the righteous defiance in her personality and aquatic life. The pool was hers, too. Why shouldn’t it be?

Breaking new barriers

As I continued my journey through The Philadelphia Tribune archive, I learned of another local Black woman swimmer: Anne Marques Garrott.

Garrott was inducted into the Belmont-Southwest YWCA Athletic Hall of Fame in 1989 at the age of 75. An article about her induction detailed how Garrott, like Patterson, insisted upon being in the pool. She entered swim meets “wherever she traveled” and taught naval cadets how to swim at the University of Southern California, despite the pervasiveness of racism at USC against Black swimmers.

After crediting her parents for encouraging her to swim, Garrott thanked another mentor: Inez Patterson. She said Patterson “was one of the best-educated Black women I ever met” and also “a powerful swimmer (who) broke a lot of barriers.”

Inez Patterson passed away in 1944 from complications of a ruptured pelvic abscess. Though her life was cut short, she made a major impact on Black aquatic culture in Philadelphia. At 31 years old in 1942, she made history once more as the first Black woman – or what the Tribune called a “race girl” – to become a swimming official with the National Section of Women’s Athletics.

Black feminist scholar Brittney Cooper writes in “Beyond Respectability: The Intellectual Thought of Race Women” that to be a “race girl” or “race woman” was to be a Black woman “institution-builder” and “public thinker” who sought the betterment of her people in mind, body and spirit. Patterson’s aquatic life shows us how important the swimming pool was to her and the communities she served, from West Philadelphia High to Temple University, the Southwest Belmont YWCA to the YWCAs in Harlem and Jersey City.

Orange-toned photo of teen in swimsuit and swimcap adjusting goggles
The author during her high school swimming days. Courtesy of Samantha Adams

One hundred years after Patterson swam at West Philadelphia High in 1926, I make a routine out of waking up early to swim at my outdoor neighborhood pool in Ypsilanti, Michigan. I pull the swim cap onto my mess of curly hair and fix the goggles to my eyes. I inhale and leap into the cold water. I think of Inez Robie Patterson, and I feel gratitude for her defiant dive.

See page 45 of the POOL: A Social History of Segregation magazine for the image of Inez Patterson preparaing to dive.

Read more of our stories about Philadelphia and Pennsylvania, or sign up for our Philadelphia newsletter on Substack.The Conversation

Samantha Adams, Ph.D. in English and Women's & Gender Studies, University of Michigan

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How algorithms are making our environments bland

Black and white city
Wirestock Creators/Shutterstock
Johanna Gibson, Queen Mary University of London

The Pantone colour of the year for 2026 is white. It’s called Cloud Dancer, which is described as a “lofty white”. This choice reflects a growing trend away from colour in our visual world.

You might have noticed this yourself. Where an area once had a distinct sense of place we are seeing more cookie cutter developments popping up. Take the London borough of Elephant and Castle, which has seen billions of pounds of development in recent years. The area has gone from a Latin American enclave full of distinct and varied buildings to what Oli Mould, professor of social, cultural and historical geography, has warned is an “identikit homogeneous gentrified place”, which risks “destroying the very thing that makes a community thriving and beautiful in the first place”.“

There is a similar increasing sense of uniformity and sameness in urban design around the world. In 1993, architect Rem Koolhaas travelled 360,000km around the world, observing the rationalisation of urban design (the movement towards efficiency rather than creativity in the process) through what he termed the "generic city”. Functional, efficient, but colourless.

Algorithms of taste

This trajectory towards blandness is reinforced and sustained by the increasing tendency to allow algorithms to mediate the choices we make. This has the effect of training perspectives to converge in “a strong pull toward sameness”.

Algorithms make predictions based upon our choices, from music to home furnishings. The algorithm takes that choice and suggests similar products based upon it, ultimately reinforcing and producing a monotonous and generic aesthetic taste. For instance, like a pop song by Sabrina Carpenter, you will then get served a lot of songs exactly like it until you find your Spotify Wrapped says that you are in the top listeners of something they’ve bafflingly called “Pink Pilates Princess Strut Pop”.

These sorts of algorithms in turn reinforce the production of products to meet those generic tastes, ultimately flattening the diversity of creative work, in everything from the songs we listen to to the urban surroundings in which we live.

Algorithmically driven taste results in a monoculture where art, pets and everything in between are chosen to match the generic palette of an algorithmic world.

A person eating a McDonalds.
The experience of eating a basic McDonald’s burger is the same in France as it would be in Thailand because the process has been standardised to ensure that. We are seeing this approach to efficiency and experience seep into the design of our environments. New Africa/Shutterstock

This generic algorithmic taste is also having an impact at the design stage, particularly where metrics and investment desires overwhelm other considerations. Environments are increasingly considered by key decision makers like developers not in terms of their contribution to lived experience and cultural life, but as investment objects or financial assets, readily translated and transacted. The result is a flattening not only of our visual environment but also our engagement with that environment. And this loss is significant for our social wellbeing.

Back in 1983, the American sociologist George Ritzer introduced the concept of the “McDonaldization” of society to explain the business rationalisation of moving the design process towards faster, easier to manage, cheaper and more predictable outcomes. Like a McDonald’s burger, the production process becomes standardised. The burger is the same no matter where in the world you have one. Ritzer describes this happening in environments across a range of examples from restaurants to hospitals.

Ritzer acknowledged some of the advantages, like cost saving and customers knowing what to expect. However, the main problem he identified with this streamlining is there is no space for experimentation or personality because creativity and design are organised around efficiency. In this control of process we paradoxically lose control because we lose choice and creativity.

Living in colour

The issue goes beyond a loss of control of our spaces. The loss of colour is also a loss of expression. My work in law and aesthetics includes exploration of aesthetic welfare and the link between aesthetic experience and wellbeing. This includes how colour and expression in our built environment and surrounding spaces affects people.

Over 50 years ago, the American philosopher Monroe Beardsley introduced the concept of “aesthetic welfare” to explain the quality and availability of aesthetic experience through our environment, including colour and the impact it has on social and cultural wellbeing and resilience.

Attention to colour in our surroundings is linked to environmental enrichment as well as social and cultural participation through that environment. One study observed that students exposed to art under controlled experimental conditions expressed and engaged with colour differently from those without such experiences, consistent with the “pivotal role” of colour “in visual communication and emotional expression”.

Lack of opportunities to engage with colour and contrast in our environment risk making us less able to understand, appreciate, and use colour effectively. And this is particularly concerning if the primary way in which colour is otherwise delivered into our lives is through screens.

It is perhaps no coincidence that an idiom for malaise is to be “off-colour”. We need to move away from rational design and stop letting algorithms make our choices. We need to live in more colour.The Conversation

Johanna Gibson, Herchel Smith Professor of Intellectual Property Law, Queen Mary University of London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Star Trek at 60: the secret of this pioneering series was its exploration of humanity, not aliens

Stephen McVeigh, Swansea University

When Star Trek first appeared on television screens 60 years ago, audiences expected science fiction to offer aliens, monsters and futuristic technology. What they encountered was something far more ambitious.

From its very first broadcast episode on September 8 1966, Star Trek established that its true subject was the exploration of humanity itself. For all its reputation as an action-packed space adventure, the franchise has endured because it repeatedly returned to a universal question: what does it mean to be human?

In that first episode, entitled The Man Trap, the alien antagonist survives by appearing to each observer as the person they most wish to see. Dr Leonard “Bones” McCoy meets a lost love from his past; others see figures shaped by memory, expectation, desire and longing.

The creature, soon dubbed the “salt vampire” by fans of the series, is not simply a shape-shifter. Its power lies in exploiting human perception. Rather than asking viewers to fear an alien with superior strength or advanced weaponry, the episode asks a more profound question: can we trust our experience of reality?

Preview of The Man Trap, the first Star Trek episode to air in September 1966. Video: RetroAlexander.

Sixty years on, this question looks remarkably prescient. Modern neuroscience increasingly suggests that perception is not a passive recording of the external world. According to theories of predictive processing, the brain continually generates expectations and compares them with incoming sensory information.

The philosopher Andy Clark has described the brain as a “prediction machine”. Neuroscientist Anil Seth argues that our experience of reality can be understood as a form of “controlled hallucination”, generated by the brain but constrained by evidence from the senses.

Long before such ideas were articulated, The Man Trap imagined a world in which people confront the same reality, but perceive it in profoundly different ways – based not only on what they see, but what they want to see.

This insight links the episode to a much older intellectual tradition. The ancient Greek philosopher Plato’s allegory of the cave imagined people mistaking shadows for reality, confusing appearance with truth.

The USS Enterprise crew’s first alien encounter offers a 20th-century variation on the same theme. They actively participate in their own deception because the creature reflects their hopes, memories and desires.

This helps explain why The Man Trap feels strikingly contemporary. In today’s world, shaped by algorithmically curated information, political polarisation and increasingly personalised media environments, disagreement is often less about opinions than competing versions of reality itself.

The nature of humanity

Star Trek’s memorable debut was not an isolated exploration of a philosophical problem. It was the beginning of a broader inquiry into the nature of humanity.

The Devil in the Dark (first aired March 1967) explores empathy and the challenge of understanding the unfamiliar. The apparently monstrous Horta is revealed to be an intelligent life-form protecting its offspring, forcing viewers to reconsider assumptions about difference and otherness.

The Enemy Within (October 1966) shifts the inquiry inward, splitting Captain James T. Kirk into opposing aspects of his personality and challenging the assumption that human beings can divide their virtues from their vices.

The episode argues that the qualities that make Kirk an effective leader – courage, decisiveness and resolve – are inseparable from darker instincts such as aggression and desire. Rather than presenting humanity as a triumph over these impulses, the episode suggests that human identity itself depends upon their integration.

The City on the Edge of Forever (April 1967), regarded by many as the series’ masterpiece, shifts the focus to ethics. Kirk discovers that saving the woman he loves would alter history catastrophically, forcing him to choose between personal happiness and moral responsibility.

Together, these and many more of the 79 original Star Trek episodes form a remarkable investigation into human nature. The progression reveals a series less interested in strange new worlds than the human beings who encounter them.

The City On the Edge of Forever is regarded as one of the series’ finest episodes. Video: Robin Sellex.

Philosophical inquiry

While many science-fiction programmes have aged with their technologies, Star Trek has endured because its deepest questions remain unresolved. We still debate perception, identity, empathy, consciousness and moral responsibility, because they are permanent features of human existence.

At its best, Star Trek engaged science fiction as a form of philosophical inquiry. Alien civilisations became thought experiments about prejudice and empathy. Time travel became a vehicle for exploring ethics. Artificial intelligence became a means of questioning consciousness and identity. The future it imagined served as a laboratory for understanding ourselves.

The closing moments of The Man Trap illustrate this perfectly. Reflecting on the death of the salt vampire, Kirk recalls his conversation with the archaologist Robert Crater, who has long been working on the planet, about the fate of the American bison – driven to the brink of extinction by humans.

This comparison transforms what might have been a conventional monster story into something morally complex. The creature is dangerous yet is also the last of its kind. Is it merely a predator, or the victim of a larger tragedy?

The episode, like many others, offers no simple answer. Crater views the creature from a perspective of compassion and preservation. Kirk simply sees an immediate threat to his crew. Both are responding to the same reality, yet they arrive at different conclusions.

The original Star Trek’s lasting legacy is not technological prophecy, but a sustained exploration of what it means to be human. Its enduring achievement lies not in predicting mobile phones, iPads or video calls, but in recognising that the most fascinating and vexing mystery remains humanity itself.

The final frontier, it suggests, lies not among the stars but within ourselves.The Conversation

Stephen McVeigh, Professor of History, Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Swansea University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Palm Beach wharf at high tide. Photo: AJG/PON

Celebrating service, commitment and our SES volunteers

On Monday 24 August, members of NSW SES Warringah-Pittwater Unit joined our colleagues from Manly Unit, families, friends and community leaders for a special awards ceremony recognising the extraordinary contribution of our local SES volunteers.

The evening celebrated members receiving the National Emergency Medal, National Medal, NSW Premier’s Flood Emergency Citation and NSW SES Long Service Awards — recognising everything from service during major emergencies to decades of dedicated volunteering.

Special congratulations to Frank Messina from Warringah-Pittwater Unit, who received the National Emergency Medal for his service associated with the 2019–20 bushfires.


We were also incredibly proud to see so many members of Warringah-Pittwater and Manly recognised with the NSW Premier’s Flood Emergency Citation, acknowledging their contribution to the response to the major flood events between 2021 and 2023.

And what an achievement for our long-serving members, including Warringah-Pittwater Unit Commander Mark Colwell, recognised for 30 years of diligent service, and Michael Ryder and Sara Wakeling, recognised for 15 years of service.



As one of the busiest NSW SES units in the state, Warringah-Pittwater responds to a significant operational workload throughout the year, while our volunteers also deploy to support communities across NSW during major emergencies.

These awards are a special opportunity to recognise the people behind that service — local volunteers who give their time, skills and energy, day and night, to help communities when they need it most. 

We were honoured to celebrate alongside NSW SES senior leaders and representatives from across the Northern Beaches community.

Congratulations to every recipient, and thank you to our members, their families and everyone who supports our volunteers.

NSW SES Warringah-Pittwater Unit 

NSW Premier's Flood Emergency Citation
The Premier’s Flood Emergency Citation recognises the extraordinary response efforts during the major flood events between 2021 and 2023.

The Citation honours the contributions of thousands of volunteers and staff from emergency service organisations, defence force personnel, eligible community-based organisations and spontaneous volunteers (including ‘Tinny Army’ groups) who were part of the operational response during those challenging times. The Citation will be administered by the NSW SES.

Recipients of the citation receive a letter of appreciation signed by the Premier, Minister for Emergency Services, and the NSW SES Commissioner along with a pin and commemorative certificate.

Private health insurance rebate changes require urgent rethink: COTA

September 4 2026
Axing the higher private health insurance rebate for older Australians risks hitting 1.2 million pensioners with higher costs and putting even greater pressure on already stretched public hospitals, COTA Australia says.

The warning comes as COTA Australia appears before the Senate inquiry into the proposed private health insurance changes, and ahead of a meeting of Australian Health and Mental Health Ministers. Ministers are expected to discuss a range of crucial issues, including private health insurance rebates and stranded patients, at the meeting on Friday.

“Older Australians, health professionals and advocacy organisations have all raised serious concerns about these changes. Ignoring that weight of concern would be a significant risk,” Ms Sparrow said.

“We now know an estimated 1.2 million pensioners will be directly affected. These are people living on fixed incomes, many of whom are already struggling with significant cost-of-living pressures.

“Making private health insurance more expensive risks forcing people to downgrade or cancel their cover, potentially leaving them with less access to the healthcare they need and shifting more demand onto already stretched public hospitals.”

COTA Australia research found 82 per cent of older Australians surveyed opposed removing the higher rebate for people aged over 65, 89 per cent were concerned about the impact of the changes, and more than one in three said they were already considering downgrading or cancelling their cover.

“Private health insurance will become less affordable for people who are increasingly likely to need healthcare,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Older Australians have spent decades paying into private health insurance and want to continue to play their part in supporting the system. They should not be priced out at the stage of life when they are more likely to need it.

“The implications go well beyond household budgets. If significant numbers of older Australians leave or downgrade their private cover, the consequences could flow directly into public hospitals and ultimately affect access to care for everyone.”

Ms Sparrow said attempts to link removal of the rebate with the need to fund aged care presented Australians with a false choice.

“There’s no question aged care needs greater investment and it’s good that the Government has recognised and acted on concerns about clinical care in the Support at Home Program. Older Australians have been calling for a properly funded, high-quality aged care system for years, but Australians should not be asked to choose between properly funding aged care and maintaining affordable access to healthcare. We need to be able to do both.

“State and territory governments have a role to play too, including investing in rehabilitation and transitional care so older Australians aren’t stuck in hospital because the support they need simply isn’t available. The answer to pressure on our hospitals and aged care system is governments working together, not shifting costs from one part of the system to another.”

Ms Sparrow said older Australians have also raised broader concerns about the affordability and value of private health insurance.

“There’s an opportunity to look at whether private health insurance is delivering value for Australians, how it complements the public health system and how we ensure it remains accessible and affordable for the people who rely on it most.”

COTA Australia has launched a public petition calling on the government to fix private health insurance. 

Over 3,600 patients stranded in hospital waiting for aged care

On Friday September 4 states and territories Health Ministers spoke of the growing issue of bed block across the country with the Commonwealth Government at the Health Ministers Meeting in Sydney.

They stated there are now over 3,600 patients stranded in state hospitals across Australia waiting for Commonwealth Government aged care placements.

The national number increased from over 2,700 in mid 2025 to over 3,600 in mid 2026:
  • Queensland – from 1076 to 1272
  • NSW - from 750 to 1,027
  • South Australia – from 245 to 476
  • Western Australia – from 230 to 423
  • Victoria - from 226 to 302
  • Tasmania – from 55 to 78
  • NT – from 76 to 74
  • ACT – from 78 to 80
'When patients are unable to be discharged to appropriate care, beds in wards cannot be used, surgeries cannot be undertaken and patients wait longer in emergency departments.' the ministers joint statement said

'Ultimately, in Australia’s joint funded health system, the accessibility of aged care services rests with the Commonwealth.'

'Public hospitals were not designed as alternatives or substitutes to aged care facilities, and patients waiting indefinitely in hospital face poorer prospects for recovery.

States and territories will work with the Commonwealth on this issue and today will call for a commitment to more Support at Home packages facilitate the return of stranded patients to home settings. There are almost 100,000 people waiting for Support at Home packages.'

NSW Minister for Health and Chair of the Health Ministers Meeting Ryan Park said:

“I am concerned the prevalence of bed block is accelerating and is far beyond sustainable. We acknowledge the Commonwealth has pledged investment into aged care builds, but we know that can take some time. We will work constructively with the Commonwealth including on issues such as seeing a more immediate response to this crisis, including the delivery of more Commonwealth Support at Home packages.”

ACT Minister for Health Dr Marisa Paterson said:

“Older Australians should not have to spend extended periods in hospital when their care needs could be better met in the community or in residential aged care. These delays are difficult for patients and their loved ones and contribute to increasing pressure across the broader health system. People deserve timely access to the right care in the right setting, and we will continue engaging with our federal counterparts to help make that a reality.”

NT Minister for Health Steve Edgington said:

“The NT Government is delivering more beds, more nurses, and more equipment in a record NT Health budget with one new ward opening this week and another later this year to help deal with capacity issues. Our hospital pressures are exacerbated by Commonwealth failure to invest in aged care fast enough as we wait for a promised new facility in the Top End. We could potentially free up another 70 beds and this would make a significant difference to bed block, pressure in the ED and the health system in general in the Territory.”

Queensland Minister for Health Tim Nicholls said:

“Queensland remains ground zero for stranded older patients, with more than 1,270 stuck in our hospitals and interim care through no fault of their own. Our message has been very loud and clear and that is that the Commonwealth needs to honour its commitments and invest in more aged care supports in Queensland, and across the country. These vulnerable patients need to be moved out of our busy, noisy hospitals and into more appropriate settings so they can get the care they deserve.

SA Minister for Health Blair Boyer said:

“Nationally, we need an additional 10,000 aged care beds each year – last year we had just 800. And this crisis is only going to get worse with current projections showing the total population aged over 70 in South Australia will nearly double over the next 30 years – from 226,568 to 441,395. There are currently 476 older South Australians who are ready to leave hospital but cannot access an aged care placement. That’s up from 60 in late 2022. That number of aged care patients waiting for a bed is about the same as the number of patients at the Lyell McEwin hospital – one of our largest metro hospitals. If we were able to get them into an aged care bed, it would free up a whole hospital so we could treat those patients that need it. This is putting a huge demand on our healthcare system as the new beds we’ve added to the system are being taking up by aged care patients. Older people should not have to spend weeks, months, or even years in some cases, in hospital waiting for aged care support – and we need the Federal Government to act now.”

Tasmania Minister for Health Bridget Archer said:

“Too many Tasmanians remain stuck in our hospitals, sometimes for weeks and even months at a time, because the Federal Government has not provided them with the aged care or NDIS supports needed. These Tasmanians are not just statistics, they are Tasmanians who deserve dignity, compassion and a proper place to recover. While the Tasmanian Government will always provide high-quality care, the ongoing lack of leadership and support from the Federal Government is unacceptable.”

Victoria Minister for Health Ingrid Stitt said:

“Every older Victorian deserves to age with dignity - and no one should stay in hospital longer than they need to. We'll continue to advocate strongly to the Commonwealth to ensure its aged care reforms are properly funded and no Victorian misses out.”

WA Minister for Health Meredith Hammat said:

“The number of older Australians awaiting aged care in public hospital beds during winter reached worrying new heights in Western Australia. That’s about 100 more than we had 12 months ago, and another 100 fewer beds available for acutely unwell patients. Older Western Australians deserve a more dignified care setting when they’ve been cleared for discharge.”

At a press conference after the meeting The Hon Mark Butler MP, Commonwealth Minister for Health and Ageing, stated:

''Health minister meetings are not about budget announcements. We release our budgets and our budget updates in May and in December. The increases we have made to aged care in our time in office have been eye-watering. The per bed rate that we pay aged care providers has increased for the care they provide by 65 per cent per bed in just four years. We increased in May significantly the accommodation payment support for providers who are supporting recipients who can't pay accommodation bonds, and we're doing more work now as we speak with providers about other capital support that we can give them. 

There have been huge increases in aged care support, but as we talked about this morning, the level of demand increase you are seeing for aged care at home, for residential aged care, and for health care is climbing at unprecedented levels. As we see the oldest baby boomers start to enter their 80s, which is the peak age of aged care demand, we are seeing levels of demand increase that this country has never ever seen before. Increases in aged care demand, increases in demand for people getting Support at Home. And it's no surprise that you're also seeing more older Australians in hospitals. This reflects a community-wide phenomenon.''

''I've tried to be honest with the Australian community and my colleagues that there is no easy fix to this challenge of demand. The numbers are simply unprecedented -  the number of older Australians needing and deserving support, whether that's support through the health care system or support through the aged care system. I said to them again this morning, we increased the number of home care packages last year by 25 per cent. 

Even with that increase, there's still more and more demand. But frankly, it is difficult for us to increase the number of packages by more than that level and essentially run into labour supply constraints. Some of those packages, they might be funded by government, but they're not being delivered to older Australians because we don't have enough workers in this country.
 
There are some natural constraints on what we can do, how quickly we can build new facilities. We are leaning in as much as we can. The private health insurance rebate changes that we've just been talking about, I'd prefer not to have made those changes. I think they provide a level of equity between different age groups. But we have to start taking difficult decisions like this because every dollar that we raise or save through that change is going to be ploughed into aged care. More beds, more packages, better care. 

There  are very difficult choices ahead of all governments to ensure that we're able to provide the level of aged care and healthcare that older Australians, particularly those who are now entering their 80s, frankly deserve after a lifetime of building this country.''

On the private health insurance rebate changes, with the states and territories the Ministers stating they expect the Commonwealth to chip in if that pushes elderly Australians onto their public system, Mr Butler responded:

''We had a good frank discussion about this over the last couple of days. There are three pieces of modelling around about what the impact of our changes will mean. Government modelling from the department indicates that maybe 44,000 people will leave health insurance at a time where health insurance membership will continue to climb. The University of Melbourne, so not the Government, not the industry, has indicated that that's a high point. They think it's more likely to be somewhere between 12,000 and 41,000.
 
Now, the insurance industry unsurprisingly has put out very different numbers, and it appears that the state governments are simply reflecting the insurance industry modelling about what they think will happen. I made the point to my health minister colleagues today, if you go to the private health insurance website, they still have modelling on their website that says that when we means-tested health insurance some years ago, 1.6 million people would leave health insurance, 850,000 additional people would end up in public hospitals. None of it happened. None of it happened. 

I say to my state minister colleagues, have a look at the government's modelling. Have a look at the independent modelling done by the University of Melbourne rather than simply accepting arguments that in the past have been shown to be self-serving from the insurance industry.''

Thrown shoes, sabotaged launches and exposed affairs: the drama of Australian political publishing

Dennis Altman, La Trobe University

The most striking example of performance politics in Joshua Black’s entertaining book comes when an audience member at a 2010 taping of the now-defunct ABC show Q&A throws a shoe at former prime minister John Howard. (It echoed a famous moment two years earlier, when an Iraqi journalist threw his shoes at then US president George W. Bush.)

Howard, who laughed it off, was on the show to promote his memoir, Lazarus Rising.

Performance Politics is informative and interesting, but has a somewhat misleading title. Black’s use of the term “performance” is so broad it becomes almost meaningless. In his introduction, he claims “performances are ephemeral”, but the bulk of his analysis is based on a discussion of book publishing and television documentaries. These are not usually regarded as primarily performative.


Review: Performance Politics – Joshua Black (New South)


It may be more accurate to read this book as an account of what Black, citing historian Melanie Nolan, calls life writing. It is scrupulously researched, involving more than 40 hours of interviews with 46 participants: “politician-authors, publishers and editors, collaborators and journalists”.

Historians, Black writes, need to understand both knowledge and emotion.

In this sense, politics today is perhaps less changed over the centuries than Black suggests. Indeed, he offers examples of performative politics from the 19th century, involving street marches, “burning effigies and torchlit oratory”, which seem to deserve the term more than the appearance of politicians on morning television programs.

Late in the book, Black tells us that after the 2025 elections, a third of parliamentary time was devoted to “’political theatre’ for its own sake”. Certainly, much of parliament’s time is clearly performative, whether it’s Pauline Hanson appearing in a burqa in 2017, or Lidia Thorpe refusing to swear allegiance to the monarch in 2024.

One of the clearest moments of parliamentary performance came when Liberal Tim Wilson used the vote to recognise same-sex marriage to propose to his partner in the gallery. Oddly, these are not the sort of examples Black discusses.

It is an indication of his book’s emphasis that the longest discussion of Hanson concentrates on her now-forgotten 2007 autobiography, Untamed & Unashamed, rather than her recent surge to prominence.

Battles of the books

But if I am unconvinced by the title, Black has written an important study of the past 70 years of Australian politics. The major change he points to is the explosion of books written by serving and former politicians.

Two major themes run through his book: the importance of leadership and the role of publishing in creating a political persona. Black discusses every prime minister from Gough Whitlam to Anthony Albanese, with considerable emphasis on their role as authors.

His account of the 1975 dismissal of Whitlam by Governor General Sir John Kerr, titled “publishing coups”, explores the ways the two protagonists sought to use books as self-justification for their own roles in the affair. It appears Whitlam’s The Truth of the Matter had a better reception – and greater sales – than Kerr’s Matters for Judgement.

For Black, this battle of the books marked “a more emotionally charged and expressive public culture”. Every subsequent prime minister – and surprising numbers of cabinet ministers – would now see producing a book as an essential step towards ensuring their legacy.

The one exception was Paul Keating. Not only has he not written his memoirs, but he was scathing about his former speechwriter Don Watson’s account of his career. Launching Watson’s Recollections of a Bleeding Heart, he poured scorn on the author: “Don has the inclinations of a fruit bat,” he remarked, “he always heads back to the darkness.”

Yet Watson’s book has been one of the most successful prime ministerial biographies. It’s one I would rate, with Judith Brett’s The Enigmatic Mr Deakin, as enthralling for its psychological insights as much as for its political revelations.

Publishing’s ‘director for the stars’

The flurry of political autobiographies and memoirs of the past 30 years owed much to the enthusiasm and energy of Louise Adler, publisher at Melbourne University Press between 2003 and 2019.

While working at William Heinemann, Adler had already signed up Bob Hawke, for what was in 1992 an extraordinary advance of A$350,000. One significant political figure she did not publish was Howard, whose Lazarus Rising (HarperCollins), may be the most successful political memoir published in Australia. It sold more than 100,000 copies.

Starting with Malcolm Fraser, Adler commissioned books across the political spectrum, ranging from once Labor leader Mark Latham’s The Latham Diaries (2005) to former Liberal prime minister Tony Abbott’s Battlelines (2009).

If, as Black claims, the political memoir is a form of performance, Adler emerges as the director for the stars. (There is a parallel account of her career at MUP in Stuart Kells’ MUP: A Centenary History, commissioned by the publisher. The result is illuminating, but in striving for “neutrality”, it falls short.)

Selling books certainly does involve performances; Black quotes Howard comparing a book tour to a political campaign. But books take on a life of their own, even if most of the titles he discusses now linger unread on back shelves.

Empty fruit bowls and ‘witches’

Black is also sensitive to gender, in particular to the double standard applied to women politicians. But his almost exclusive focus on federal politics means he does not discuss the role of women in state politics. All but one state (South Australia) has now been led by a woman premier.

He does write about the infamous photograph of Julia Gillard that showed her table with an empty fruit bowl, seized upon as evidence of her failings as a housewife, and that “unmarried women without children were politically suspect and might not be palatable to the public”. More distressing were the signs proclaiming “Ditch the Witch”, a slogan which resurfaced a few months ago, against former Victorian premier Jacinta Allen.

Black’s primary example of the double standard comes from the career of Cheryl Kernot, who left her position as leader of the Australian Democrats in 1997 to join the Labor party, only to lose the seat of Dickson to Peter Dutton four years later.

After her defeat, Kernot won a major book contract with HarperCollins. But on the eve of the 2002 publication of Speaking For Myself Again, the media unleashed the story of her affair with former foreign minister Gareth Evans. Her publishers cancelled a planned book tour.

Black claims Kernot’s book “became a synonym for the dangers of women’s autobiographical storytelling in Australian politics”. One wonders whether her publishers would have behaved differently if she had acknowledged the affair in her memoir.

It would be instructive to compare the way Kernot was treated with the response to revelations about the private lives of male politicians, such as Barnaby Joyce (who started his relationship with his wife, Vikki Campion, when he was married and she was his staffer) and former attorney-general Christian Porter (who left politics over historical rape allegations that surfaced in 2021). I doubt any Australian politician could be as successful as Donald Trump in brushing aside repeated stories of sexual misconduct.

Enthralling reading for political junkies

“How,” asks Black, “did our politics become so personal, autobiographical and focused on story telling?” It does seem true, as he argues, that there is an increasing merging of the personal with the political. It’s symbolised, perhaps, by the soft approach of Annabel Crabb’s television series Kitchen Cabinet, in which she deliberately sets out to humanise our politicians.

Still, the ABC has made a number of serious attempts to chronicle recent Australian political history, through programs such as The Killing Season, about Labor’s Rudd/Gillard years and Nemesis, looking at the Abbott, Turnbull and Morrison years. By portraying the internal battles within successive governments, and the series of leadership coups involving five prime ministers in a ten-year period, political history becomes more immediate – if less impressive.

What is striking in Black’s account of the past 50 years is less the performative element than politicians’ need to use books as a way of marking their legacy and influencing political debate.

His book is as much a contribution to the history of Australian publishing as it is an account of the past half-century of federal politics. Even — perhaps especially — political junkies will find it enthralling reading.The Conversation

Dennis Altman, Vice Chancellor's Fellow and Professorial Fellow, Institute for Human Security and Social Change, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How brainless sea sponges use sunset as a cue to prepare for metamorphosis

Triptich of photos of a slowly decaying blob
A sea-sponge larva in the middle of metamorphosis. Océane Blard, CC BY
Olivia Hewitt, The University of Queensland

Well before I start collecting coats, keys or shoes, my dog always knows when we’re about to leave. By picking up on subtle cues, he anticipates our next movements, reminding me he’s smarter than often shows.

But anticipation isn’t always about the brains. Our new research reveals even an animal with no brain at all can anticipate what’s coming next.

The metamorphosis of the sea sponge

Sea sponges are one of our most distant animal relatives, lacking all the familiar sensory apparatus. They have no brain, no nerves and no neurons. Being not much more than well-organised collections of specialised cells, they’re pretty much as simple as animal life gets.

And yet, sea sponges carry out a wildly complicated process much like a backwards version of a caterpillar’s transformation, from squidgy grub to free-flying bug. Starting out as free-swimming larvae, about half the size of a chia seed, they transfigure themselves into shapeless, spongy lumps, cemented in place.

My colleagues and I have researched this miraculous metamorphosis for years. We have discovered that environmental cues play a very important role.

For instance, swimming larvae are all looking for a suitable alga – the perfect spot to settle on and make their forever home. But in 2020, our group found that if we prevent larvae from experiencing sunset, they never settle, even if in the vicinity of some 5-star algae.

How could missing sunset disrupt such an important event in a young sea sponge’s life?

What sunset does to sea sponge DNA

In a new study, our team shows that sunset is a critical signal that pre-emptively tells sea sponge larvae to “get set”.

While the larvae are still freely swimming, long before settlement is on the cards, sunset triggers modifications to parts of their DNA. Sponge larvae anticipate their big moment by pre-organising parts of their DNA to be primed and ready for “go” time.

By measuring changes in the animals’ DNA (which carries their genetic material) and RNA (which shows which genes are switched on), our team captured genetic freeze-frames from before and during the transformation.

Measuring RNA is like recording all the notes being played at any one time by a musical ensemble. But capturing DNA, using an approach known as chromatin accessibility profiling, tells us something different.

The technique maps open or “accessible” regions of an animal’s genome, versus regions considered “inaccessible” or closed. If a region is accessible, previously dormant genes can be “read” and spring into action. You can imagine this as like selectively highlighting lines of a musical score to indicate which sections the musicians should play.

Our new results reveal that regions of DNA encoding genes related to settlement and metamorphosis get primed (made “accessible”) long before the genes themselves get switched on. In other words, lines of the musical score get marked up well before the musicians begin playing the notes.

The mystery of a rapid transformation

The larvae’s anticipatory genetic action means that, when the right time comes, they can initiate metamorphosis at a jaw-dropping speed. In around 30 minuets, the time it takes glue to dry, they become firmly attached and begin disassembling their larval body.

Sea sponges aren’t the only marine invertebrates to change form. Corals, sea urchins and oysters metamorphose too. And they all do it out in the open, without any protective structure like a caterpillar’s cocoon. Being exposed to dangers while transforming, they need to be fast.

But how they achieve this speed has been a longstanding mystery. We think the anticipatory approach found in sea sponges may be broadly used by diverse species to initiate rapid metamorphosis.

Familiar genes

To coordinate such a complex biological transformation with the daily timing of sunset is an extraordinary feat for an animal without a brain. As it turns out, many of the sponge genes controlling this are also used within our own bodies. For instance, a gene called CLOCK, which is involved in sponge metamorphosis, also sets our circadian rhythms.

Despite appearances, there’s a lot we can learn from sponges about genes like these, which are fundamental to animal life.

After all, with an ancestry dating back some 700 million years, sea sponges are one of the oldest animal groups still alive today. Research into these unusual creatures opens a valuable window onto early animal evolution — including how the first animals came to use the tempo of the planet to anticipate what’s coming next.The Conversation

Olivia Hewitt, Postdoctoral researcher, School of the Environment, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Can Australian businesses legally ban customers from using smart glasses?

A close up of a man wearing Ray Ban Meta smart glasses, which can be used for recording
Pierre Crom/Getty Images
Mark Giancaspro, Adelaide University

Businesses and local councils around Australia are increasingly bringing in their own restrictions on “smart glasses”, responding to customers’ concerns about being covertly recorded in public places.

An Adelaide cafe recently banned smart glasses, citing safety concerns for vulnerable customers. Last week, Brisbane City Council banned the non-consensual use of all camera-enabled devices, including wearable technology, phones and cameras, from 21 public swimming pools.

But businesses need to be careful about how they clamp down on smart glasses on their premises, because being too strict could break the law.

Business rules come with limits

If a private business has their terms of entry at their door, when you enter you are bound by those terms. Similarly, if you sign up to membership with them – such as joining a gym – that contract governs you.

Australian businesses can impose whatever terms they like upon consumers, provided those terms are lawful.

For example, a pub can refuse you entry if their rules prohibit torn or soiled clothing, and you are wearing ripped or dirty jeans. A library can eject you if you are being disorderly and disturbing the quiet for other patrons.

But business terms that break the law are not enforceable.

Why outright bans are legally risky

An outright ban on patrons using smart glasses, whether recording or not, threatens to violate anti-discrimination laws.

Smart glasses – including the best-known Ray Ban Meta glasses – can be fitted with prescription lenses. Alternatively, someone might simply require smart glasses to support their vision. In both cases, a blanket ban might constitute unlawful discrimination under Australia’s Disability Discrimination Act 1992.

Smart glasses can also support people with mobility issues. Ray Ban Meta glasses offer “Be My Eyes” functionality, enabling hands-free calls and live captioning for phone calls.

Other emerging models of smart glasses can apply augmented reality technology to float captions into the wearer’s line of sight, aiding people with hearing issues.

Some can even capture conversations and produce transcripts. This could help people with visual, hearing or cognitive impairments.

Businesses that discriminate against someone with a disability can face penalties such as fines or compensation orders, or the risk of having to redress any loss or damage caused.

Following state and territory rules

The Brisbane City Council’s approach – updating its terms of entry to public pools to restrict smart device recordings without people’s consent – is a safer model to follow.

Prohibiting non-consensual recordings not only protects other customers, but is consistent with surveillance device laws in New South Wales,Victoria, Western Australia, South Australia, and the Northern Territory.

These laws are fairly similar. They prohibit intentional use of “listening” or “optical surveillance” devices to listen to or record others’ private conversations, or to record your own private conversation with another person without consent.

Queensland prohibits unauthorised use of listening devices under its privacy laws.

Tasmania and the Australian Capital Territory are outliers. Their listening device laws don’t currently apply to optical surveillance devices.

What if you’re the customer?

If your gym, sporting club, or another organisation you belong to suddenly restricts or bans smart glasses, what can you do?

If a business imposes lawful terms and you sign your name to them, they legally bind you, even if you have not read or understood them.

If the terms say the business can change its rules, and one of those rules now covers smart glasses, you’ll be required to conform. Be sure to check if there’s a notice requirement (that is, if you needed to be told in advance).

For businesses without memberships, such as a cafe or bar, any such terms must be visible at the point of entry. By entering, you’ve agreed to the displayed terms.

Any term permitting a business to temporarily confiscate smart glasses could potentially be legally challenged.

If a business cancels your membership for possession or use of smart glasses, check its terms of entry permit this. If they don’t – or you have a valid reason to use smart glasses – the business could be challenged under contract, discrimination and consumer laws.

Clear terms of entry are needed

This week, the federal Attorney-General Michelle Rowland said the government is not currently considering a ban on importing smart glasses.

With cheaper options such as Kmart’s $89 glasses now available, it’s likely we’ll see more smart glasses, with even more functions, appearing in cafes and shops.

Restricting unauthorised or non-consensual recordings is a safer alternative to an outright ban. It’s consistent with surveillance device legislation and sets a friendlier tone for patrons.

This will still be difficult to police, as it can be hard to tell when a patron is recording with smart glasses. (Though Meta just announced an upcoming update will stop its glasses working if the recording light is covered.)

Clearer business terms of entry can help protect Australians’ privacy and safety in public spaces, without affecting people with legitimate reasons to wear smart glasses.The Conversation

Mark Giancaspro, Senior Lecturer in Law, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

residential aged care Funding Increases: Update

On Wednesday September 2 the Australian Government announced it is continuing to support the aged care sector to deliver better quality care for older Australians, with increases to vital funding taking effect in the coming weeks.

From 1 October, the Australian National Aged Care Classification (AN-ACC) price will increase to $303.19 per resident, per day. This will provide more essential support for the more than 200,000 older people in residential aged care.

'This additional funding forms part of the Government’s ongoing response to the recommendations of the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety, which called for a funding system that keeps pace with the real cost of care.' the government stated

'For now, the hoteling supplement will remain at its current rate of $22.15 per resident, per day. This supplement helps providers cover everyday items like food, cleaning and laundry for residents.'

'The Government requested IHACPA undertake a review of the hoteling supplement to ensure it supports the delivery of high-quality care that meets future demand. This review is currently underway and will inform Government decisions on any changes to the supplement.

Labor will continue to invest to keep older Australians receiving the high quality, dignified care they deserve.'

This year, the Government stated, it will invest $47 billion in aged care. This includes our $1.7 billion investment in the 2026-27 Budget to support the sector to build 5,000 more aged care beds each year through added incentives. The average ‘per resident, per day’ care funding is now around 65 per cent higher than it was in September 2022.

The Government stated it will also maintain current care minute requirements and AN-ACC fixed and variable funding categories. This is based on the Independent Health and Aged Care Pricing Authority's (IHACPA) advice and aligns funding with the costs of residents' care across Australia.

Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, the Hon. Sam Rae MP, stated:

“Making sure older Australians and their families have a quality, affordable and safe aged care system that is properly funded is a priority of the Albanese Government.

“This announcement means more funding for aged care homes, supporting workers and better care for our loved ones.”

Feminist icon Gloria Steinem lifted up women everywhere, leaving behind a more gender‑equal world

A woman at a protest lectern gives a speech
Gloria Steinem speaking at the Women’s March on Washington, 2017. Theo Wargo/Getty
Sharon Crozier-De Rosa, University of Wollongong

Feminist activist Gloria Steinem has died aged 92.

Known almost as much for her trademark mid-parted hair and large aviator sunglasses as for her acute intelligence, courage and wit, she will long be known for setting feminist torches alight globally over her six-decade career as a journalist, activist and feminist icon.

Growing up too quickly

Steinem has always been candid about the impact her early life had on the decisions she later made.

Ten years after she was born in Toledo, Ohio (March 25 1934), her parents divorced. Following the departure of her travelling salesman father, young Gloria was left taking care of her mentally ill mother until she graduated from high school and her sister took over.

Years later she reflected that she “became a grown-up too early, from ten to 17, a small person responsible for a big person”.

Rejecting marriage, she said she did not want to end up taking care of someone else (although much later, in 2000 at the age of 66, she did marry entrepreneur and activist David Bale, who died of lymphoma four years later).

Studying government at Smith College, Massachusetts, she graduated with distinction, then spent two years studying and researching in India thanks to a Charles Bowles Fellowship, an experience she credited with inspiring her interest in grassroots activism.

Toe to toe with Hugh Hefner

Like many female journalists starting out in the 1950s and 60s, Steinem’s initial assignments were limited to “women’s pages”. These typically reported on “women’s issues”, such as health and fashion.

When she suggested writing political stories to her editor at The New York Times Sunday Magazine, he “just said something like, ‘I don’t think of you that way’”.

A woman in a Playboy Bunny costume, holding a tray of drinks
Gloria Steinem spent 11 days as a Playboy Bunny and wrote a famous article about her experiences. Bettmann/Getty

She came to national attention as a journalist in 1963 with her expose, I Was a Playboy Bunny, based on the 11 days she worked undercover at Hugh Hefner’s Playboy Club.

Although she still wasn’t taken seriously as a reporter, the publicity raised by this experience showcased the sharp and uncompromising intelligence for which she would later become known. In an exchange between the two published a few years later, Hefner declared he was “all in favour of women being able to vote, own property, and all that. But I want women to be attractive to men”.

Steinem responded to this long overdue endorsement of rights that had been afforded to at least white women as far back as the late 19th and early 20th century, that she wanted “men to be attractive to women. But I don’t want their whole identity to rest on that”. She concluded: “what Playboy doesn’t know about women could fill a book.”

Going her own way

In 1971, frustrated by the mainstream press’s stymieing of feminist reporting, Steinem and fellow journalists established Ms. Magazine as an insert in New York magazine.

By 1972, Ms. Magazine had established itself as an independent paper, with which she maintained a close association throughout her life.

While Ms. became an influential platform for contemporary women’s politics, it also brought feminist history to life. In its series Lost Women, it introduced Women’s Liberation era readers to pioneering feminists from around the world whose achievements had gone unrecognised.

A woman stands at a lectern in front of a large magazine cover and speaks.
Steinem and her team launched Ms. Magazine in 1971. Bettmann/Getty

Steinem also authored books and memoirs including An Unexpected Life, The Truth Will Set You Free, But First It Will Piss You Off, and Outrageous Acts and Everyday Rebellions, among others.

Her lifetime of writing has been recognised with a multitude of awards.

A lifetime of grassroots activism

But Steinem was not one to report from behind a desk. She became an iconic face of feminism, gracing magazine covers and TV screens, interviewing, speaking, marching, and advocating for girls’ and women’s rights for more than six decades.

In 1969, she addressed a crowd in New York State about legalising abortion. She told them about the abortion that she had had in London when she was 22.

Indeed, so dedicated was she to women gaining and retaining control over their bodies and reproductive choices that she dedicated her book, My Life On The Road, to the London physician John Sharpe, “who carried out her abortion back when it was illegal to do so”.

In 2017, she spoke at the Women’s March on Washington, galvanising anti-Trump demonstrators and urging younger generations to keep up the fight.

Steinem also believed in structural pathways to reform, helping fellow feminists to establish, among other activist organisations, the National Women’s Political Caucus (that works for gender equality in public office), the Women’s Action Alliance, (which promotes non-sexist, multi-racial children’s education), the Women’s Media Center (to promote positive images of women in media) and the Ms. Foundation for Women.

‘We’ve been too nice’

There is no doubt Gloria Steinem will be remembered for all of these remarkable achievements. Her life was one of seemingly boundless energy and enthusiasm, passion and frustration, action and activism.

After all, these accomplishments have been marked by high profile acknowledgements, from the Presidential Medal of Freedom that President Barack Obama presented to her in 2013, to the establishment in 2017 of The Gloria Steinem Endowed Chair in Media, Culture, and Feminist Studies at Rutgers University.

However, those closest to her, or even those just fortunate enough to have encountered her, say it is her ethos of connecting across groups, regions and time that will define her legacy.

Illinois Lieutenant Governor Juliana Stratton, the sixth Black woman senator in the US, got Gloria Steinem’s endorsement. Stratton said she would remember the iconic feminist for her inspirational work behind the scenes:

she made the case for intersectional feminism and for the fight for racial equality in New York magazine in 1969, in a popular article headlined ‘After Black Power, Women’s Liberation’ and continued that work throughout her life.

This was an essay in which Steinem declared that if the women’s movement could form alliances with the less radical middle classes, then it should be easy for them to do the same with “poor women of all colours”.

She also adopted a mixed approach to the emotional dimensions of feminism.

She embraced warmth and connection, viewing the women’s movement “like a big chosen family” and feeling “excited by young women now”.

But she wasn’t afraid to teach or correct those younger women.

The #MeToo movement, she said, was not an unprecedented event. It was the continuation of a long campaign that had begun in the early 1970s, “when women college students first coined the term ‘sexual harassment’ to describe what happened to them on summer jobs”. She highlighted the contributions of the Black women who had brought cases before the courts, thereby educating the nation.

At a packed Town Hall meeting in Melbourne in 2016, she told the young woman who asked her what the women’s movement had done wrong: “I think we’ve been too nice.”

Nice or not, Steinem believed the women’s movement would only survive and thrive if her generation was to prepare the next. While alive, she said she was not passing the baton:

I’m keeping my torch, thank you very much – and I’m using it to light the torches of others.The Conversation

Sharon Crozier-De Rosa, Professor in History, University of Wollongong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why the rise in government debt is freaking out the bond market

A trader works on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange
Angela Weiss/ AFP via Getty Images)
Mark Crosby, Monash University

Mortgage holders know interest rates have risen over the past year, as the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) lifted the cash rate to fight inflation. But mortgage holders are not alone: governments and business borrowers are facing the same pressure.

Australia’s government now has to offer investors more than 5% on its 10-year bonds, which hit a 15-year high on Tuesday after a long period of low interest rates since the global financial crisis in 2008.

In the United States, 10-year interest rates sit around 4.7%, surging nearly half a per cent just this year, while the benchmark 30-year bond is near a two-decade high. In the UK, 10-year bond rates on Tuesday hit the highest level since the global financial crisis.

Higher rates mean higher interest payments for governments too, leaving less room for other spending or for tax cuts.

This applies not just to the federal government here but to the states, whose borrowing costs have also jumped. For example, Victoria’s 10-year bonds now pay an interest rate of 5.55%.

So what’s actually driving market interest rates higher?

Supply and demand

Governments issue bonds to raise money and finance spending that isn’t covered by tax revenue.

Like any asset, the price of a government bond depends on supply and demand. Less bond supply means issuers (governments or companies) don’t need to offer higher rates to attract buyers; more supply pushes rates up.

Bond issuance comes from three main sources:

  1. households – borrowing for mortgages, which the banks can then repackage into bonds and sell to investors.

  2. businesses – issuing bonds to fund operations. In the US, AI-sector firms such as Amazon and Microsoft have issued about US$240 billion in debt to fund data centres. Even in Australia, Google owner Alphabet launched a huge A$5.5 billion bond last month.

  3. governments – governments often have large debts they have built up because of their past budget deficits. Like anyone, if you spend more than you earn, you need to borrow.

The main driver is government debt

The larger a government’s debt, the more bonds it must issue – and the higher the interest rates needed to attract investors.

US national debt has grown to more than US$40 trillion – more than 20 times the size of Australia’s entire economy – while Australia’s federal government debt recently passed A$1 trillion.

Funding debts of this size is pushing up interest rates worldwide. At the same time, some bond investors are getting concerned by the high levels of US government debt and the lack of plans to curb spending, so they are demanding higher interest rates on government bonds.

What central banks can do

The Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) manages interest rates through the “cash market” – short-term borrowing of less than a day – using the cash rate to influence demand for borrowing. Raising interest rates ultimately dampens economic demand and reduces inflation.

The RBA cash rate affects borrowing costs across the economy for all other forms of debt – car loans and credit cards as well as mortgages, and corporate debt.

But the RBA can’t directly influence longer-term interest rates such as 10-year bonds, which are market rates and fluctuate constantly based on investors’ demand.

If the RBA cut rates sharply right now, for instance, bond investors would likely read this as inflationary – pushing up inflation expectations and, in turn, the interest rates demanded on longer-term bonds. The RBA’s action would end up being counterproductive.

America’s ‘exorbitant privilege’ – and its limits

The US has long enjoyed a unique position in global markets: it can issue growing volumes of government bonds without needing to offer higher rates to attract buyers.

This “exorbitant privilege” stems from the US dollar’s dominance in global trade and financial transactions, and the widespread trust that central banks and private investors place in US government debt.

US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent has tried to capitalise on this by intervening in the bond market, aiming to shrink supply and push market interest rates lower. That would reduce the interest bill for the US government.

The US Treasury increased the amount of debt it is buying back, but the buybacks only had a brief impact on the market.

Investors concluded the buybacks don’t change the underlying picture: increasing US government financing needs, fears of rising inflation, as well as growing corporate bond issuance to fund AI and data centres. All these forces tend to push interest rates higher over the medium to long term, and no financial engineering can undo this reality.

Rates are rising around the world

Across many countries, bond market rates are rising because higher inflation is eroding the real returns for investors. They are demanding more compensation to protect their spending power.

This is compounded by rising bond issuance from both governments and companies. No amount of financial engineering from the US Treasury can reverse these forces.

Central banks and governments can influence short-term interest rates to some degree.

But longer-term debt such as 10-year bonds are ultimately priced on three things:

  • expected inflation
  • the scale of government debt and financing needs
  • and the level of corporate and household borrowing.

The best thing any central bank can do to keep market interest rates low is set policy so inflation remains low.

That’s the purpose of the RBA’s inflation target of 2–3%. As well as keeping a lid on consumer inflation expectations, it lets bond investors know inflation should return to that level in the medium term, and so market interest rates don’t get too high.The Conversation

Mark Crosby, Professor of Economics, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pittwater/Narrabeen Parkinson's Support Group 2026 Meetings

  • Thursday, 8 October 2026 - 12:30 pm to 02:30 pm
  • Thursday, 10 December 2026 - 12:30 pm to 02:30 pm
We meet every 2nd month, on the second Thursday, at 12:30pm at Dee Why RSL, Level 3. Meetings are informal and friendly, with guest speakers on various topics, and new members are always welcome. 

We also have a Carers Coffee, Third Thursday of every month at Dee Why RSL AQUA and we have a BYO Morning Tea, at Jamieson Park every Fourth Thursday of every month (weather permitting).

More information at:

Nature Writing Prize 2026 Now Open to Enter

$8,000 to be awarded to the winning writer

Calling all writers! The Nature Conservancy has announced the opening of its eighth biennial Nature Writing Prize.

The author of the winning essay will receive an $8,000 prize and be published in Australian Book Review (ABR). One additional author will receive a Highly Commended Prize of $1,000.

The competition’s judges are novelists Kim Mahood and Dave Witty and Dr Georgina Arnott, editor of the Australian Book Review.

The judging process is completely anonymous, with judges awarding the prize to an Australian writer whose essay they agree to be of the highest literary merit and which best explores a relationship and interaction with some aspect of the Australian landscape. All entries are required to be between 3,000 and 5,000 words and in the genre of ‘Writing of Place’. 

The Nature Conservancy Australia’s Country Director Lara Gallagher said, “The Nature Writing Prize was created in 2011 to promote and celebrate the art of nature writing, and to encourage a greater appreciation of Australia’s magnificent natural heritage. I’d particularly like to thank Paula McLean and The McLean Foundation, without whose generous support this important prize would not be possible.”

Alongside the $8,000 Winners Prize, The Nature Conservancy welcomes the return of the Rosina Joy Buckman Award, a $1,000 prize awarded to one Highly Commended essay. The Rosina Joy Buckman Award is generously sponsored by Kinchem Hegedus and Peter Barge.

2026 heralds a new era for nature writing in Australia, with the announcement of Australian Book Review as the official Publishing Partner for the Nature Writing Prize. Gallagher said, “This collaboration with ABR offers the Prize a new level of support, expanding its reach and cementing its place as one of Australia’s leading nature writing initiatives.”

The prize is open to Australian citizens and permanent residents. Participants will need to pay an entry fee of $30, or $25 for ABR subscribers. Submissions will close at 5pm AEST Wednesday 23 September 2026. To learn more about the prize and review the terms and conditions visit: www.natureaustralia.org.au/nwp


Richard Denniss is calling for a gas export tax, but an effective royalty system would be a better option

Pruthvi Sagar/Unsplash
Diane Kraal, Monash University

Richard Denniss is an economist and head of the Australia Institute, a Canberra-based policy think tank. His monograph More Fool Me: How the Gas Industry Tricked Australia is an impassioned plea for ordinary Australians to lobby relevant federal ministers to more effectively tax the export gas industry.

The ineffectiveness of the current Petroleum Resources Rent Tax (PRRT), which also covers gas, is evident in the dismal tax revenues. This could have been further examined by Denniss, but his focus is a 25% export tax.


Review: More Fool Me: How the Gas Industry Tricked Australia – Richard Denniss (Australia Institute Press)


Woe was the day in 1988 that the Hawke government listened to lobbyists and changed the old petroleum royalty system.

The 1980s rhetoric claimed that the PRRT, which replaced the old system, was necessary to attract vital investment into Australia, though petroleum executives campaigned against the new tax at the time. They cried “sovereign risk”. (Denniss could have included the history of the minerals industry’s hackneyed complaints about taxation.)

The PRRT differs from a royalty system, in that it is levied on profits.

Royalties are usually calculated on either production volume or production market value. Even if a company has no taxable income, it still pays a royalty based on production.

In other words, any company that extracts resources will always pay a royalty.

Oil is very profitable and low-cost to extract. Once it is extracted, it is pumped onto tankers or a pipeline and sent to customers. The PRRT was an effective tax for oil, but Australia’s oil resources are now almost completely exhausted.

Gas is not as profitable as oil, as it requires costly infrastructure to convert it into liquefied form for export. The PRRT laws allow companies’ capital costs and operating costs to be covered by gas revenues before the tax is paid.

This is a huge concession to gas producers, which results in the gas being “free” of a resource tax. Currently, across all offshore petroleum companies operating in Australia, the PRRT system has around AU$282 billion in expenditure carried forward. In other words, the gas companies need to generate up to AU$282 billion in revenue before they pay any PRRT.

The 2017 Callaghan Report into the PRRT spotlighted the political failures in taxing gas in Australia, but unfortunately it only led to minor tweaks to the system.

A 25% gas export tax?

Denniss notes how our politicians overlook the fact that Australia’s GDP figures are boosted by including the value of gas exports, “even though the stock is not paid for”. He points out that export revenues mostly go to foreign shareholders.

To address this problem, Denniss advocates a specific 25% tax on exported gas, but his argument is tainted by resorting to various charges of the gas industry being “con artists” who resort to “trickery”.

A better approach would have been to focus on the reluctance of successive Australian governments to repeal the ineffective PRRT. Their inaction has increased gas industry revenue to the detriment of the Australian public and our standard of living.

Denniss does not explain the workings of his proposed tax. For instance, would the imposition of a 25% export gas tax involve the repeal of the PRRT? Would the 25% export gas tax be applied to gas export volumes or gas export value? At what point in the production process would the tax be levied?

The essay could have helpfully included a discussion of the gas production process chain. Woodside’s North West Shelf Project in Western Australia, for example, extracts gas from the seabed to the wellhead at the surface, then pumps the gas by pipeline to onshore facilities for processing. At this point, the gas is metered and PRRT is calculated.

The gas then flows to the liquefaction plant, where it is lowered in temperature to liquid form (liquefied natural gas or LNG) and exported via LNG tankers.

In contrast to the current PRRT or a gas tax, the taxing point of a typical royalty system is at the wellhead, where gas is first extracted.

The alternative taxing point of a 25% export tax might be when a tanker leaves Australia. That tax calculation is likely to be complex. It would need to be further negotiated, as it would include other ongoing costs, such as marketing.

Gas export tax inequity

Denniss’ focus on a gas export tax also has some inequities. His essay makes the valid point that the stock of gas extracted from Commonwealth waters for “free” should be paid for by gas companies through a more rigorous taxing system.

However, he does not mention that 15% of gas extracted in WA – by Chevron, for instance – is reserved solely for consumers and business use in that state.

Under the proposed 25% gas export tax, stocks of domestic gas would be untaxed. This is potentially unfair to those in states of Australia that rely on other sources of energy, such as solar or hydro.

Denniss mentions the effective gas taxation system in Saudi Arabia and Norway, as well as Qatar’s successful royalty system. In all three countries, the government participates in gas projects on an equity basis. This is not the case in Australia.

The basic principle for all natural resources in this country is that the stock must be paid for, as it is owned by Australians. The most effective way to achieve this is through a royalty system. Denniss’ essay does not consider that royalties are the uniform system for all resources in Australia – except for gas extracted from Commonwealth waters.

Onshore gas in Queensland, for example, was once taxed under the PRRT system, but its zero revenues led to the re-introduction of a royalty system, based on volume and price-tiered. The rates vary depending on whether it is export or domestic gas.

Denniss makes many valid points. He is correct in stating that gas companies will not get up and leave due to a changed tax system. The furphy of the necessity of trading our tax-free gas for overseas diesel, as the government has suggested, is called out.

The notion that taxing gas will harm stability in our region is rebutted. The claim that tax-free gas is an important transition fuel to net zero is swatted away. The proposition that there is a shortage of domestic gas due the cast-iron nature of gas export sales contracts is exposed as misleading.

Denniss’ call for a grassroots push for change might just work. Back in 2017 a grassroots movement for a petroleum tax review resulted in the Callaghan Report, but no real gains in revenue.

The inaction of successive Australian governments is the reason for the failure of the current gas tax. The gas industry is the major beneficiary of this gross inaction.The Conversation

Diane Kraal, Adjunct Senior Research Fellow, Business Law and Taxation Dept, Monash Business School, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Research shows ethics education teaches kids right from wrong. Why can so few students access it?

A school student in a white shirt and backpack stands with their arms folded.
RDNE Stock Project/ Pexels
Michael Noetel, The University of Queensland and Geetanjali Basarkod, Australian Catholic University

How important is it that kids learn to tell right from wrong?

Businessman and former university chancellor David Gonski recently called for ethics classes to be rolled out in all Australian schools to boost social cohesion.

At the moment, ethics does not get dedicated time in the school curriculum.

Some might argue children don’t need school ethics classes if they already learn ethics from their parents and other adults in their lives.

But our research shows formal ethics education can make a difference. In the largest ever review on the subject, we found teaching ethics can improve students’ ability to reason through ethical issues and prioritise doing the right thing.

Ethics education in Australia

Ethics has been part of the national Australian Curriculum for more than a decade. It sits alongside literacy, numeracy and four other subjects as a “general capability”. This means it’s a cross-curriculum skill every Australian child is supposed to learn in all subjects.

So in theory, ethics education is the responsibility of all teachers, even when teaching mathematics, art or biology.

In practice, no-one is responsible for teaching these skills. Australian research has found even teachers who value general capabilities, such as ethics, struggle to teach them explicitly. This is because the focus is on what gets tested. In turn, this means “the intentions of the Australian Curriculum […] are not being realised”.

In most Australian states, the only structured ethics offering in schools is during religious instruction. But these are only optional lessons, and families who want a secular alternative are often left without it.

Our study

We synthesised 92 randomised controlled trials – the most rigorous form of evidence in education. Together, the studies involved 12,693 students from primary school through to university.

The studies covered 20 countries, including Australia, and spanned nearly five decades.

Of those 92 randomised trials, 54 compared students receiving ethics lessons to those in control groups who did not learn ethics. The other studies compared different types of ethics instruction against each other.

The studies with control groups tell us how well students currently learn ethics without dedicated classes (such as from their parents or through other generalised learning at school).

What we found

Students who received formal ethics education were better able to recognise ethical issues (also called “moral sensitivity”), gave better reasons about the right thing to do (“moral judgement”) and wanted to prioritise doing the right thing (“moral motivation”). Four in five trials showed meaningful positive effects in these areas.

Our study did not measure kids’ actual behaviour over the long run. But we know higher moral reasoning capacity is associated with being more likely to help others and resist peer pressure. It is also associated with lower levels of juvenile delinquency.

We also found how you teach ethics matters.

Programs built around student discussion worked well. Programs built around lectures and readings alone did not, like in most subjects. You learn better when you can explain your thinking, safely make mistakes, and get feedback.

This is why ethics is so good to learn in schools: you can have discussions with peers and educators in a way that’s hard for most parents to reproduce at home.

Some Australian states do this well …

New South Wales already has a model for teaching ethics.

The free Primary Ethics program runs in about 500 NSW schools and reaches roughly 40,000 students each week using trained volunteers. Its curriculum is built around small groups, working through questions such as “Is it ever okay to break a promise?”

This is the kind of structured discussion our research identified as most effective for teaching ethics.

Primary Ethics runs during the same time slot as religious instruction lessons. It was introduced because growing numbers of students were opting out of religious classes, but had nothing meaningful to do instead. The classes are free because they’re delivered by trained volunteers.

… but most don’t

Dedicated ethics classes are patchy in other states. For example, Queensland and Western Australia have class time for religious instruction but there is no secular alternative. Students just get “other instruction” during this time.

Other states would need to amend their laws to allow (not require) secular ethics as a formal alternative to religious instruction, exactly as NSW did in 2010.

No new funding or teachers would be needed. If they run at the same time as religious instruction, there is already space in the school week for these classes.

New volunteers would be needed to run the discussions, but NSW has shown there’s a willing contingent of people who can deliver the program when the lesson plans are already prepared for them.

A more ambitious approach

A more ambitious change would be to treat ethics as a core subject in its own right, as in France and Finland.

This could mean having ethics education on the timetable, right alongside maths and languages. Every student would be taught by a trained specialist teacher, instead of asking trained volunteers or other teachers to cover it.

Our review showed ethics education helps at every level of schooling.

Which model works best is still an open question; whether to make room for one arguably is not.

We make time for maths, sport and music because we think they matter for a good life. If knowing right from wrong matters at least as much, it has earned at least a little time on the timetable.The Conversation

Michael Noetel, Associate Professor of Psychology, The University of Queensland and Geetanjali Basarkod, Senior Research Fellow, Institute for Positive Psychology and Education, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Not eligible for NDIS, too old for Thriving Kids. What supports should these young people get?

Young smiling boy reading a comic in the library.
FG Trade/Getty
Emma Cowie, Deakin University and Sophie Goldingay, Deakin University

Major changes to the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS) are coming.

This includes the launch of Thriving Kids in October. This program will be co-funded by state, territory and federal governments and will replace some children’s individual NDIS funding with foundational supports.

Foundational supports are disability services such as physiotherapy, speech pathology, occupational therapy and psychology.

However, instead of being offered as a private service, funded by the NDIS, they will be integrated into other settings such as schools or community activities. The idea is children get the support they need wherever they already live, learn and play – without needing a referral to a specialist, or a diagnosis.

But Thriving Kids will only be for children aged 0–8 with developmental delay and autism who have low-to-moderate support needs.

What about children aged nine and over?

Those with higher needs will still be eligible for NDIS funding. But what if your child is no longer eligible for the NDIS, but too old for Thriving Kids?

There’s still a lot we don’t know

We don’t have exact numbers about how many children and young people would fall between the NDIS and Thriving Kids.

Health department documents seen by The Guardian in July estimated that – among those with developmental delay and autism no longer eligible for NDIS funding – 151,240 will be aged 18 or younger.

There is already concern among some experts that Thriving Kids will struggle to meet demand for those aged 0–8, and that support will be less individualised than the NDIS.

The federal government has not yet announced what supports it plans to offer for those aged nine and over who are no longer eligible for Thriving Kids, or how these would be funded.

But we know families are overwhelmed

Currently, many families end up doing the work to get their kids’ needs met, for example, by linking allied health (such as speech pathologists and occupational therapists) with their child’s teachers.

Research we (Sophie) have done with parents and caregivers shows they often feel overwhelmed and unsupported while advocating for their neurodivergent young people’s participation at school and in community activities.

The NDIS review in 2023 and the Thriving Kids advisory group’s recommendations in 2025 both called for better integration of disability services into the education system – and many families have supported this. This is what foundational supports are meant to address.

So how could foundational supports help?

As researchers and allied health professionals who work with children, we see this as a good opportunity to rethink how we support neurodivergent kids and young people.

Foundational supports for those aged nine and older will only work when they’re part of a broader system in which the professionals and adults around children work together.

This doesn’t mean teachers and schools simply absorbing more responsibility.

Foundational supports will need to involve:

Interprofessional collaboration

This means professionals from different fields (such as occupational therapy, psychology or social work) working together with children and their families to share information and agree on priorities for support (rather than a series of separate appointments).

As they get older, this process should increasingly involve young people themselves, supporting them to describe what they need, set their own goals and participate in discussions about the kind of support they get.

An informed support network

This means building the knowledge, skills and resources of educators, sport coaches, community workers – as well as family members and peers – to better understand developmental difference. Greater knowledge will ease the burden on families.

For example, this could involve education about why miscommunication can happen between autistic and neurotypical people because of natural variations in brain function (not because autistic people have an inherent deficit, as is sometimes assumed).

Different support levels

Some kids and young people will need more targeted or intensive support, such as a short burst of one-on-one therapy with a psychologist or speech pathologist. Others may benefit from group sessions, for example, a social worker at a community centre leading activities for teens focused on building skills and confidence for everyday life, such as getting a haircut or catching a bus.

Clear pathways for transition

Families shouldn’t have to work out which system they belong to and how to get the right support if needs change or their child ages out of Thriving Kids.

Let’s look at an example

Imagine a ten-year-old who finds the classroom overwhelming and is reluctant to attend school.

Rather than simply referring the child outside for weekly therapy, a coordinated approach could bring the teacher, family and relevant health professionals together to make a support plan.

The teacher and family might first talk about what they’re noticing and how the child feels, before deciding what practical changes are needed.

An occupational therapist linked to the school might then help identify environmental or sensory barriers. A social worker could help identify and address social challenges and build on strengths in the child’s school, home and community life.

Adults already helping this child where they play and learn will become better able to support them.

A trial in South Australia

In South Australia, the Self-Regulation Service has worked across 57 primary schools since 2024 to train teachers and teach students about self-regulation skills.

The program is an example of supporting all children – regardless of their background or specific ability – to develop skills such as planning, setting goals, anticipating obstacles and controlling impulses.

This will help them cope with difficult tasks now, as well as manage their own learning as they get older.

The takeaway

The goal of foundational supports is not simply to make children fit environments that don’t work for them. We have to transform our ways of working so children and young people of all ages can thrive as equal members of the community.

A child’s needs may change as they get older, but they don’t abruptly stop when they turn nine – so neither should their support.The Conversation

Emma Cowie, Lecturer in Occupational Therapy, Deakin University and Sophie Goldingay, Associate Professor in Social Work, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Over $70,000 to strengthen community support for men’s health and wellbeing: Mr. Perfect Community Barbecues

August 31 2026
The NSW Government is strengthening support for men’s health and wellbeing, with a $75,000 investment to support Mr. Perfect.

Mr. Perfect is a not-for-profit organisation which aims to promote positive health outcomes by connecting men through regular community barbeques.

Over the weekend, Mr Perfect held a BBQ in Woonona, giving local men the opportunity to get together and enjoy a meal with others in their community.

This funding will enable Mr Perfect to continue to deliver this community-led initiative, helping create safe, welcoming spaces for conversation, reduce social isolation, and encourage men to seek early mental health support.

While the barbeques provide an informal setting for connection, volunteers and staff can, where appropriate, refer attendees to specialist services such as Lifeline, emergency health services, local community mental health providers, or their general practitioner.

This funding builds on the Minns Labor Government’s additional $112.3 million investment in mental health services, as part of the 2026-2027 Budget, the government stated. This includes:
  • $43.3 million over four years for Lifeline to deliver its 13 11 14 crisis telephone line, as well as text and webchat services
  • $64.8 million to extend services under the NSW-Commonwealth Government National Mental Health and Suicide Prevention Agreement
  • $4.3 million to support mental health peak bodies.
More information about mental health services and programs can be found on the NSW Health website at Mental health. To learn more about Mr. Perfect, visit Mr Perfect.

NSW  Minister for Health, the Hon. Ryan Park:

“Strong community and social connections play an important role in supporting emotional and psychological wellbeing.

“I was lucky enough to attend my local Mr Perfect BBQ over the weekend where I was able to see how important these community events are.

“This funding recognises the valuable contribution community organisations make in supporting mental health and connecting people with help early.”

NSW Minister for Mental Health, the Hon. Rose Jackson, stated:

“Men experiencing mental ill-health, suicide risk, and isolation deserve practical support. That’s why we’re so passionate about supporting fantastic organisations like Mr. Perfect.

“The Minns Labor Government has made men’s mental health a core priority since day one, holding the first Ment’s Mental Health Forum in 2024 and investing nearly $1.4 million in community-led men’s mental health and suicide prevention initiatives.

“Today’s announcement reaffirms our commitment to taking action on men’s health through prevention and early intervention programs.”

CEO of Mr Perfect Inc, John Mooney, said:

“We at Mr Perfect Inc want to extend our gratitude to Minister Park for his support and commitment to bettering the mental health of Men and their families and loved ones all across New South Wales.

“We're more than just a BBQ - we're building community and connection for men who might otherwise stay silent about their struggles.

“By hosting over 40 monthly gatherings nationwide, we've created safe spaces where meaningful conversations happen naturally, helping men forge purpose and meaning even amidst challenging times.”

NSW Government makes motor neurone disease notifiable

August 31 2026
NSW will become the first jurisdiction in Australia to report cases of people living with motor neurone disease, with the Minns Labor Government making it a notifiable condition from 1 September 2026. 

From tomorrow, medical practitioners will be required to notify NSW Health of motor neurone disease cases, following the publication of the Public Health Amendment (Motor Neurone Disease) Order 2026.

This Australian-first initiative will provide NSW Health with a stronger evidence base to better understand motor neurone disease, and may assist with the future planning of healthcare services and funding for research into its potential causes, and possible future treatment options.

Motor neurone disease affects approximately eight in every 100,000 Australians, and 90 per cent of cases occur sporadically, without any apparent reason or family link.

It is a rare, progressive neurological disorder that causes rapid degeneration of muscle activity and can impair walking, talking, breathing and general functioning. There is no cure for the disease.

A notifiable disease is a medical condition that by law must be reported to NSW Health by medical practitioners, hospitals, laboratories, and schools or childcare facilities, to help prevent and control the spread of certain diseases.

Data collected will include the case's full name, address, date of birth, age, gender, Aboriginality, language spoken at home, country of birth, occupation/school, date of onset, date of notification, and date of death if applicable. It will also include details about the referring doctor. The data collected will be kept confidential.

The Minns Labor Government committed $2 million funding for motor neurone disease research as part of the 2023-24 NSW Budget. This included awarding three research grants to help improve the wellbeing and health outcomes for people living with the disease, and drive advancements in diagnostic tools to improve rates of early detection and referral.

These research projects are funded until late 2027, with progress reports due later this year.

Acting Premier of New South Wales, the Hon. Prue Car, stated:

“Motor Neurone Disease is devastating not only for those diagnosed, but for the family, friends and communities who surround them.

“NSW is leading the country with a change that gives us the chance to properly assess the impact of this disease and use that knowledge to better support our healthcare services.

“This is about building better understanding today so we can work towards treatment options, and a step closer to a future with a potential cure."

Minister for Health, the Hon Ryan Park, stated:

“This is a practical step we are taking in the fight against motor neurone disease, and something advocates have been crying out for. Our hope is that by monitoring the disease, we might be able to understand it better.

“There is a reason people call motor neurone disease the beast – it is unrelenting and unforgiving, and it slowly takes away a lot of what people hold dear.

“We hope that by building this knowledge base, our incredible medical researchers and clinicians can do what they do best and develop preventive measures, better treatments, and maybe even a cure.

“We saw what former Australian of the Year Neale Daniher did in his remarkable life to fight against motor neurone disease, and we're seeing what Jai Arrow is doing to combat it now – hopefully this small change can bring us one step closer to eliminating this awful disease."

Minister for Medical Research, the Hon David Harris, said:

“Motor Neurone Disease destroys lives and we don't know its cause or its cure so it's vital we use every means possible to better understand it to one day beat it.

“This Australian-first move to make it a notifiable condition will give our world class medical researchers and doctors critical knowledge to develop better ways to prevent and treat this terrible disease.

“Building an evidence base builds on Minns Labor Government funding of research grants to help improve health and wellbeing outcomes of people living with MND."

Independent Member for Murray Helen Dalton stated:

“I have been advocating alongside Professor Dominic Rowe for seven years to make MND notifiable in NSW and to finally see it happen is a huge breakthrough.

“For families in my electorate, this is deeply personal. We have seen alarmingly high rates of MND in parts of the Riverina and for years we have been asking the same question: why?

“We cannot begin to find the cause if we do not have the data. From tomorrow, for the first time, we can start building a clear picture of who is living with this cruel disease and where they are.

“This is a major global win but it is not the finish line.

“We need to make sure every person living with MND is captured so researchers have the information they need to investigate possible causes, improve treatments and, ultimately, help find a cure."

MND NSW CEO Liam O'Meara said:

“The NSW Governments decision to make MND a notifiable disease is a landmark step forward for our community.

“Minister Park deserves real credit for mandating this change and ensuring it didn't get bogged down in lengthy parliamentary process.

“It reflects years of determined advocacy from people like Professor Dominic Rowe, MP Helen Dalton, people with lived experience, their families and the wider MND community who fought to give MND the recognition and authority needed to drive meaningful reform. Better data will help reveal the true patterns of MND, giving us the insight needed to provide better models of care, improve services, strengthen research and ultimately drive progress toward prevention and a cure."

Professor of Neurology, Macquarie University Dr Dominic Rowe AM, stated:

“It is estimated that 750 people are currently living with MND in NSW. This year, at least 300 people in NSW will be diagnosed with MND, and at least 300 people will die from MND.

“Without understanding the cause, the ability to slow and stop MND remains a pipe dream, and people will continue to die rapidly.

“Identifying who has MND is the first step to understanding the cause of sporadic MND. The register will enable this. It will enable careful research into the environmental causes of MND, without which we will never understand the mechanisms involved.

“All people with MND want to be recognised. They want to be counted. They demand to be studied so that the cause of their disease is understood."​

ASIC warns insurers cash settlements should not short-change homeowners in need

Home insurers may be leaving Australians exposed to higher repair costs by using cash settlements in a significant percentage of claims, an ASIC review has found.

ASIC Commissioner Alan Kirkland said insurers who offer cash settlements need to be vigilant that their assessments reflect the true cost of repairs, and that consumers have enough information to make informed decisions.

‘For many homeowners, accepting a cash settlement, instead of the insurer managing repairs, can mean taking on the responsibility of finding tradespeople, overseeing repairs, dealing with unexpected costs and navigating issues that would otherwise be handled by the insurer,’ Mr Kirkland said.

ASIC’s review of insurer practices revealed that full cash settlements or partial cash settlements, where insurers repair or rebuild some of the damage, were used in at least 63% of ASIC-reviewed claims. For Cyclone Jasper, two of five insurers used them in more than 80% of claims.

‘While cash settlements can offer flexibility and faster resolution, consumers must be given enough information to understand what the settlement will cover, so they can make an informed choice.’ Mr Kirkland said.

More than half (52%) of the cash settlement offers ASIC reviewed were based on a single quote, with insurers often relying on quotes from preferred suppliers that may not reflect the price consumers face when arranging repairs themselves.

‘The easy option for insurers can be the expensive one for homeowners. If the amount falls short, consumers can be left shouldering the cost of repairs and paying the difference out of their own pocket,’ Mr Kirkland said.

‘If homeowners are taking on more work, more risk and potentially more costs, home insurers need to take this into account when offering to settle with cash.’

ASIC also identified concerning gaps in how insurers supported vulnerable consumers during the claims process.

‘Four of five insurers we reviewed failed to consistently apply policies in place for dealing with vulnerable customers and even when these customers were identified, some insurers did not record information or share it with third parties involved in the claim process,’ Mr Kirkland said.

ASIC also found that a settlement amount can increase significantly after a consumer lodges a complaint, raising concerns about the fairness of some initial offers made by insurers.

Mr Kirkland said, ‘Consumers shouldn't have to fight for a fair settlement. Australians have a right to expect a fair offer from the start.

‘Insurers need to ensure cash settlement offers are realistic, transparent and properly explained, and consumers need enough information to know if a cash payout will genuinely cover the cost of repairs, and if it is the right outcome for them.’

ASIC is calling on insurers to improve how they communicate cash settlement offers, provide clearer information about consumer rights and options, and ensure settlement amounts reflect realistic repair costs.


Background
ASIC reviewed the use of cash settlements in home insurance claims, examining where there were risks of consumer harm.

The review examined claims arising from Cyclone Jasper in Far North Queensland in 2023, as well as insurers' broader cash settlement practices and any improvements made since.

This work mirrors findings from ASIC’s follow up work in June 2025, assessing how general insurers had addressed areas for improvement identified in Report 768 Navigating the storm: ASIC’s review of home insurance claims, released in August 2023.

Insurers involved in this latest review included:
  • Insurance Australia Group (IAG), including Insurance Manufacturers of Australia Pty Ltd and Insurance Australia Limited
  • AAI Limited
  • QBE Insurance (Australia) Limited
  • Allianz Australia Insurance Limited
  • Sure Insurance Pty Ltd.

ACMA report reveals Australians’ changing news habits

A research report from the ACMA has revealed new insights into how Australian adults access and engage with news.

The News consumer segmentation report is designed to deepen understanding of Australians’ behaviours, habits and attitudes towards news media.

The report identifies seven groups of Australian news consumers and found that only two of these groups, representing a relatively small proportion of Australians, regularly consult multiple sources of news, seek different perspectives, and verify information. 

These behaviours require time and effort and are more common among older Australians and people who make news part of their regular routines. Many of these people developed their news habits in a pre-digital environment, where sources were fewer and more clearly defined.

For most Australians, news consumption is shaped by habit, convenience and time constraints. Younger and time-constrained audiences are more likely to favour digital sources or encounter news incidentally through social media, where content may be influenced by platform algorithms. 

Across the different audience groups, researchers found demand for more balanced reporting, clearer separation between fact and opinion, more diverse perspectives and stronger editorial standards. 

Exemption granted for New Energy Tech Consumer Code: ACCC

The ACCC has issued a final determination granting conditional exemption for the New Energy Tech Consumer Code, which sets minimum standards for how suppliers of new energy technology products and services deal with consumers.

The Code is administered by the Clean Energy Council. It is a voluntary industry code covering products and services such as solar systems, batteries, electric vehicle chargers and virtual power plants.

ACCC authorisation (an exemption from certain competition law provisions) is required because the Code involves competing businesses agreeing to common rules and standards, which could otherwise risk breaching Australia’s competition laws.

The ACCC has no role in developing, administering or enforcing the Code.

“After conducting an assessment, we conclude the Code does provide some public benefit, but its benefits are limited by the lack of independent dispute resolution, reliance on self-reported audits, and lack of transparency around breaches,” ACCC Commissioner Philip Williams said.

“These findings are consistent with the ACCC’s recent call for broader reforms, including an overarching consumer duty supported by energy-specific protections and the extension of Energy Ombuds scheme jurisdiction to include new energy products and services.”

The ACCC has imposed conditions requiring equal consumer and industry representation on the Code's compliance panel and regular public reporting on how the Code is operating.

“Our role through this authorisation assessment was to assess whether the likely public benefits of the Code outweigh any likely public detriments,” Dr Williams said.

“New energy technology products can be complex, and consumers may find it difficult to compare offers, understand contract terms or resolve problems when they arise.”

The ACCC has granted conditional authorisation for five years. It has also authorised the current Code for a further three months to allow time to transition to the amended Code.

Background
The New Energy Tech Consumer Code is a voluntary industry code covering products and services including solar systems, batteries, electric vehicle chargers and virtual power plants. It commenced in 2023, replacing the Solar Retailer Code of Conduct.

There are currently more than 2,300 signatories to the Code. It is administered by the Clean Energy Council and overseen by the New Energy Tech Consumer Code Council.

An independent review was recently completed, providing 10 recommendations to guide the next phase of the Code.

Since 2018, at the direction of the Australian Government, the ACCC has held an inquiry into the prices, profits and margins in relation to the supply of electricity in the National Electricity Market. The ACCC’s latest inquiry report was published on 10 July 2026.
Australian competition law allows the ACCC to authorise conduct that may otherwise raise competition law concerns when it is satisfied that the likely public benefits outweigh any likely public detriments.

Authorisation provides legal protection for the conduct covered by the authorisation. The ACCC may impose conditions to ensure the legal test continues to be met.

In assessing this application, the ACCC considered submissions from interested parties, the operation of the current Code, the proposed amendments and the recent independent review.

Critics claim trans people ‘defy biology’. New research suggests otherwise

A trans man stares out the window of his livingroom
staticnak1983/Getty Images
Ken Pang, Murdoch Children's Research Institute; Anja Ravine, Murdoch Children's Research Institute; Kellan Baker, Johns Hopkins University, and Will Conabere, Murdoch Children's Research Institute

Public debate surrounding transgender and gender diverse (trans) people often centres on one fundamental question: what makes someone trans?

Most of us would agree that our gender is not a choice, but a core part of who we are. When our gender aligns with the sex listed on our birth certificate, it’s rarely ever questioned. Instead, it’s treated as a biological reality.

However, when it comes to trans people, an alternate explanation is frequently floated: that trans identities and gender diversity are the result of environmental influences, such as social trends or peer pressure.

This framing treats a trans identity as a choice that can – and, implicitly, should – be unlearned.

Such messaging is increasingly being used to deny the existence of trans people, restrict access to medically necessary health care, and fuel discrimination.

Our study of twins challenges this idea and shows the likelihood of being trans is influenced by your genes.

The power of twin studies

Twin studies are a powerful tool in research. Identical twins share 100% of their genes, whereas non-identical twins share 50% on average – the same as non-twin siblings.

By comparing these two types of twins, we can explore the extent to which genetics and the environment contribute to human traits.

If genes are involved, we expect identical twins to share traits (for example, both identifying as trans) more often than non-identical twins, simply due to their higher degree of genetic similarity.

Conversely, if genes aren’t involved, we expect to see similar rates of shared traits among identical and non-identical pairs.

Our research examined data from 463 twin pairs where at least one was trans – the most comprehensive analysis on this topic to date.

After determining whether twin pairs were identical or non-identical, we measured how often both twins were trans, compared to instances where only one was trans.

What we found

Our results showed that among identical twins, if one was trans, the likelihood that the other was also trans was 21.2%.

For non-identical twins, this rate was significantly lower, at 8.7% – though this was still well above the 1–2% prevalence of trans identities in the general population.

Non-twin siblings weren’t included in our research, but we’d expect their rate would be similar to that seen among non-identical twins.

If being trans were purely a social phenomenon, we would not see this step-wise difference where the chance of being trans goes up with increasing genetic similarity.

Our data thus provide strong evidence that genes are involved.

More than just genes

It’s also important to highlight another finding in our data – that most twin pairs, even among those who are identical, are not both trans.

This comes as no surprise to researchers who study twins, who have documented similar patterns for many other human traits.

Almost all human traits, such as personality characteristics, height, and sexuality, are shaped by both genetic and environmental factors.

It’s likely that gender identity is the same.

Interplay of genetics and the environment

Genes and the environment do not act independently, and the influence of genetics on any complex human trait does not stem from variations in a single gene.

Rather, hundreds or even thousands of genes work alongside and react to environmental influences to form an enormous range of human characteristics.

Environmental factors can affect the activity of our genes throughout the course of our lives. Such environmental influences encompass the full breadth of human experiences, all the way back to conception.

Both identical and non-identical twins share environmental experiences, especially within the womb and as children raised together in the same family.

But each twin also has unique experiences that contribute to their individual differences. So, it really is a complex interplay between genes and the environment.

Why this matters for public understanding

Many anti-trans arguments rely on a belief that gender diversity is entirely socially determined.

This myth is frequently weaponised to frame trans identities as optional or reversible. Too often, this becomes a justification for hostile public attitudes and for stripping basic legal protections from trans people.

The belief that being trans is purely a social phenomenon also provides a rationale for harmful identity change and suppression practices (also known as conversion therapy).

Every major Australian and United States medical association has condemned these practices.

However, a recent US Supreme Court case and other national and state policy developments in the US in particular are increasingly providing cover for those performing these harmful practices.

A complex and enduring human trait

Our findings provide a crucial correction to this harmful public discourse. They confirm that genes and their related biological pathways play a role in shaping gender identity.

Fears of trans identities being a social trend or response to peer pressure – and related shifts in policies to restrict trans people’s basic rights – are at odds with the scientific evidence.

Gender diversity has existed across millennia and is an inherent part of human diversity. It’s time law and society caught up.The Conversation

Ken Pang, Senior Principal Research Fellow and Group Leader, Transgender Health Research Group, Murdoch Children's Research Institute; Anja Ravine, Research Fellow, Transgender Health Research Group, Murdoch Children's Research Institute; Kellan Baker, Senior Advisor for Health Policy, Johns Hopkins University, and Will Conabere, Researcher, Murdoch Children's Research Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

41% of surveyed Australian teens now get their news from AI: new research

A young boy looks at a mobile phone in a dark room.
Towfiqu Barbhuiya/ Pexels
Tanya Notley, Western Sydney University; Jee Young Lee, University of Canberra, and Michael Dezuanni, Queensland University of Technology

The way Australians consume news has been changing for the past 30 years, ever since internet use became widespread.

Long gone are the days when families routinely shared bits of the newspaper over breakfast, or crowded around the 6 o'clock television news at night.

Since 2017, we have been tracking young people’s media engagement, to understand how they get their news.

This time, we found some young people are bypassing traditional outlets, reducing their use of social media sources and getting their news from artificial intelligence (AI) summaries using platforms such as Google search and tools like ChatGPT.

Are young people interested in the news?

Every three years, we ask at least 1,000 children and teens to complete our online survey. We use quotas for age, location, gender and parental education level to ensure respondents reflect the diversity of today’s young Australians.

Our 2026 survey results show a significant shift in young people’s news engagement, with an overall decline for young people aged 10–16 years*.

Across nearly every indicator, young people are less engaged with news than they were in our previous survey in 2023.

Young people who report following up on news after hearing about something happening in the world fell from 70% to 59%. Those following social media accounts for news fell from 41% to 29%. Checking news websites or apps is down from 38% to 33%.

Where do young people get their news?

Across the four surveys since 2017, family has always been the most common and trusted source of news for both children and teenagers.

But as children move into their teenage years, they also turn to other sources.

Social media has become a common source of news for young people since our first survey, rising from 53% in 2017 to 61% in 2020, during the early days of the pandemic.

But this trend has since reversed, falling to 41% in 2026. The latest decline is likely to be linked in part to the social media ban. This became law in December 2025, two months before our survey was in the field.

AI as a news source is new

In the latest survey, for the first time we asked young people about their use of AI to get news.

Already, 28% of children aged 10–12 report they are using an AI tool to ask about news often or sometimes, rising to 41% among teens aged 13–17.

This could be via AI summaries of the news (which are hard to avoid on Google) or by asking AI tools a question. For example, by typing in “what happened in Nepal?”.

This makes Al tools the second most common way young people proactively seek out news. It is also level with news websites or apps and ahead of social media, TV and radio.

This widespread use of AI to get news raises questions about whether young people are being prepared in school for this kind of news engagement, particularly when we know AI can sometimes be wrong or biased.

What’s happening in schools?

Encouragingly, more than half (61%) of young people discussed a news story in school in the past year often or sometimes. However, only around a quarter (26%) learned how to write or produce their own news stories.

Through the process of making their own news stories, students can learn about key elements of high-quality news: fact-checking, fair representation and the right of reply.

Students can also learn how the news can intersect with their own interests and how they can have a voice in their communities.

Decades of research tells us news engagement and civic engagement are closely entwined: when people feel informed about social issues and events, they are more likely to respond and take action.

Our survey findings reflect this. For example, 80% of young people who are highly engaged with news report working with others to address local problems, compared with only 43% of those who have low engagement with news. They are also much more likely to become involved in a cause and volunteer.

Why this matters

Children and young people have as much right to be informed about their communities and societies as anyone else. It’s also important for our democracy that young people’s voices are heard by adults on the issues that impact them.

To address this, families can support discussion of news in the home, and news providers can increase the representation of young people in the news.

Meanwhile, schools can draw attention to the importance of news and provide opportunities for young people to engage with and produce their own news. Schools can also support discussions about the benefits and risks around different forms of news, including news that is generated by AI.


*Previous surveys included young people aged 8–16 while the 2026 survey includes those aged 10–17. When comparing results across surveys we only include those aged 10–16. In all other cases we included data for those aged 10–17.

Sora Park and Simon Chambers were coauthors of the report mentioned in this article.The Conversation

Tanya Notley, Professor in Digital Media, Western Sydney University; Jee Young Lee, Lecturer, News & Media Research Centre, University of Canberra, and Michael Dezuanni, Professor, Digital Media Research Centre, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

AI is set to boost productivity and will have a ‘profound’ impact on the jobs market: Treasury

Michelle Grattan, University of Canberra

Artificial intelligence (AI) should help Australia achieve its long term productivity target, while having “profound” effects on the labour market.

These are among the conclusions of a detailed analysis of the economic implications of AI prepared by Treasury for Treasurer Jim Chalmers.

As of March, Australia had 162 operational data centres. Another about 130 centres are proposed, taking Australia to nearly 300 operating or planned facilities.

The government is preparing legislation to cover conditions including requirements for the centres on their energy and water use. Data centres will have to bring new renewable energy sources although at last week’s National Cabinet Minister Anthony Albanese agreed to give Queensland and the Northern Territory some flexibility on this.

While the Treasury analysis is generally positive, it is also hedged with uncertainty about the longer term implications of a technology that is still in its early stages.

The analysis says that on current evidence AI will support its assumption of a long term growth in productivity of 1.2% annually. But it won’t be able to do it alone.

In 2024–25 labour productivity declined, and over the past decade it has been mostly flat.

“Reaching the long term productivity growth assumption of 1.2% per annum requires a significant improvement in growth over the transition period,” the paper says.

“The [Productivity Commission’s] quantitative estimates imply that AI will generate some, but not all of the baseline productivity growth in Treasury’s assumption.”

But there are possible risks to this progress, such as trade barriers and geopolitical tensions. Treasury spells out upside and downside scenarios.

There is a plausible upside scenario in which high rates of AI-driven innovation at the global frontier and its diffusion to Australia lift long-term productivity growth to within the range of 1.5–2%.

However, there is also a realistic downside scenario in which the pace of AI innovation and diffusion are weak, and offsetting structural headwinds keep productivity growth around its current underlying rate (0.5–0.8%).

Who’s using AI in Australia?

So far, AI has had limited effects on the labour market, but they will accelerate, albeit unevenly across sectors, the paper says.

“AI will not affect all workers or places equally. It may shift the division of labour across occupations, regions and sectors, depending on exposure, skills and capacity to adapt.”

Information, telecommunications, professional services, finance and insurance are presently having the highest rates of adoption.

While two-thirds of businesses in Australia report adopting AI in some form, less than 10 per cent describe their adoption as significant. This likely reflects the stage of AI development, with many more ways to use AI developing over time.

The paper says AI has the potential to have a bigger impact on high-skilled non-routine and cognitive jobs, augmenting some and automating others. Earlier GPT waves primarily automated physical and routine jobs.

Larger firms may adopt AI faster, while smaller firms may face barriers associated with skills, data, computing capacity, cloud infrastructure and access to foundation models.

Because AI has the potential to automate a significant share of cognitive, non-routine tasks currently performed by high-skilled workers, and accelerate productivity and economic growth, labour market impacts could be materially different to past waves of technology.

The effects are likely to be profound. The ability of the labour market to adjust will depend on the magnitude and timing of the positive technology shock, how it is adopted and diffused throughout global and domestic economies, and how well policy settings adapt to the changing economic environment.

Treasury says where workers use AI to perform better, output per worker increases. “This supports wage growth, labour’s share of income and employment.”

Implications for interest rates

With AI in a phase of high investment, there could be a change to the “real neutral interest rate”, the paper says. (This rate is the point at which monetary policy is neither restricting or stimulating the economy.)

AI hyperscalers are increasingly resorting to issuing debt to fund their capital expenditure programs, demonstrating that AI-driven demand on the global savings pool is already beginning to grow.

This could be partially offset by increased household savings, either as precautionary saving from households who are uncertain about AI’s impact on their future employment and income or in expectation of a longer retirement from an AI advancement driving longer life expectancy.

The pressure would be reduced if productivity impacts are lower than expected or if external factors like geopolitical risks affects investment, the paper says.

Its discussion on interest rates is in a generic context, rather than specifically referring to Australia.

Chalmers said that AI “is shaping up to be the biggest economic transformation in our lifetime.” It would affect every aspect of the economy and society.

“I’m confident we can maximise the economic upside and minimise the risks.”

He said AI would be “front and centre” in the Intergenerational Report to be released in September.

“Almost every advanced economy is grappling with how to lift productivity, but as Treasury puts it, AI is the first substantive and credible productivity growth accelerant in almost two decades.

"Advances in AI are coming thick and fast, with frontier labs reaching new milestones in a matter of weeks, not years.”

Chalmers said the government was acting to ensure Australians reap the productivity, investment and jobs benefits from AI.

“We’re working with the states, private sector and the broader community to build a thriving and sustainable data centre industry, attract investment to train AI models here and make Australians beneficiaries from the entire AI supply chain.

"We’re helping businesses and workers access the tools they need to adopt and adapt to AI, and developing world-leading principles to do all this in the safe, responsible way Australians expect.”The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Where is AI headed? Two media theorists from the 1960s can help us figure it out

Nick Kelly, Queensland University of Technology

The 1960s were a time of great change in technology, culture and politics. Television was radically altering the media environment, and nobody was quite sure how to think about it.

As the world struggles with the impact of another new high-tech medium – generative artificial intelligence (AI) – two thinkers from that era have acquired new relevance for understanding what is happening and where we’re heading.

Investors are sinking billions of dollars into AI companies and data centres in the belief that AI will change the world. But how should we think about AI? Is it a powerful tool we should embrace to avoid becoming Luddites? A type of intelligence we should be collaborating with?

A different view is to consider the likes of ChatGPT and Claude as new mediums that are reshaping our communicative environment. This is where our 1960s thinkers can help: Canadian philosopher Marshall McLuhan and French theorist Guy Debord both offered key lessons in how media work and how they affect society.

AI as medium

In the early days of the printing press, it was used to produce copies of the Bible. TV relied on theatre and radio for much of its early content. The internet was first mostly used for sending electronic “mail” and exchanging “files”.

McLuhan noticed the pattern here. New media are initially used to recreate content from old media. But then we see novel kinds of content appear that are native to the new media. Television, for example, led to the advent of reality TV, 24-hour news coverage, and other forms that uniquely suited the medium.

We’re still in the early days with generative AI. People use it to produce old content in a new medium: writing essays, generating pop songs, spawning web pages, and so on.

Hints of genuinely new forms of AI-enabled communication are starting to emerge. Google’s Project Genie generates explorable worlds in real time on demand. In academia, we are seeing experiments with books as linked modules with embedded prompts.

This matters because, in McLuhan’s famous phrase, “the medium is the message”. Whether you’re watching live-streaming influencers or nature documentaries, you’re still staring at a screen. If you’re interfacing with AI systems instead of humans over a long period of time, it will change how you experience the world.

Living inside the spectacle

What kinds of technologies get developed in our society? Debord argued that capitalist societies proliferate media technologies that turn our lives into a sequence of engagements with commodified representations.

In his 1967 work The Society of the Spectacle, Debord predicted that much of what was simply experienced would become mediated by technologies. At that time, TV was the dominant new medium.

In the mobile era, that trend went further. People started to keep in touch with friends through social media, to meet romantic partners online, to conduct political activity through clicks, and to entertain themselves with “content” anywhere, anytime.

Things that used to be spontaneous were now happening through a medium, and could hence be monetised. AI has expanded what can be mediated and commodified even further.

There is no conspiracy here. But companies have an enormous incentive to invest in developing and using new technologies to hack the human psyche.

Anything that can capture our attention and shape our behaviour is worth serious money. Whoever invents the next Facebook or TikTok will reap a huge payout.

Debord would suggest the way to predict AI’s trajectory is to consider what’s left in a human life that’s outside the economy and then ask, “how might some kind of AI-infused medium take this over?” Entertainment, exercise, sleep, friendships, romance, food and so on.

AI will take technological mediation of our lives even further. As Debord wrote in 1967:

When the real world is transformed into mere images, mere images become real beings – dynamic figments that provide the direct motivations for a hypnotic behaviour.

Media technologies will continue to make us more alienated from one another. They will divert our attention from the sensory experiences of our lives towards consuming content and goods. All of which is great for GDP, but dubious with regard to the quality of human lives or the environment.

Cutting through the narratives

Humans are a social species. Our lives are built on communication through media, whether that be with friends and family through speech, dead authors through print, or an AI girlfriend through a large language model.

Thinking about AI as media, rather than as a tool or an intelligence, lets us ask the right questions. Instead of asking “what can AI do?” we should be asking “how does AI change our media environment?”

AI could change the media environment in a positive way. It could lead to less time responding to emails, filling in administrative forms, doing menial work tasks or conducting performative assessments in schools. Less time in front of a computer screen and more time in the park with friends.

Debord’s idea suggests this is not the future we will get unless we radically change course. The current huge investment of capital in AI can be read as a bet on a future media environment that ensnares more human attention and mediates our lives in new and invasive ways.

Things don’t have to go this way. As McLuhan wrote almost 60 years ago:

There is absolutely no inevitability as long as there is a willingness to contemplate what is happening.The Conversation

Nick Kelly, Associate Professor in Interaction Design, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

AI is eating website traffic, websites are blocking AI – and reliable information is getting harder to find

Abstract image of a swirling pattern of pixels.
Damien Geso / Getty Images
Dana McKay, RMIT University and Damiano Spina, RMIT University

For 30 years, the world wide web has run on a surprisingly profound social contract: most sites are free for search engines to access, but if you use their content you give credit by linking to the source.

Recently, that social contract has begun to collapse. Artificial intelligence (AI) tools are crawling sites not to link to them, but to train models and generate answers (which may or may not be accurate).

When you search for something, ChatGPT’s response or Google’s AI Overviews may still include links to sources, but they’re a kind of optional extra to the main answer.

This has triggered a bad dynamic for website owners, the public, and even AI companies themselves: as websites lose traffic (and revenue), many are beginning to block AI scraping tools, meaning AI results depend more on low-quality websites (many of which are also generated by AI). As a result, good information can be harder than ever to find.

How we got here

In the early days of the world wide web, search engines and content creators came to an agreement about crawling (the practice of technologically examining a site to index it, so it can be served up in search results). Content creators would provide access to their sites for free, and even allow search engines to reproduce small snippets of text.

In return, search engines provided links to the sites owned by content creators, who benefited from that web traffic. If content creators didn’t like the deal, they could prevent search engines from crawling their site with instructions in a file called robots.txt.

But if AI tools no longer provide web traffic, it cuts content creators out of the economic loop. There are also other costs associated with each visit to a website, so AI crawling can cost website providers money while not giving them any of the ad or other revenue that would come from human traffic. AI crawlers also crawl more deeply and more intensely than traditional web crawlers, magnifying that cost.

This change in traffic patterns isn’t a small or hypothetical problem. Cloudflare, a web hosting and service company that manages 30% or more of the top 10,000 sites on the internet, estimates over half of all web traffic is now AI bots.

Some of this will be AI agents supervised directly by people, but the majority will be crawlers. Site owners can use robots.txt to ask AI crawlers to stay off their sites – but some AI companies may ignore this polite request.

If the AI companies do honour the request, that can create a different problem. Sites containing misinformation are far less likely to ban AI crawlers, so the AI answers won’t be informed by high-quality sources.

What’s happening in the short term

On the horizon is an event dubbed “Google Zero” – the day when through-traffic from Google drops to nothing. While some greyhaired diehards (like one of the authors of this piece) might still click through to verify AI answers, this traffic is rapidly dwindling, as a direct result of AI summaries.

A study of Wikipedia confirms this, showing that traffic in the English language version of the site dropped off quickly with the launch of AI summaries on Google in English, and that the same pattern occurred in other languages as AI summaries were rolled out. Never having to click through to get an answer might seem great for information seekers, but the reality is more complex.

Many sites are now blocking AI crawlers altogether. Site owners who decide to block AI crawlers are less likely to be linked in AI Overviews answers, even when the AI tool can still access the content to ground its answers (using a technique called retrieval-augmented generation).

Alternative “pay to crawl” models have been suggested as a way to compensate content creators, but haven’t gained traction.

Come September 15, Cloudflare sites will block AI crawlers by default on pages that contain advertising (and therefore make money for content creators).

This means up to 30% of the world’s top sites will no longer appear in Google AI Overviews summaries. It also means that much of what AI is being trained on will itself be AI-generated text.

What it means for you

So what does this mean when you’re looking for information? The quality of AI summaries is likely to go down, at least in the short term, while the new economics of the web get sorted out.

This will happen for two reasons. The first is that high-quality content is less likely to go into those AI summaries – one recent study found that already, around 1 in 6 sources used by AI search tools is itself an AI-generated website.

The second reason is that, as AI models are trained on more AI text, their output may degrade (a phenomenon known as model collapse).

As a result, search engines that depend less on AI may become more reliable. The challenge is finding one that doesn’t use an AI-based crawler. They do exist: ZDNet recommends Mojeek, PCMag recommends Brave, and Ban the Bots lists several, including one specifically for “small producer” content such as blogs.

For now, whatever search engine you’re using, the best thing you can do is to scroll down and click on some actual search results. This benefits content creators, and is also more likely to give you more accurate information.The Conversation

Dana McKay, Associate Dean, Interaction, Technology and Information, RMIT University and Damiano Spina, Senior Lecturer, School of Computing Technologies, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia’s government now has $1 trillion in debt. Four charts on how we got here and its cost

Rows and rows of stacked $100 notes
Mirza Kadic/iStock/Getty Images
Matthew Crocker, Deakin University

The Australian government’s debt has just hit A$1 trillion again. And, unlike when it briefly hit that mark for the first time in mid-August, this time it’s set to stay above $1 trillion and keep climbing.

The federal government expects it to rise above $1.2 trillion by 2030, the equivalent of 35% of Australia’s gross domestic product (GDP) – seven times higher than it was a generation ago.

If you also add in the debt from state and territory governments, the total is already above 50% of Australia’s GDP.

How did we get here? And what does it cost us in growing interest bills?

How debt rose over a generation

In 2002 under the Howard government, net debt was about 5% of GDP, down from around 19% in 1996-1997.

For consecutive years, the federal government collected more money than it spent and did not issue debt – that is, it didn’t need to borrow more money because the federal budget was in surplus. This was widely celebrated.

But financial markets raised concerns that if the government stopped selling government bonds, it would risk financial instability. So the Howard government continued to issue government bonds.

With the global financial crisis (2008-09) and COVID-19 pandemic (2020-21) demanding governments spend more than they could collect in revenue, successive Labor and Coalition governments sold bonds to meet this shortfall.

What does it cost us in interest?

Apart from promising to repay any borrowed money, the federal government makes interest payments on its outstanding debt.

The 2026 budget showed public debt interest payments have been the fastest growing area of federal spending.

How do we compare globally?

Australian government debt relative to the economy is similar to New Zealand (56.7% of its GDP) and South Korea (54.4%). And it’s lower than the average for advanced economies (108.2%).

Is there a debt limit?

In theory, yes. In practice, no.

In 2008, a law was passed to limit the federal government’s debt to no more than $75 billion without parliamentary approval – but it didn’t last long. In 2013, that hard debt ceiling was scrapped, under a deal between the Coalition government and the Greens. Instead, the treasurer can now update the debt limit.

Since 2008, both Labor and Coalition governments have increased the limit multiple times. Today it’s set to $1.2 trillion.

Looking ahead

The federal budget is projected to return to balance in 2034–35, with a surplus of 0.8% of GDP in 2036–37. However, the independent Parliamentary Budget Office cautioned in July that that forecast was built on an “unrealistic” assumption that future governments wouldn’t provide more personal income tax cuts for a decade.

Since 2003, under both Coalition and Labor governments, Australia has maintained a triple-A credit rating with the world’s three big credit ratings agencies. This means Australia is perceived to be at the lowest risk of defaulting on its debts.

We should take comfort knowing that since 1911 there has been a law that guarantees the federal government will repay its debt.

The size of the government’s debt is monumental. And the interest repayments are large, and still growing.

But our debt is more manageable than many other comparable developed countries. And the federal government has never missed a repayment on its debts, no matter who’s been in charge.

There is little reason to think that will ever change in future.The Conversation

Matthew Crocker, Graduate Researcher Teaching Fellow, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week One September 2026: Issue 658 (Published Sunday August 30)

 

Avalon Bulldogs Win Back-To-Back A Grade Premierships!!

Pittwater Online News album available tomorrow (Monday August 31 - link will be sent to clubs) - full report next week. Pic: AJG/PON

Newport Breakers Secure A 2026 Season Trifecta!

Newport Rugby Club have taken out 3 of the 5 Grades in Division Two of Suburban Rugby (Subbies) and won all three of the Grand Finals Games they played in on Saturday August 29.

Newport Rugby Club won the 2026 Richardson Cup on the bell in a thriller against St Patricks, 22-20 in the Grand Final at Concord Oval.

2026 Richardson Cup winners

Soon after Newport was happy again, for taking out the Blunt Cup in a 20-19 victory over Forest. 

2026 Blunt Cup winners

After an extraordinary game of footy, running in excess of 100 minutes, Newport snatched the First Grade Barraclough Cup from UNSW in the last seconds of extra time with a final score of 46-44. If we hadn’t seen it, we wouldn’t have believed it! Suggest you watch the replay on NSW Rugby TV.  Congratulations Newport. You’ll be talking about this one for a while.

2026 Barraclough Cup winners

Newport Rugby Club (The Breakers) played in Division Two in the 2026 Season with clubs competing for the Barraclough, Stockdale, Robertson (U21 Colts), Blunt and Richardson Cups.

Newport Rugby Club remains among the 'best of the best' in suburban rugby union, having won the Barraclough Cup and Blunt Cup in 2024, and were also Division 2 Club Champions for 2024. The year before, Newport were Robertson Cup winners in 2023

Suburban Rugby Cups: "What are you playing for?"

Barraclough: Presented 1969. John Barraclough (Colleagues) Union Patron, John Barraclough, AM (1926 - 2005) and his father, H.H Barraclough, presented this cup to the MSDRU in 1969 for a new one team competition that arose with the rapid increase of clubs at the time. In 1971, following a restructuring of sub-district rugby competitions, the Barraclough Cup headed the new sub-district second division, and continues to this day.

Stockdale:  Presented 1971. Ted Stockdale (Briars). Presented to the MSDRU by Ted Stockdale, a previous Secretary of the Union, in 1971, this cup was first won by AMP.

Blunt:  Presented 1971. Charles Blunt (ARU President) Donated in 1971 by ARU President Charles Blunt, who was patron of the MSDRU from 1965 to 1989. The cup was first won by Manly.

Richardson:  Presented 1971. Eric Richardson (Newington Old Boys) Also introduced in 1971 by Eric Richardson of Newington Old Boys. Eric had a long involvement with Newington Old Boys, particularly as  a coach. At the time this cup provided an extra competition for those second division clubs with extra teams, with the remainder of teams in the comp being one team clubs. By 1981, the Richardson Cup and second division was only available to four team sub-district clubs.

Robertson:  Presented 1981. Brian Robertson (Hunters Hill). Named after former Suburban Chairman (1978-80), Brian Robertson, this cup was first won by Port Hacking. After not being contested between 1988-93, the Robertson Cup was revived to become the Colts trophy for second division.

Reliance Shield: Presented 1983. Reliance Club.  "The Reliance Club Shield" was presented to the the SSDRU in 1983 for the Division Two Club Champions, by surviving members of the Reliance Club of Ashfield.

*Cup histories courtesy of "The Game for the Game Itself - The History of Sub-District Rugby in Sydney".

Photos: NSW Suburban Rugby Union (Subbies)

 

Milla Coco Brown Wins Noosa Pro Junior 

NOOSA, Queensland, Australia (Wednesday August 26, 2026) 

Today, Milla Coco Brown (Bungan Boardriders- Pittwater/AUS) and Willem Watson (Victoria, AUS) won the inaugural Murf Electric Bikes Noosa Pro Junior Presented by Surfboard Empire World Surf League (WSL) event. The pair overcame a massive field of Australia and Oceania’s best 20-and-under surfers in small but fun waves at Noosa’s Sunshine Beach. 

Milla Coco Brown (Bungan Boardriders - AUS) chaired to victory at the 2026 Murf Electric Bikes Noosa Pro Junior, presented by Surfboard Empire. Credit: WSL / SQ

Today’s win was Milla Coco Brown’s second event win for the season and enough to catapult her into the top spot on the WSL Australia / Oceania Rankings to not only win the regional series but also book a spot at this year's WSL World Junior Championships to be held in El Salvador this November. 

After just sneaking through the Quarterfinals, Brown’s trademark progression and speed saw her claim dominant wins in the Semifinals and eventually the Final, where she overcame Siqi Yang (CHN), Willow Hardy (AUS) and Stella Green (AUS), who finished in second, third and fourth respectively. 

“It’s been a big day for me,” Brown said. 

“I had to win the Final to win the series, and now I get the big silver trophy, so I’m frothing. Finding out that I’m off to the World Junior Championships is amazing as well; I can’t wait for that. I knew it before the Final, which took a lot of the pressure off.” 

Milla Coco Brown (AUS) in the Finals for the 2026 Murf Electric Bikes Noosa Pro Junior, presented by Surfboard Empire. Credit: WSL / SQ

Willem Watson (AUS) broke through today to claim his maiden WSL Pro Junior win with an epic performance at Sunshine Beach. Watson was a standout on Finals Day, posting an excellent 8.50 (out of a possible 10) on his way to the Final, where he eventually overcame Max McGilivray (AUS), Darcy Dwyer (AUS) and Sol Gruendling (AUS), who finished in second, third and fourth respectively. 

“It feels so good to get a win,” Watson said. “Especially with it being the last event of the year and at home, it just makes it that much more special. Having family and friends on the beach was so cool, and I think it definitely helped me today.”

Willem Watson (AUS) on his way to winning the 2026 Murf Electric Bikes Noosa Pro Junior, presented by Surfboard Empire. Credit: WSL / SQ

With her third-place finish today, Willow Hardy (AUS) dropped out of first on the rankings but was able to hang onto second place to also solidify a spot at the upcoming World Junior Championships.

On the men’s side, after a dominating season and a win earlier this week on the Tweed Coast, Ocean Lancaster (AUS) was able to hang on to the top spot in the rankings to earn his spot at the World Junior Championships. Finishing in second on the men’s rankings was reigning WSL World Junior Champion Dane Henry (AUS). 

Lancaster's performances also saw him claim the inaugural MURF Coast Cup as the top performer across the Murf Electric Bikes Tweed Coast Pro Junior and Murf Electric Bikes Noosa Pro Junior Presented by Surfboard Empire events. China’s Siqi Yang (CHN) dominated the women’s with a first- and second-place finish at each event, respectively. 

Siqi Yang and Ocean Lancaster Win 2026 MURF Electric Bikes Tweed Coast Pro Junior

On Sunday August 23 Siqi Yang (CHN) and Ocean Lancaster (AUS) claimed impressive wins over the weekend at the MURF Electric Bikes Tweed Coast Pro Junior World Surf League (WSL) event. The pair overcame a field of nearly 100 of the Australia/Oceania region's best surfers aged 20 and under in super fun waves at Duranbah Beach. The event formed half of the MURF Coast Cup, a two-event series that will determine the final qualifiers for the WSL World Junior Surfing Championships that will take place in El Salvador in November.

Siqi Yang (CHN) claimed a historic win on the Tweed Coast, becoming only the second ever Chinese surfer to win a WSL event and the first to ever win one outside of China. Yang was one of three Chinese surfers in the women's event and did her country proud, posting the highest two-wave heat total of the entire event in the Final for her super fast and powerful approach. Yang's 13.16 (out of a possible 20) combination was enough to overcome Willow Hardy (AUS), Charli Hately (AUS), and Milla Coco Brown (AUS), who finished second, third and fourth respectively.

"This is my first WSL win and definitely the biggest of my career, so I'm really happy," Yang said. "The waves have been really fun all event but a little bit tricky, so I'm happy with how I adapted in my heats. All of the girls here are amazing surfers, so it feels good to win here."

Ocean Lancaster (AUS) continued his superb run of form in 2026, claiming another event win to go with a runner-up finish to consolidate himself at the top of the Junior rankings and almost guarantee himself a spot at this year's WSL World Junior Championships. Lancaster was in solid form all event, posting consistent heat totals throughout the rounds to eventually claim victory over Jesse Fergusson (AUS), Keenan Crisp (AUS), and Harley Walters (AUS) in the Final.

"My goal at this event was to win it as I have such a strong eye on qualifying for the World Juniors," Lancaster said. "I just came from competing in the Padang Cup in Indo, so I really needed to adjust from surfing pumping waves, but fortunately we had good waves here, which was sick. I really wanted my surfing to do the talking more than just my competing, so I'm glad I got to show what I've got on the waves and put it all on the line. This win is super important in the scheme of WJC qualification, and that's my biggest goal this year, so I'm so happy to take the win."

Attention then turned to the Murf Electric Bikes Noosa Pro Junior, which kicked off Monday August 24 on the Sunshine Coast and would determine the winners of this year's WSL Australia / Oceania Pro Junior Series and who will represent the region at the WSL World Junior Championships that will take place in El Salvador in November.

Ocean Lancaster (AUS) and Siqi Yang (CHN) win inaugural Murf Coast Cup. Credit: WSL / SQ

Siqi Yang surfing her way to a win in the MURF Electric Bikes Tweed Coast Pro Junior World Surf League (WSL) event. Photo:  WSL / Trav Johnson

Women's Presentation on Wednesday August 26. Credit: WSL / SQ

The MURF Electric Bikes Tweed Coast Pro Junior ran as part of the MURF Coast Cup on the Tweed Coast, NSW, Australia from August 22 - 23, 2026.

The Murf Electric Bikes Noosa Pro Junior Presented by Surfboard Empire ran as part of the MURF Coast Cup at Sunshine Beach Noosa, Queensland, Australia, from August 25 - 26, 2026. 

About the WSL

The World Surf League (WSL) is the global home of competitive surfing, crowning World Champions since 1976 and showcasing the world’s best surfing. The WSL oversees surfing’s global competitive landscape and sets the standard for elite performance in the most dynamic playing field in all of sports. With a firm commitment to its values, the WSL prioritizes the protection of the ocean, equality, and the sport’s rich heritage, while championing progression and innovation.

For more information and results, head to WorldSurfLeague.com

 

Banksias of Pittwater

In Pittwater’s bush surrounds and park reserves varieties of Banksias are out at present in bright yellows and deeper oranges in spikes that are round and full heads of fine yellow strands or more compact combs. In fact, all year round you will see a coastal banksia in bloom as these trees are putting forth new flowers just as old ones are finishing. In this way there is food for the birds and possums and other wildlife throughout the year, through the nectar produced by their flowers and the old seed cones waiting to sprout a new tree, somewhere nearby.

old seed cones and one banksia bloom 

Banksia is a genus of around 170 species in the prehistoric plant  family Proteaceae. There are around 72 kinds of known banksias and new ones still being found. These Australian wildflowers are also popular garden plants and easily recognised by their characteristic flower spikes and fruiting "cones" and heads. 

They range in size from woody shrubs to trees over 30 metres tall. Each species thrives in landscapes that suit and promote their growth, along our sandstone coasts and heathlands, in sclerophyll forests, rainforests, beside sandy beaches and in stony soil, and even more arid landscapes. Their leaves vary between varieties and sizes range from the narrow, 1–1½ centimetre long leaves of B. ericifolia (Heath-leaved Banksia), to the large leaves of B. grandis (Bull Banksia); these may exceed 45 centimetres. Most species have serrated edges, but a few, such as B. integrifolia, have spikes alike pine needles. This green to grey foliage grows along the branches in irregular spirals in some species while in others they they are crowded together in whorls. Many species have differing juvenile and adult leaves (e.g. Banksia integrifolia has large serrated juvenile leaves).  A single banksia has hundreds, and in some species, thousands of flowers attached to a central stem (inflorescence) and range in colour from the yellows and light greens of the immature ones we see now, to deeper pinks, reds and even purple species have been recorded.

 Banksia integrifolia, commonly known as coast banksia

Named after Joseph Banks by Carolus Linnaeus the Younger in his April 1782 publication Supplementum Plantarum; hence the full name for the genus is "Banksia L.f.", the genus name honours the English  botanist  Sir Joseph Banks, who collected the first Banksia specimens in 1770, during James Cook's first expedition to Australia.

The illustrations that form part of this page are by Sydney Parkinson, a young man who accompanied Banks on the Endeavour voyage and sketched and illustrated close to 950 specimens of plants and coloured himself nearly 270 of these. Unfortunately Sydney Parkinson contracted malaria near Java on the way home and died soon after the Endeavour reached South Africa. Some of these may have been coloured by John Frederick Miller who was also employed in an illustrator’s capacity, along with seven others, on Bank’s return. The colourists could also refer to the specimens themselves, which were now part of Banks' herbarium at his home. A great Florilegium  (anthology of flowers) of his work appears in the work was finally published in 1988 by Alecto Historical Editions in 35 volumes and has been digitized by the Natural History Museum in London.

The varieties currently in flower, which you may see in your own neighbourhood and in the bush resreves, are Banksia integrifolia, known to Eora people as Courriddjah, Banksia ericifolia, Heath-leaved Banksia, called Wadanggari by the Cadigal peoples, Banksia paludosa , Swamp Banksia, Banksia serrata , Old-man Banksia, known as Wiriyagan to the Cadigal, Banksia robur , Swamp Banksia, Banksia spinulosa, Hairpin Banksia, Banksia spinulosa var. collina, Hairpin Banksia, Banksia spinulosa var. spinulosa, Hairpin Banksia, Banksia integrifolia, Coast banksia, Banksia integrifolia subsp. integrifolia L.f. Golden Candlestick Banksia, Hairpin Banksia; Scientific Name: Banksia spinulosa, and Banksia oblongifolia Cav

We've taken some photos of those we see around here for you:

                                               

                                                              

To our indigenous peoples they were associated with spirituality, particularly the kind named Old Man Banksia, which was associated with women’s spirituality. Banksias were also used to carry fire as the smouldering cones could be carried for long distances.

In our culture some associate banksias with May Gibb's "Banksia men" from May Gibbs' Snugglepot and Cuddlepie children's book. Gibb's "Banksia men" are modelled on the appearance of aged Banksia "cones", with follicles for eyes and other facial features. There is some contention over which species actually provided the inspiration for the "Banksia men": the drawings most resemble the old cones of B. aemula, but B. attenuata (Slender Banksia) has also been cited, as this was the species that Gibbs saw as a child in Western Australia.

There is also the Banksia Environmental Foundation created in 1989 to support and recognise people and organizations that make a positive contribution to the environment. The Foundation launched its annual Banksia Environmental Awards in the same year.

Sydney Parkinson (c. 1745 – 26 January 1771) was a Scottish Quaker,  botanical  illustrator and natural history artist. Parkinson was employed by Joseph Banks to travel with him on James Cook's first voyage to the Pacific in 1768. Parkinson made nearly a thousand drawings of plants and animals collected by Banks and Daniel Solander on the voyage. He had to work in difficult conditions, living and working in a small cabin surrounded by hundreds of specimens. InTahiti he was plagued by swarms of flies which ate the paint as he worked. He died at sea on the way to Cape Town of dysentery contracted at Princes' Island off the western end ofJava. Banks paid his outstanding salary to his brother.

Parkinson is commemorated in the common and scientific name of the Parkinson's Petrel Procellaria parkinsoni. The great Florilegium of his work was finally published in 1988 by Alecto Historical Editions in 35 volumes and has since been digitized by the Natural History Museum in London. In 1986 he was honoured on a postage stamp depicting his portrait issued by Australia Post . Sydney Parkinson. (2011, December 9). In Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia. Retrieved from http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sydney_Parkinson&oldid=464888331

Picture: Sydney Parkinson - Self Portrait




Sir Joseph Banks, 1st Baronet, GCB, PRS (24 February [O.S. 13 February] 1743 – 19 June 1820) was an English naturalist, botanist and patron of the natural sciences. He took part in Captain James Cook's first great voyage  (1768–1771). Banks is credited with the introduction to the Western world  of eucalyptus, acacia, mimosa and the genus named after him, Banksia. Approximately 80 species of plants bear Banks's name. Banks was also the leading founder of the African Association, a British organization dedicated to the exploration of Africa, and a member of the Society of Dilettanti, which helped to establish the Royal Academy.

Endeavour voyage
Banks was appointed to a joint Royal Navy/Royal Society scientific expedition to the south Pacific Ocean on HM Bark Endeavour, 1768–1771. This was the first of James Cook's voyages of discovery in that region. The voyage then progressed to Tahiti (where the transit of Venus was observed, the overt purpose of the mission), to New Zealand and to the east coast of Australia, where Cook mapped the coastline and made landfall at Botany Bay and at Endeavour River (near modern Cooktown) inQueensland, where they spent almost seven weeks ashore while the ship was repaired after foundering on the Great Barrier Reef. While they were in Australia Banks, the Swedish botanist Daniel Solander and the Finnish botanist Dr. Herman Spöring Jr. made the first major collection of Australian flora, describing many species new to science. Almost 800 specimens were illustrated by the artist Sydney Parkinson and appear in Banks' Florilegium, finally published in 35 volumes between 1980 and 1990.

It was Banks's own time in Australia, however, that led to his interest in the British colonisation of that continent. He was to be the greatest proponent of settlement in New South Wales: in fact, the name "Banksia" was proposed for the region by Linnaeus. In the end a genus of  Proteaceae was named in his honour as Banksia. Picture: Joseph Banks, as painted by Sir Joshua Reynolds in 1773.

John Frederick Miller (1759–1796) was an English illustrator, mainly of botanical subjects. Miller was the son of the artist Johann Sebastian Müller (1715 – c. 1790). Miller, along with his brother James, produced paintings from the sketches made by Sydney Parkinson on James Cook's first voyage. He accompanied Joseph Banks on his expedition to Iceland in 1772.

Above: This is a watercolour-on-paper drawing of Banksia ericifolia. The attributed artist is John Frederick Miller, but the work would have been heavily based on a partially coloured drawing by Sydney Parkinson, Sir Joseph Banks' botanical artist who was present when the Banksia genus was first collected at Botany Bay, Australia. Date 1773. The original image is available from the website of the Natural History Museum, London.

Above:  This is a watercolour-on-paper drawing of Banksia serrata. The attributed artist is John Frederick Miller, but the work would have been heavily based on a partially coloured sketch by Sydney Parkinson, Sir Joseph Banks' botanical artist who was present when the species was first collected at Botany Bay, Australia. Date 1773. The original image is available from the website of the Natural History Museum, London, here.

Above: This is a scan of Plate 3 from Ferdinand Bauer's Illustrationes Florae Novae Hollandiae. The plant featured is Banksia coccinea (Scarlet Banksia). Date 1813, Source Courtesy online catalogue of the State Library of Victoria, here. Image Number: pb000065 Author Ferdinand Bauer (1760–1826). engraving with hand colouring ; plate mark 38.9 x 25.1 cm., on sheet 49.6 x 33.0 cm.

Notice how this illustration shows more details of the plant - its flowers, seeds, the underneath of the leaves.

The plant species Banksia coccinea, an occurrence near Frenchman Bay Road, Little Grove, Albany. Photo: Cygnis insignis 

Royal Australian Navy Jet Pilots in Action |1960s Aerobatic

Published by the Australian National Film and Sound Archive (NFSA)

Fasten your seat belts and hang on tight!

This spectacular edition of Australian Colour Diary captures the precision, danger and adrenaline of Royal Australian Navy flight training in the 1960s. Filmed over the South Coast of New South Wales, the documentary follows pilots from the Royal Australian Navy’s 724 Squadron as they train in British-built Sea Venom jet fighters ahead of carrier operations at sea.

From rocket attacks and cannon fire exercises to breath-taking formation aerobatics performed at speeds of up to 500 mph, the film showcases the extraordinary skill required to fly these aircraft to their limits. The pilots, with an average age of just 25, are shown undertaking some of the most demanding manoeuvres in military aviation, including loop-the-loops, barrel rolls and tight “box four” formations flown just feet apart.

The film also offers a rare look inside HMAS Albatross at Nowra, the Navy’s land-based aviation training centre, and documents key aspects of carrier preparation including mirror landing systems, folded carrier wings and cartridge-fired jet start-ups.

Dee Why locals digital upskilling

Monday August 24 marked the beginning of National Skills Week and Dee Why local, Joao Pedro (JP) Chaib who moved to Australia from Brazil seven years ago to pursue a digital career, shared a few insights on his journey.

With a background in mechanical engineering and experience in manufacturing and civil construction in Brazil, JP wanted to enhance his career opportunities in Australia and took on an intensive three-month training software development course with nologyv to learn how to deliver the frontend and backend of applications.

Part of nology’s mission is to develop tech talent, and JP received support to build his resume, interview preparation and ongoing support.

After undertaking the training program with nology, JP landed a contracted role as a developer at Revenue NSW.  After just 18 months in the role, he secured a position as a developer and was recently promoted to a Senior Developer in the team.

Both Revenue NSW and nology are NSW Digital Skills and Workforce Compact Partners committed to the 20% Alternative Pathways Pledge, that 20% of all digital entry-level hires to come through alternative pathways by 2030. Both organisations are showing how their collaboration can create opportunities for successful career pathways.

JP below said this week

''During the time that I was working in the manufacturing industry, I used a lot of numerical simulation software to simulate physical phenomena like fluid dynamics and structural analysis and material resistance.

We were using Python [a programming language] in those projects and I thought to myself, 'I'm going to give IT a chance' and started searching how I can increase my capability and uplift my skills. 

''I didn’t want to wait for the perfect path. I just followed my interest in tech and tried to build something as I went.

''Revenue NSW has given me many opportunities to learn and grow. I’m especially grateful to my managers, who consistently encouraged me to explore new technologies and believed in my approach to problem-solving.''

National Skills Week is dedicated to elevating the profile and status of skills and vocational learning, while celebrating and raising awareness about the benefits and career pathways associated with vocational education and training (VET).  

This year’s theme is ‘Life Changing’ and celebrates how VET changes life, opening doors to opportunities, work and training.  

Apprentices, trainees, students, teachers, trainers and employers are building the skilled workforce NSW depends on. Every skill matters – and every person has skills worth recognising, celebrating and awarding. 

JP 

Opportunities:

2027 Visual Arts Fellowship (Emerging)

Funding to assist NSW emerging visual artists to undertake a self-directed professional development program to support their personal, creative and career advancement.
  • Grant amount: The successful recipient will receive $30,000 in funding towards their fellowship.
  • Application closes: 14 September 2026, 2:00 pm
The Visual Arts Fellowship (Emerging) (VAFE) program is delivered with the curatorial and exhibition support of Artspace. The objective is to support NSW visual arts practitioners in the early stages of their career to challenge and expand their practice.

Up to 6 applicants will be shortlisted to take part in the fellowship exhibition at Artspace, Sydney in July 2027. At the exhibition opening, the fellowship of $30,000 will be awarded to 1 shortlisted artist to undertake a self-directed professional development program. This program could include research, travel, studio residencies, creation of new work, mentorships and other activities that align with the recipient’s practice and career progression.

The 6 shortlisted artists will receive to participate in the exhibition and may be asked by Artspace to participate in artist talks, other public programs, meetings with visiting curators, and media interviews to produce greater visibility for their practice. The shortlisted artists will be interviewed prior to the opening of the exhibition, as part of the assessment process to determine the fellowship recipient.

About Artspace
Artspace is one of the leading institutions for the production and presentation of contemporary art in the Asia Pacific. Their expansive, multi-platform approach to programming includes new commissions, exhibitions, performances, studio residencies, publishing, public programs, learning and outreach initiatives, and advocacy. Artspace is where artists of all generations test new ideas and shape public conversation. Embracing risk, experimentation, collaboration and advocacy, Artspace’s mission is to enhance our culture and support community vibrancy through a deeper engagement with contemporary art.

The RPAYC is pleased to welcome you to OptiChicks for September 2026.
OptiChicks is for Girls aged 8–15 who sail an Optimist.
Join girls from sailing clubs across NSW and the ACT for an unforgettable weekend designed to inspire the next generation of female sailors.

Hosted by Royal Prince Alfred Yacht Club, OptiChicks is much more than a sailing weekend. It’s an opportunity to build lasting friendships, be mentored by inspiring female sailors, experience different boats, build confidence and discover the many exciting pathways our sport has to offer.

Whether your daughter dreams of representing Australia, coaching the next generation, volunteering at her club or simply enjoying sailing with friends, OptiChicks celebrates everything that makes our sport so special.

More details at: rpayc.com.au/opti-chicks/

Nature Writing Prize 2026 Now Open to Enter

$8,000 to be awarded to the winning writer

Calling all writers! The Nature Conservancy has announced the opening of its eighth biennial Nature Writing Prize.

The author of the winning essay will receive an $8,000 prize and be published in Australian Book Review (ABR). One additional author will receive a Highly Commended Prize of $1,000.

The competition’s judges are novelists Kim Mahood and Dave Witty and Dr Georgina Arnott, editor of the Australian Book Review.

The judging process is completely anonymous, with judges awarding the prize to an Australian writer whose essay they agree to be of the highest literary merit and which best explores a relationship and interaction with some aspect of the Australian landscape. All entries are required to be between 3,000 and 5,000 words and in the genre of ‘Writing of Place’. 

The Nature Conservancy Australia’s Country Director Lara Gallagher said, “The Nature Writing Prize was created in 2011 to promote and celebrate the art of nature writing, and to encourage a greater appreciation of Australia’s magnificent natural heritage. I’d particularly like to thank Paula McLean and The McLean Foundation, without whose generous support this important prize would not be possible.”

Alongside the $8,000 Winners Prize, The Nature Conservancy welcomes the return of the Rosina Joy Buckman Award, a $1,000 prize awarded to one Highly Commended essay. The Rosina Joy Buckman Award is generously sponsored by Kinchem Hegedus and Peter Barge.

2026 heralds a new era for nature writing in Australia, with the announcement of Australian Book Review as the official Publishing Partner for the Nature Writing Prize. Gallagher said, “This collaboration with ABR offers the Prize a new level of support, expanding its reach and cementing its place as one of Australia’s leading nature writing initiatives.”

The prize is open to Australian citizens and permanent residents. Participants will need to pay an entry fee of $30, or $25 for ABR subscribers. Submissions will close at 5pm AEST Wednesday 23 September 2026. To learn more about the prize and review the terms and conditions visit: www.natureaustralia.org.au/nwp

We are celebrating 80 years of North Palmy SLSC!!

If you are a member, ex member, family or have history with our Club, come and join us at Palmy RSL to celebrate.
RSVP and all enquiries to: Admin@northpalmbeachslsc.com.au 

2026 Premier's Reading Challenge

The Challenge aims to encourage a love of reading for leisure and pleasure in students, and to enable them to experience quality literature. It is not a competition but a challenge to each student to read, to read more and to read more widely. The Premier's Reading Challenge (PRC) is open to all NSW students in Kindergarten to Year 10, in government, independent, Catholic and home schools. Now in its 25th year, the NSW PRC is the largest reading challenge in Australia!

The Term 1 2026 booklist is now live! 462 new books have been added to the book lists. Additional book list updates occur at the start of Term 2 and Term 3. 

Click here, or visit the booklists page to check out the new titles added to the PRC booklists this year! 

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Shine

Word of the Week stays a part of your page in 2026, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. Light or reflected light from a source. 2. A glossy finish or polish on objects like shoes or wood.

Verb:

1. 1. To emit or reflect light. 2. To polish. 3. To excel. 4. To show clearly: To be easy to see or notice

From Middle English shinen, from Old English scinan "shed, send forth, or give out light; be radiant, be resplendent, illuminate," of persons, "be conspicuous" (class I strong verb; past tense scan, past participle scinen). This is reconstructed to be from Proto-Germanic skeinanan (source also of Old Saxon and Old High German skinan, Old Norse and Old Frisian skina, Dutch schijnen, German scheinen, Gothic skeinan "to shine, appear"), which is from a PIE root skai- "to shine, to gleam" (source also of Old Church Slavonic sinati "to flash up, shine"). 

Of smoothed or polished surfaces, "gleam, give off reflected light," late Old English. Of a person, a face, "be fair-skinned, be beautiful," c. 1200. Also used in Middle English of night when cloudless and starlit. The transitive sense of "cause to shine" is from 1580s; the meaning "to black (boots)" is from 1610s.

1520s, "brightness, radiance," from shine (v.). Indicating "sunshine," and paired with rain (noun), from 1620s. Meaning "polish given to a pair of boots" is from 1871.

Compare Gleam:

Noun: Old English glæm "a brilliant light; brightness; splendour, radiance, beauty," from Proto-Germanic glaimiz (source also of Old Saxon glimo "brightness;" Middle High German glim "spark," gleime "glow-worm;" German glimmen "to glimmer, glow;" Old Norse glja "to shine, glitter, glisten"), from PIE root ghel- (2) "to shine." Figurative or transferred gleam in (someone's) eye (n.) "barely formed idea" is from 1959.

Verb: "to throw rays of light; appear suddenly and clearly," early 13c., from gleam (noun). Related: Gleamed; gleaming.

Glimmer(verb)

From late 14c., "to shine brightly;" early 15c., "to shine dimly," from or related to Middle Dutch glimmen, Middle Low German glimmern, from an extended (frequentative?) form of Proto-Germanic glim-, which also is the base of Old English glæm "brightness". Sense shifted 15c. to "shine faintly." Compare Dutch glimmeren, German glimmeren "to shine dimly." Related: Glimmered; glimmering.

Videos capture humpback whales stopping to snack as they migrate along Australia’s coast

A whale surfacing with it's mouth wide open.
Drew Kelly/WildLive Media
Olaf Meynecke, Griffith University and Sarah Mcculloch, Griffith University

The southern humpback whale migration is in full swing. Tens of thousands of whales are now making their journey from warm Australian waters in the north to their cold feeding grounds in Antarctica.

But snacking along the way provides much welcome replenishment.

In a new study, published in Marine Mammal Science, we have investigated feeding behaviour of humpback whales on the east coast of Australia using information from citizen science and social media. We found that mid-latitude feeding is a common and widespread strategy amongst humpback whales.

This discovery challenges a long-held assumption about where and when whales feed. And it could help us better protect these magnificent animals.

Feast or famine?

For many years, humpback whales have been described as “capital breeders”.

This theory suggests that the whales spend summer feeding on krill in Antarctica to build up fat reserves, then travel thousands of kilometers to low-latitude breeding grounds to mate and give birth. Warm tropical waters are nutrient poor, offering little opportunity to feed.

Historically, whaling and stranding records also supported this “feast or famine” theory, with the vast majority of humpback whales caught during mid-latitude migration in Australian waters having empty stomachs.

It was widely assumed that they relied solely on their fat stores to sustain their migration, mating, and the intense energetic demands of nursing newborn calves.

Screening the digital world for information

Conducting long-term, large-scale systematic research surveys across thousands of kilometres of the Australian coastline isn’t feasible due to the huge cost involved.

Instead, like other researchers turning to public photos and footage, we sourced information about feeding events from social media.

We searched platforms such as Facebook and Instagram for public posts from whale-watching companies, drone pilots, and dedicated whale enthusiasts. Only posts featuring clear visual evidence of defined feeding behaviour were included.

This included whales opening their mouths, lunging through the water column with expanded ventral pleats (the accordion-like grooves that cover a whale’s underside), bubble-net feeding, or surfacing directly through dense schools of baitfish.

Our search resulted in 199 distinct feeding observations, representing an estimated 1,417 individual humpback whales documented feeding in Australian waters between 2013 and 2024.

Major feeding hotspots included the NSW south coast – in particular, near Eden, Merimbula and Bermagui – which accounted for 45% of all verified feeding events. Other hotspots included eastern and southern Tasmania, and the Victorian coast, which accounted for 28% and 12% of the records, respectively.

Importantly, our study also highlighted feeding regions that were previously underrepresented in records. These included coastal areas near Phillip Island in Victoria and across northern Tasmania. We found that observations increased between August and October each year, coinciding with the southbound migration of humpback whales.

This is a time when the whales’ energy reserves are at their lowest.

Driven by nutrient-rich coastal upwellings generated by the East Australian Current, these hotspots provide temporary krill and baitfish bonanzas. On 16 occasions, we verified massive “super-groups” of 20 to over 150 individual whales feeding in the same area.

A whale lunging out of the water, beside a pod of dolphins.
A humpback whale lunge feeding with common dolphins near Eden, NSW. Peter Harris

Why these observations matter for whale protection

Understanding whale behaviour, and how it may shift over time, is critical to protecting them. Migratory corridors aren’t just highways from one place to another; they are critical habitats.

Unfortunately, these coastal feeding hotspots overlap with intense human activities.

Commercial fishing means humpback whales feeding and staying for prolonged time face a high risk of fishing gear entanglements.

Additionally, vessel strikes from commercial shipping lanes and acoustic disturbances from expanding offshore developments pose threats along the coasts.

We need to adapt whale protection management strategies.

This could mean implementing seasonal and mobile management areas with voluntary or mandatory ship speed reduction during peak feeding months. It could also mean changes to seasonal fishing regulations to reduce gear density and gear type.

Our research shows that such areas are dynamic but localised, with feeding intensity limited to only a few weeks each year.

As the humpback whale population continues its recovery from whaling, more eyes on the water will help us track how these magnificent creatures adapt to a fast-changing environment.The Conversation

Olaf Meynecke, Research Fellow in Marine Science and Manager Whales & Climate Program, Griffith University and Sarah Mcculloch, PhD Candidate, Marine Science, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NASA’s new telescope will transform our view of the universe. This is the story of its namesake

A woman with grey hair, wearing a blue dress and taking notes in front of a black board.
Nancy Grace Roman, NASA’s first chief of astronomy. NASA/ESA
Joss Bland-Hawthorn, University of Sydney

The Nancy Grace Roman Space Telescope is set to launch this weekend aboard a SpaceX rocket from the Kennedy Space Centre in Florida. When it becomes operational early next year, it will transform our view of the universe.

With a mirror the same size as the one in the Hubble Space Telescope but a field of view over 100 times larger, NASA’s newest tool is designed to survey vast swaths of sky quickly. It will hunt for dark energy’s fingerprints and detect perhaps 100,000 exoplanets.

In August 2018, just four months before she died on December 25, I had the great fortune to fly from Sydney to Washington DC to interview the woman this telescope is named after. She was 93-years-old and over the hours we spent talking, she shared with me her remarkable life story.

A childhood passion for the stars

Nancy Grace Roman was born on May 16 1925, in Nashville, Tennessee, and grew up captivated by the night sky. Her mother, Georgia Frances Smith Roman, encouraged this early curiosity, walking with her young daughter to point out constellations and the aurora borealis.

By age eleven, Nancy Grace – never Nancy! – had already organised an astronomy club among her classmates in Reno, Nevada, where the family briefly lived. By high school she had decided, against the advice of nearly everyone around her, that she wanted to become a professional astronomer.

That ambition ran headlong into the sexism of 20th century academia. When Nancy Grace asked her high school guidance counsellor for permission to take a second year of algebra instead of yet more Latin, the counsellor reportedly asked her, “What lady would take mathematics instead of Latin?” She took the maths anyway. She went on to Swarthmore College, where she earned a bachelor’s degree in astronomy in 1946, and then to the University of Chicago, where she completed a PhD in astronomy in 1949.

Her doctoral research focused on stellar dynamics and the motions of stars in the Milky Way, work that would foreshadow her lifelong interest in stellar populations and galactic structure.

After earning her doctorate, Nancy Grace remained at the University of Chicago and worked at the Yerkes Observatory, where she conducted research on stellar spectroscopy. This is the technique of spreading a star’s light into a rainbow and then analysing faint features in the spectrum.

She made a name for herself with a landmark 1955 paper demonstrating a correlation between a star’s motion through the Milky Way and its chemical composition. Younger, metal-rich stars tend to move in more circular orbits, while older, metal-poor stars follow more eccentric ones.

This finding provided important evidence for how galaxies like the Milky Way evolve over time. Despite this success, she recognised that as a woman in academic astronomy, she faced a ceiling on promotion and tenure that her male colleagues did not. So she began looking for opportunities elsewhere.

Taking on an extraordinary responsibility

In 1955, Nancy Grace took a position at the Naval Research Laboratory, where she worked on radio astronomy, a field still in its infancy. It was there that she gained a reputation not just as a skilled researcher but as an effective administrator and communicator of science. These skills would soon define the second, more consequential half of her career.

In 1959, Nancy Grace was recruited by the newly formed National Aeronautics and Space Administration to help build its space science program essentially from scratch. She became NASA’s first chief of astronomy, the first woman to hold an executive position at the agency.

It was an extraordinary responsibility. NASA had no established framework for space-based astronomy, and Nancy Grace was tasked with defining what such a program should even look like.

Nancy Grace’s most enduring legacy grew out of an idea she championed for decades (along with American astronomer Lyman Spitzer) before it became reality: a large space telescope that could observe the universe without the blurring and light pollution imposed by Earth’s atmosphere.

The project she nurtured through its most difficult years became the Hubble Space Telescope, launched in 1990. Because of her foundational role in conceiving, justifying, and organising the mission decades before it flew, Nancy Grace became widely known as the “Mother of Hubble”.

An extraordinary legacy

Beyond Hubble, Nancy Grace also helped establish several other NASA astronomy missions. These included the Orbiting Solar Observatory series and the Orbiting Astronomical Observatory, precursors that helped prove the value and feasibility of space-based observation.

She retired from NASA in 1979. She received numerous honours over her lifetime, including election to the National Women’s Hall of Fame and an asteroid, 2516 Roman, named in her honour.

In May 2020, NASA announced that its next-generation flagship observatory would be named the Nancy Grace Roman Space Telescope, making her one of the very few scientists honoured with a major space telescope named after them.

Nancy Grace’s career stands as a testament to persistence against institutional barriers and to the outsized impact that scientific vision can have. All astronomers continue to benefit from her extraordinary legacy.The Conversation

Joss Bland-Hawthorn, Laureate Professor, Director of Sydney Institute for Astronomy, Faculty of Science, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NASA’s Nancy Grace Roman Space Telescope is encapsulated within the payload fairing at the agency’s Kennedy Space Centre in Florida, ahead of mating to a SpaceX Falcon Heavy rocket for launch last Sunday US Time - August 30 2026. Credit: NASA/Sydney Rohde (Rocz)

Aussie players are smashing transfer records. Does this benefit or harm Australian soccer?

Lucas Herrington celebrates Hull's upset win against Manchester United.
Lucas Herrington celebrates Hull’s upset win against Manchester United. Annabel Lee-Ellis/PA Images via Getty Images
Steve Georgakis, University of Sydney

Last weekend, Lucas Herrington made his debut for Hull City in the English Premier League (EPL) after breaking the transfer record paid for an Australian soccer player.

The 18-year-old signed a five-year deal with the transfer fee estimated to be A$33 million. It shattered the $26 million fee Leicester City paid for Harry Souttar’s move from Stoke City in 2023.

Herrington’s signing wasn’t the only recent mega-money deal for the 2026 Socceroos World Cup squad:

  • just days after Herrington’s move, Alessandro Circati signed with Portuguese powerhouse Benfica, equalling Herrington’s $33 million transfer fee
  • Nestory Irankunda agreed a deal with Portuguese giants Sporting for around $25 million
  • goalkeeper Patrick Beach signed for an undisclosed fee with French club Troyes.

But does Australian soccer, and the A-League, benefit from these massive transfer fees?

A fast rise and an eye-popping opportunity

In September 2024, Herrington signed a three-year contract with Brisbane Roar. But in August 2025, he transferred to US Major League Soccer (MLS) side Colorado Rapids on a contract running until 2029. Colorado paid Brisbane $800,000 for Herrington.

After Herrington’s breakout World Cup performance, Hull targeted him, and on August 12 he signed a deal that broke the Rapids’ transfer fee record.

These transfer fees flow from club to club, with the athlete also having to agree on a salary with their new club.

Transfer fees are regularly made public but salaries are usually not disclosed.

How the money flows

Generally speaking, clubs can generate revenue from player transfers through three main mechanisms: direct transfer fees, sell-on clauses and FIFA training awards.

A direct transfer fee is the initial payment made from the acquiring club to the selling club.

A sell-on clause allows the former club to receive a percentage of any future transfer fee if the player is subsequently transferred.

FIFA training awards provide two forms of financial recognition for clubs involved in a player’s development: training compensation and solidarity contribution.

Training compensation is intended to reimburse clubs for the costs associated with developing a player. Solidarity contributions provide eligible training clubs with a share of certain international transfer fees based on the period they contributed to the player’s development.

In Herrington’s case, while Hull City paid about $33 million to acquire him, Brisbane Roar only received the award fee set by FIFA: $500,000.

Brisbane missed out on the other fees, having sold their sell-on percentage to the Colorado Rapids ahead of the Hull offer.

It is perhaps one of the greatest blunders in Australian soccer transfer history.

But the lack of financial stability in the A-League competitions, both men’s and women’s, may have played a part in the Roar’s decision: they may have been keen for an immediate cash injection.

However, the failure of Australian clubs to capture the full financial value of their players is not inevitable.

One club showing the way

Sydney FC provides an alternative model. Over the past two years, the club has generated more than $5 million from the transfers of academy graduates Patrick Yazbek, Jake Girdwood-Reich, Hayden Matthews and Adrian Segecic, who were developed in the club’s academy from a young age. All moved to European clubs except for Girdwood-Reich, who signed with St Louis in the MLS.

Sydney FC has openly identified player development and overseas transfers as part of its broader financial strategy.

In this sense, the club appears to have recognised something with which Australian soccer has historically struggled. That is, developing talented players is only half the challenge – the other half is ensuring the clubs responsible for their development retain enough of the financial value generated when those players enter the global transfer market.

Timing is crucial – the selling club has to act before the player’s contract expires if they want to maximise value from the player. If their contract expires, they can leave without a transfer fee.

Sydney FC’s strategy is built around creating a cycle in which academy investment produces talented players who then generate transfer income that be reinvested into developing the next generation.

The pros and cons

The success of Australian players overseas may encourage greater international interest in the local game, with overseas clubs, scouts and investors increasingly looking towards Australia as a source of talented players.

That is undoubtedly a positive for the sport locally. But in most transfer cases, little money flows down to the local game.

Meanwhile, A-League clubs that develop but then sell players to generate income can be hamstrung because a player who might otherwise help them in their pursuit of a successful season is suddenly gone.

The league can also suffer if its best players head overseas.

So while there are many obvious benefits when an Australian soccer player signs a big contract to play overseas, there can be real disruption to A-League clubs, academies and institutions that develop young talent.The Conversation

Steve Georgakis, Senior Lecturer of Pedagogy and Sports Studies, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How weaving helped invent modern computing — and is shaping its future

Close up of someone's hands as they weave on a loom
As Gen Z embraces textile crafts as a screen-free pastime, it is rediscovering a practice that once helped shape computer programming and is now driving innovations. (Unsplash)
Sara Nabil, Queen's University, Ontario

Weaving is an ancient craft that is still practised as a hobby by many people around the world. In recent years, it has found new life as more people have returned to hands-on making as a way to slow down, reconnect with materials and step away from screens.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, many people turned to crafts and DIY hobbies — including sewing, baking and gardening — to support their well-being. I remember trying to buy a sewing machine in 2021 and finding none available in stores.

More recently, textile crafts have become popular among Gen Z, with so-called “grandma hobbies” such as crochet, knitting and quilting seeing a resurgence. These slow, tactile, screen-free pastimes have become a form of digital detox from screen burnout.

It has also become a social media trend to share handmade projects through #WIP (“work in progress”) posts as part of the cozy “grandmacore” lifestyle aesthetic.

What most hobbyist weavers may not realize, however, is that their craft helped shape modern computing. Today, makers are once again using textiles to imagine the future of technology.



Hobbies can bring joy, wellbeing and focus to our busy lives, but so many of us don’t have one. If you’re ready to replace scrolling with stitching, or hustle with horticulture, The Hobby Starter Kit (a new series from Quarter Life) will help you get going.


The invention of the jacquard loom

In 1804, a French weaver named Joseph-Marie Jacquard patented a loom that could weave intricate patterns using punch cards — paper cards with encoded holes.

Once they pass through the loom, the presence or absence of a hole tells the loom which warp thread to raise or lower, acting as the earliest form of binary code programming. Weaving that once required a master weaver and an assistant could now be done by craft hobbyists.

This same concept later influenced early computers, inspiring us on how such a craft can be a source of a technical revolution. In the 1830s, Charles Babbage drew directly on Jacquard’s punch-card mechanism by realizing he could apply the same concept to algebric patterns, instead of textiles, to program his Analytical Engine.

Mathematician Ada Lovelace advanced his work beyond maths to envision programming any information represented by symbols, including musical notes or graphic designs. By doing this, she brilliantly split the logical instructions or software (punch-cards) from the hardware (physical machine) for the first time.

User interfaces in websites and mobile apps (also known as graphical user interfaces) evolved from command-line interfaces, which in turn, was a revolution over its predecessor: the punch cards.

My mother-in-law told me stories about how, as an undergrad in electrical engineering in the 1960s, she used to write programs’ code by punching stacks of cards. I teach undergraduates today the history of user interfaces, and how we went full circle to have digital looms now that create smart e-textiles.

Weaving is still shaping technology

Weaving and other textile crafts are still influencing how people build technology today, often through hobbyists and makers as well as trained engineers.

As a professor of physical computing and e-textiles, I lead a research group that uses a computational weaving machine to create smart fabric using both natural and conductive yarns, in what we call hybrid craft. We prototype future wearables and soft furnishing that have sensing and electronic capabilities literally woven as threads within.

Some of our designs aim to cut down on e-waste using hybrid crafts and digital fabrication. Our most recent work uses computational looms and knitting machines to build fabric-based electronic breadboards designed by and for women in e-textiles. Another recent study used hybrid crafting to make prototyping more inclusive, with a focus on women and people with physical disabilities.

When we run workshops in our community, people are excited to stitch their own e-textile circuits using needles and conductive thread. These experiences show how hands-on STEM outreach and maker culture can bring diverse individuals into technology and give them a role in shaping its future.

Why this matters for crafters

This kind of work is part of a wider shift. Open-source tools such as Arduino, Raspberry Pi and the BBC micro:bit have lowered the cost of entry to physical computing, while makerspaces and fablabs have opened technology development to people who do not see themselves as programmers or engineers.

The same spirit that draws people to textile hobbies — experimenting with materials, learning through making and adapting designs through trial and error — is also transforming how we create technology.

Craft knowledge, open-ended experimentation and lived experiences can all become sources of innovation. This approach also gives people who are often excluded from mainstream technology a greater voice in creating it.

A Newcastle University project called Empowering Hacks is one example: two co-researchers who identify as disabled worked with the university’s Open Lab to design a set of 3D-printed handles for powered wheelchairs.

Another project at Queen’s University experimented with 3D-printing on textiles and invented Fabric-Lego for assistive wearables to customize and personalize the medical aesthetics of finger braces and arm slings.

The same way weaving looms paved the way for modern computers, other hybrid crafts can inspire innovation and practical inventions. So the next time you pick up a weaving, crochet, knitting or sewing project, you are not just making something — you are experimenting, problem-solving and creating the possibilities for new ideas.The Conversation

Sara Nabil, Associate Professor of Human-Centered Computing, Queen's University, Ontario

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Jolene, I Will Always Love You and 9 to 5: the genius of Dolly Parton in three songs

Parton on stage in 2025.
Jason Kempin/Getty Images
Wendy Hargreaves, University of Southern Queensland

The world has lost a music legend in Dolly Parton, who has died at 80 after a “brief battle” with cancer. She’s remembered for her twanging country vocals, decades of hit recordings, Grammys, Emmys and a liberal splash of acting.

But the biggest legacy Parton leaves is her songwriting, and three songs define her more than any others.

Jolene, I Will Always Love You and 9 to 5 are not just memorable Parton songs – they are integral to popular music history. They show a skilful musician who knew how to blend the story of lyrics with the drama of music.

Like many songwriters, Parton had things to say. What makes her contribution notable was when her lyrics told a story, and her music matched it.

Jolene

In Jolene, released in 1974, Parton’s lyrics capture the torment of watching your lover flirt with someone else.

It’s a powerful human experience – particularly for women despairing over how easily the next pretty young thing grabs male attention. Parton’s desperate begging for Jolene not to take her man “even though you can” is comfortingly raw and honest.

The song’s lyrics are a startling contrast to the common songwriting themes of the time about finding or losing love – such as The Carpenters’ Close to You (1970), Stevie Wonder’s You are the Sunshine of My Life (1972) and Carole King’s It’s Too Late (1971).

Instead, Jolene sits on the precipice of change, telling a vivid story of how seeing a stunning young woman can make another woman insecure.

Musically, the chords pound out an appropriately bleak minor key, ascending to higher chords with each dramatic call of the name “Jolene”. Accompanying the vocals sits an intriguing, rapid-fire, finger-picking guitar, performed in the recording studio by session musician Chip Young. It keeps an incessant motion that not only adds tension but draws admiration for skilful playing.

I Will Always Love You

I Will Always Love You was also released in 1974 and – remarkably – possibly was written on the same day as Jolene.

This song shows Parton’s ability to once again blend story and music in an excellent pairing. The fear pumping through Jolene is replaced by the grief of farewelling a deep love because, while love endures, it is not always enough of a reason to remain in a relationship.

Again, Parton captures a more sophisticated theme than the excitement and wonder of love. She knows that love can mean letting go.

The lyrics are sparse and the story of “bittersweet memories” is sketchy, but Parton once again nails the essence of human experience. We don’t need the details of what happened to relate with our own painful farewells.

The elongated singing of the word “I” translates almost as a cry of agony in Whitney Houston’s extraordinary cover version.

The chord progression Parton chose to underpin the chorus is one of the most familiar, hit-producing patterns in popular music history. It appears in songs ranging from Stand By Me (1961), Blue Moon (1934), Crocodile Rock (1973) and Every Breath You Take (1983).

But Parton’s usage is unique: the melody and lyrics don’t move with the progression. Instead, the melody holds one single note (with a few embellishments) and lets the chords do the work.

9 to 5

Parton wrote the song 9 to 5 for the movie of the same name in 1980, in which she starred alongside Jane Fonda and Lily Tomlin. It needed to match the vibe to describe the bustle of a working week.

To achieve this, Parton swapped her previously drawn out lyrics of love for the relentless patter describing the morning routine. Here Parton uses clever imperfect rhymes such as matching “kitchen” and “ambition” to sell the story.

The melody in the verse rises with each cluster of words, building the energy like the start of the day she describes. The chorus nails the hook by changing the rhythm, to let the phrase “9 to 5” ring out.

In 9 to 5, Parton moved away from love songs to a feminist theme that belted out the injustices of working tirelessly in a work place like any other employee yet not able to get a “fair promotion”. The description of the “rich man’s game” and how “they never give you credit” highlights workplace inequalities that are sadly still prevalent today. The Conversation

Wendy Hargreaves, Academic in the School of Education and Creative Arts, University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australian children’s classics: Playing Beatie Bow is a time‑slip novel that makes Sydney strange

A young woman in an old-fashioned dress walking fast past old houses in a narrow-looking street. A dog in background.
Imogen Annesley as Abigail in the 1986 film of Playing Beatie Bow. ABC iView
Monique Rooney, Australian National University

My copy of Ruth Park’s Playing Beatie Bow was given to me by my mother in 1982, when I was 14 – the same age as the novel’s protagonist, Abigail Kirk. A sticker inside shows that my mother bought it at the Feminist Bookshop in Balmain, a shop I remember visiting with her more than once. The shop is long gone, and the Sydney where my mother bought the book has constantly been altered.

“In the first place, Abigail Kirk was not Abigail at all” is the novel’s striking opening sentence. Immediately, Park gives us a girl who feels out of place. It turns out she is not at home in her name or her family. Soon, her home city of Sydney will become strange to her too.

Almost half a century after its first publication in 1980, Playing Beatie Bow (also a 1986 film) has never gone away. It remains in print, with a new hardback edition appearing next month in Penguin’s Modern Australian Classics series. It is an Australian children’s classic whose great subject is time.


The books we read as children can shape us forever – as readers and people.

In this series, we ask experts to reflect on some of Australia’s most beloved children’s classics, spanning the 19th century to the new millennium.


A time-slip novel

Playing Beatie Bow is a time-slip novel: it takes a girl living in Sydney in 1980 and makes the city’s past a physical reality to her. Time operates here at several scales. Abigail is 14, poised between childhood and adulthood; the Sydney she inhabits, including The Rocks, is being remade.

Book cover: Playing Beatie Bow - aqua cover with illustrated picture of a girl in plaits with pictures on the wall

At the novel’s opening, Abigail is already caught between past and future. Her father, Weyland Kirk, has left the family for another woman. Angry at his departure, Abigail rejects Lynette, the name by which he knew her, and renames herself Abigail – a name associated with witches, fictional and historical.

She and her mother live in a high-rise designed by her father’s architectural firm, a “glistening spike of steel and glass” rising among the “tiny meek cottages and old bond stores” of The Rocks.

When Abigail learns that her parents plan to reunite, she is appalled. How could a woman as capable and independent as her mother allow herself to be treated like a “worn-out glove”? Abigail is “outraged” that she could be “so … so – female”. It is at this moment that she is transported into another moment in the life of her city.

View showing derelict houses & the Qantas Tower, on Lang Street, under construction.
Abigail and and her mother live in a ‘glistening spike of steel and glass’ among the ‘tiny meek cottages and old bond stores’ of The Rocks. City of Sydney

The way into the past has itself travelled through time. Abigail watches children playing an old game called Beatie Bow, circling a girl chosen by a counting-out rhyme:

Oh, Mudda, what’s that, what can it be?
The wind in the chimney, that’s all, that’s all.

The past also survives as an object. Abigail finds a discarded yoke from an old garment, its embroidered flowers faded almost beyond recognition, and sews it onto a bottle-green dress. Wearing it, she follows the strange child who has been watching the game – and finds herself in The Rocks in 1873.

There she meets Beatie and the Bows and Talliskers, immigrants from the Orkney Islands, who take her in. The living Rocks she encounters is recognisable, but utterly strange, a working community where sickness and death remain close at hand.

Sydney history made strange

Park had already immersed herself in Sydney’s history, most notably in her magisterial The Companion Guide to Sydney (1973). Another past comes into view in its opening chapter. Among the female convicts aboard the Lady Penrhyn was a “thirteen year old”; the women were “milliners, lace-weavers, stay-makers, glove-makers, barrow women and servants”.

From the ship’s rails, they saw Sydney’s “low hills”, “tawny blonde with summer”. Park also describes “a thirty-foot depth of bleached white shells left behind after thousands of years of Aboriginal picnics on this bountiful shore” – a shell midden, though she does not call it one. The sentence briefly opens a much deeper measure of Sydney time.

Film poster: a girl in old-fashioned dress in front of a young woman in a globe
Wikipedia

In Playing Beatie Bow, Park makes the city’s history strange again, seen through the eyes of a girl who has pursued another girl into the past.

Almost immediately, readers saw that Playing Beatie Bow looked both ways in time. The novel won the Children’s Book Council of Australia’s Book of the Year Award in 1981, followed by the US Boston Globe–Horn Book Award for Fiction in 1982.

The Australian judges praised Park’s recreation of “the sights, sounds and smells” of The Rocks in 1873, but historical reconstruction was not an end in itself. They singled out her use of the past “to foreshadow and illuminate the present and future” – a striking description of a novel in which time is never simply a matter of then and now.

‘You can’t write down to kids’

Park also trusted the imaginative capacities of young readers. She was writing at a moment when “young adult” was becoming a new publishing category, whose possibilities intrigued her. In journals, letters and interviews, she repeatedly stated that children’s writers should write for children, not to impress other children’s writers.

“You can’t write down to kids,” she said after winning the award. “Kids have an intuitive feeling about motivation. They can always detect insincerity.”

That principle is at the heart of Playing Beatie Bow. Park asks Abigail – and her readers – to imagine themselves elsewhere. In 1873, Abigail falls in love with Beatie’s older brother Judah Bow, only to discover that he is promised to Dovey Tallisker, his cousin and a member of the Bow household. Abigail, who had condemned her father for desiring another woman and her mother for taking him back, now finds herself in the place of the one who wants what she cannot have.

A beautiful young woman, Ruth Park.
Ruth Park watched the gentrification of the working-class Sydney neighbourhoods she wrote about. State Library NSW

Time travel has displaced her in more ways than one. The Sydney to which she will return is itself changing. Park had been writing about that city since The Harp in the South (1948), her famous novel of working-class Surry Hills, and had watched its inner neighbourhoods change around her.

By the late 1970s, The Rocks was undergoing redevelopment and gentrification, as buildings were demolished, preserved or restored and the colonial precinct was remade as heritage.

Park makes that transformation visible from the opening pages, with Abigail’s “glistening spike of steel and glass” among the old cottages and bond stores. In the decade leading to the bicentenary of 1988, when Australians were reflecting on how the past should be remembered, Playing Beatie Bow offered its own answer.

History of ordinary lives

As in The Companion Guide, with its oysters, mussels and Aboriginal picnics, Park looks for the past in what lies close to hand. History resides not only in restored buildings and official commemorations, but in games, stories and ordinary things.

At one point, Abigail understands why her mother’s secondhand shop contains no working-class Victorian clothes: they had been “worn out by unceasing labour a hundred years before.” The past survives unevenly. Some lives leave fewer things behind.

Such attention to what survives — and what is easily overlooked – is one reason the novel still speaks to readers. Park brings the working-class and immigrant Rocks vividly into view: the Bows and Talliskers, Chinese workers, sailors and “high-steppers” or prostitutes.

Her history is crowded with ordinary lives, vivid precisely where the record grows faint. Sometimes, as with those 30 feet of shells marking thousands of years before European settlement, what remains measures time differently.

What remains as people, families and cities change? The novel asks how objects can carry one time into another. Which brings me back to the book my mother bought at that bookshop in Balmain. In 1982, it was an almost new book about a girl my own age travelling into Sydney’s past. Forty-four years later, the book carries its own past.The Conversation

Monique Rooney, Senior lecturer in literature, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Palm Beach wharf at high tide. Photo: AJG/PON

Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay's 2026 Custodians of the Ocean program commences

Last Tuesday, August 18, marked the expansion of the Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay's 2026 Custodians of the Ocean program. 

FoBBB stated, ''It felt very special to begin with the Year 3 students at St Luke’s Bayview, the school that helped us pilot and shape the program in 2025.''

From classroom learning and special guests to hands-on activities, this day was all about sparking curiosity, building knowledge and helping our young custodians understand that their voices and actions matter.

''Their energy, questions and excitement were contagious — and a wonderful reminder of why we created this program in the first place.'' FoBBB orgainsers stated

''Co-created by Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay and Studio Oi, in partnership with the Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development, Custodians of the Ocean continues to grow and evolve — guided by science, community and, importantly, the curiosity and vision of the children themselves.

A huge thank you to everyone who has helped bring this vision to life. Here’s to inspiring the next generation to learn, care, share and take action for our oceans.''

The first Custodians of the Ocean session this year included a Q and A with Lara Gribbin, a young film maker whose film ‘The Reserve’ was recognised internationally, Neil Evers, who explained the connection to Sea Country local First Nations peoples have, along with other cultural learnings and on the beach activities.

The Reserve is a short film about Cabbage Tree Bay aquatic reserve in Manly, showcasing its role for the community and marine life.

A few photos from the day run below. With more local schools signing up for the Custodians of the Ocean program, this is proving an inspiration and empowering expereince for the next generation.

The Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay are a group of volunteers working to establish a marine sanctuary at Bongin Bongin Bay, Mona Vale Beach. Bongin Bongin Bay, also known as Mona Vale Basin, is a vibrant marine sanctuary rich with ocean life and cherished by the local community.

You can find out more at: bonginbonginbay.org

Beryl Driver OAM's 25th BIG drive Celebrated by Variety Socials

Variety NSW and ACT posted this video on Friday August 28 2026, stating:

''At 93, Beryl Driver has well and truly lived up to her name, recently completing her 25th and final Variety Bash.

Beryl was 65 when she joined her first Variety motoring event, the iconic Variety B to B Bash. She was part of the first all-female Bash team and went on to spend more than two decades travelling remote and regional Australia, raising well over $1 million for kids who are sick, experiencing disadvantage or living with a disability.

And why did she keep doing it?
“Australia’s a lucky country, but people don’t realise there are still a lot of kids who need help – and that’s why I do it.”

A fitting finish to an incredible Bash journey, Beryl and her team took home The Putters Trophy, awarded to the team having the most fun just puttering along.

Congratulations Beryl, what a legacy!''


Beryl with the 'Putters Trophy' - Photo courtesy 'Cracker Baron' - fellow B to B Backyard drivers for Variety the Children's Charity.

NB: Beryl is taking part in a 4WD mini Bash in 2027. Details in her August Profile:


Pittwater/Narrabeen Parkinson's Support Group 2026 Meetings

  • Thursday, 8 October 2026 - 12:30 pm to 02:30 pm
  • Thursday, 10 December 2026 - 12:30 pm to 02:30 pm
We meet every 2nd month, on the second Thursday, at 12:30pm at Dee Why RSL, Level 3. Meetings are informal and friendly, with guest speakers on various topics, and new members are always welcome. 

We also have a Carers Coffee, Third Thursday of every month at Dee Why RSL AQUA and we have a BYO Morning Tea, at Jamieson Park every Fourth Thursday of every month (weather permitting).

More information at:

Nature Writing Prize 2026 Now Open to Enter

$8,000 to be awarded to the winning writer

Calling all writers! The Nature Conservancy has announced the opening of its eighth biennial Nature Writing Prize.

The author of the winning essay will receive an $8,000 prize and be published in Australian Book Review (ABR). One additional author will receive a Highly Commended Prize of $1,000.

The competition’s judges are novelists Kim Mahood and Dave Witty and Dr Georgina Arnott, editor of the Australian Book Review.

The judging process is completely anonymous, with judges awarding the prize to an Australian writer whose essay they agree to be of the highest literary merit and which best explores a relationship and interaction with some aspect of the Australian landscape. All entries are required to be between 3,000 and 5,000 words and in the genre of ‘Writing of Place’. 

The Nature Conservancy Australia’s Country Director Lara Gallagher said, “The Nature Writing Prize was created in 2011 to promote and celebrate the art of nature writing, and to encourage a greater appreciation of Australia’s magnificent natural heritage. I’d particularly like to thank Paula McLean and The McLean Foundation, without whose generous support this important prize would not be possible.”

Alongside the $8,000 Winners Prize, The Nature Conservancy welcomes the return of the Rosina Joy Buckman Award, a $1,000 prize awarded to one Highly Commended essay. The Rosina Joy Buckman Award is generously sponsored by Kinchem Hegedus and Peter Barge.

2026 heralds a new era for nature writing in Australia, with the announcement of Australian Book Review as the official Publishing Partner for the Nature Writing Prize. Gallagher said, “This collaboration with ABR offers the Prize a new level of support, expanding its reach and cementing its place as one of Australia’s leading nature writing initiatives.”

The prize is open to Australian citizens and permanent residents. Participants will need to pay an entry fee of $30, or $25 for ABR subscribers. Submissions will close at 5pm AEST Wednesday 23 September 2026. To learn more about the prize and review the terms and conditions visit: www.natureaustralia.org.au/nwp

Avalon Community Library Needs Volunteers

We are seeking volunteers for our wonderful community library. Love books, reading, have good computer skills and love working in a team of like minded people? Call into the library or send us an email info@avalonlibrary.org.au

AvPals Term 3 2026 Schedule

Lectures and small group sessions are held on Tuesdays from 1:30 to 3:00pm at the Newport Community Centre. 

Bookings and payment for a session can be made at the Course Bookings. Visit: www.avpals.com/booking

Paying residential aged care providers on services delivered

From 1 July 2027, the government will start transitioning residential aged care providers to a new payment system.

Aged care providers are currently paid in advance at the start of each month based on estimates of the services they deliver. 

During the transition period we will gradually reduce advance payments and increase payments on services delivered, until all funding is paid in arrears from 30 June 2029. 

New approved residential aged care homes that become operational on or after 1 July 2027 will be paid on services delivered. 

This change will: 
  • simplify the payment process 
  • reduce administration 
  • make it easier to manage funding. 
This change applies to providers funded under the Australian National Aged Care Classification (AN-ACC) and related residential subsidies and supplements. 

Providers will not see any change to the total funding amount they receive. 

It will not apply to National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Flexible Aged Care Program (NATSIFACP) and Multi-Purpose Service Programs (MPSP) providers who deliver residential aged care. 

Find out how the Australian Dept. of Health and Aged Care are transitioning to residential aged care payments for services delivered from 1 July 2027.  

Confused about the NDIS changes? Here’s what’s coming, and what’s still being worked out

A young woman uses her laptop while sitting on a walker in her bedroom.
SDI Productions/Getty Images
Georgia van Toorn, UNSW

After legislating controversial reforms to the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS) last week, the government’s plan to cut 160,000 NDIS participants and save A$37.8 billion over four years is underway.

The legislation tightens access to the NDIS by:

  • altering the way a person’s needs are assessed
  • introducing stricter rules to show a disability is permanent
  • allowing automated tools to assess eligibility and plan supports.

But we still don’t know exactly what the new process will look like. Much of the detail has been left to rules, instruments, assessment tools and implementation processes that are still in development.

A new technical advisory group has been set up to advise government. It is expected to complete much of its work by late 2026 and report to government by March 2027. The eligibility changes take effect from January 2028.

People who are already accessing the NDIS will also begin to be reassessed based on the new criteria from 2028. This will happen progressively over three years.

Assessing how your disability impacts daily life

These reforms are designed to move away from assessing NDIS eligibility based on a person’s diagnosis.

Instead, the aim is to have a more consistent and robust approach that assesses a person’s “functional capacity”. This means how much their disability affects their daily life.

A person seeking access to the NDIS needs to demonstrate they have substantially reduced functional capacity and that it’s permanent.

The new assessment process will establish standardised definitions and thresholds for both functional capacity and permanence.

Part of the technical advisory group’s role will be to advise on the criteria and methods used to determine those thresholds. This could involve setting thresholds around particular activities such as dressing, washing, preparing meals or working a paid job.

While there’s a legitimate case for greater consistency in decision-making, standardisation also carries risks. People being assessed often have very different lives and experiences of disability.

The fairness of the system will ultimately depend on how the tools are implemented, and by whom.

It will be harder to show your disability is permanent

Another significant change relates to how a disability is established to be permanent.

The new legislation requires people to have tried all “appropriate treatment options” that could improve or alleviate their impairment. These need to be widely accepted and receive public funding, through Medicare, the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme (PBS) or public hospitals.

The technical advisory group will now consider how this requirement should operate in practice.

The difficulty is that what counts as having tried all appropriate options will depend on the availability and accessibility of treatments.

A person’s treatment may be unaffordable (even if partly covered by Medicare or the PBS) or unavailable in their local area, for example, or may be delayed for reasons outside their control. That person may not be seen to have tried “all appropriate treatment”, despite it being practically out of reach.

People may also feel compelled to pursue treatment for the purposes of NDIS eligibility rather than because it’s the most appropriate or effective option for them.

Disability organisations have already raised concerns about the impact of these rules on autistic people, people with psychosocial disability (resulting from severe mental distress), and people with fluctuating, episodic or cumulative disabilities. For those living in regional and remote areas, assessments and treatments can also be difficult to access.

If a particular treatment is not available and reasonably accessible – or it’s not available in a person’s language, or is culturally unsafe – it shouldn’t be treated as an option the person has simply failed to pursue.

Some decisions will be automated

If Labor has learned anything from the Robodebt episode, it’s that automated decision-making needs a clear legal basis.

The new legislation provides an explicit legal authorisation for the use of automated decision-making.

But it goes further than that. The legislation permits computer programs to undertake any administrative action involving “a discretion being exercised, an evaluative judgement being made, [or] a state of mind being formed”.

That is an exceptionally broad remit, especially for such high-stakes decisions.

Yet there is a striking absence of safeguards.

These are needed because automated systems can reproduce existing inequalities when they rely on biased data or historical patterns of decision-making.

A system can appear neutral while embedding the assumptions and exclusions contained in the data it was built on.

The Multicultural Women’s Alliance, for example, has pointed out that culturally and linguistically diverse women with disability tend to spend less on supports because appropriate services are inaccessible or non-existent. They’re also less likely to have formal documentation of functional capacity in the required formats.

These structural barriers shouldn’t be mistaken for evidence of lower need.

The assessment tools should be tested for cultural and linguistic bias before they are introduced, and testing needs to continue once the system is operating.

The work ahead

While the legislation has passed, the most important details are still being thrashed out. That makes the work of the technical advisory group crucial.

Previous attempts to redesign assessment systems, both here in Australia and overseas, offer important lessons for what comes next.

The government has also received extensive evidence through its parliamentary inquiry into the bill and its potential impacts.

That evidence provides a clear warning about the risks that must be addressed as the new system takes shape.

Perhaps most importantly, if these reforms are to deliver fairer and more consistent decisions, people with disability and disability representatives need to be central to that work, not simply consulted after the key decisions have been made.The Conversation

Georgia van Toorn, Senior Lecturer in Public Policy and Politics, UNSW

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why Woolworths and Coles are now selling thousands more ‘own brand’ products

The back of a man walking through supermarket aisles
Julia Gomina/Getty Images
Flavio Macau, Edith Cowan University and Reza Kiani Mavi, Edith Cowan University

When Aldi opened its first supermarket in Sydney in 2001, the stage was set for a fight with Woolworths and Coles. At the time, Australia’s two biggest supermarkets controlled about 71% of the grocery market.

Aldi was an unknown brand, stocked fewer products than its rivals, and premium real estate was already taken.

To be successful, it needed a trump card. Its strategy? To make 90% of its products “own brands”, often sold at lower prices.

By about 2015, it had captured about 9% of Australian supermarket sales.

But recent reports show Woolworths and Coles are holding their smaller competitors at bay. In part, they’ve done it by adopting some of Aldi’s own sales tactics.

Where Australians get their groceries

Last year, the national competition watchdog – the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission – estimated Woolworths had 38% of national supermarket grocery sales, followed by Coles with 29%. That’s a combined total of 67% – not far below their joint total in 2001.

Meanwhile, Aldi had about a 9% market share in 2025, the same as more than a decade ago. Metcash (as a proxy for the independent supermarkets it supplies) had 7%.

More recent figures from analysts UBS suggest Woolworths’ market share has crept higher to 40% – meaning the two biggest players have a joint share that’s barely changed since 2001.

So how have Woolworths and Coles been hanging onto customers?

‘Own brands’ with many names

One of their key strategies has been to follow Aldi’s lead: adding thousands of “own brand” products over recent years.

More commonly known in the past as “home brands”, “own brand” products offer an alternative for consumers looking for better value for money.

Once seen as low-quality, they now have a better reputation and can be found everywhere, from ice creams to laundry powder.

Some are obvious, with names such as Coles Simply or Woolworths Essentials. But there are many products that are simply “own brands” by another name, such as Woofin’ Good pet food (Coles) or Smitten (Woolworths cat food).

Strong demand from shoppers

In the past week, Coles and Woolworths released their 2026 annual reports.

On Tuesday, Coles reported a A$1.09 billion net profit to June 28 this year.

Its report highlighted Coles now has around 5,600 “exclusive to Coles products”. That’s up by 1,600 in the past year alone.

Coles’ sales revenue rose to almost A$41.5 billion, up 5.1% (excluding tobacco sales). But with cost-of-living pressures making shoppers “highly value-conscious”, Coles’ own brand products performed even better:

Our Exclusive to Coles portfolio remained an important source of value and differentiation, with sales continuing to outpace overall sales growth, increasing 6.1%, and Coles Finest growing 9.2%.

With market penetration reaching 35%, Coles’ own brands are now purchased by more than one in three customers who shop at their stores.

On Wednesday, Woolworths reported a A$1.14 billion net profit for the year.

While Woolworths’ annual report contains less detail on its own brands, it confirmed more than 445 new and 680 “refurbished” own and exclusive brands were launched in the past year alone.

Woolworths’ Australian supermarket sales rose to $53.9 billion over the year to June 28, up 5.9% excluding tobacco sales. Sales of own and exclusive brands grew almost as fast, up 5.5%, particularly in meat and fresh food.

More own brands coming

Independent surveys regularly show Aldi is a cheaper place to shop than Woolworths, Coles or IGA.

Yet Aldi is fighting to retain customers, with industry analysts recently concluding its bigger rivals are “winning share” among shoppers.

Looking ahead, Coles and Woolworths have more own brand expansions on the way. For instance, Woolworths plans to build on its current “La Mesita” Mexican, “La Gina” Italian and “Lantern Alley” Asian food ranges – none of which are obvious own brands – with new Middle Eastern and South Asian food ranges.

Why suppliers may be wary

For supermarkets and shoppers, more own brands may seem like a win-win.

Supermarkets have the potential to increase their profitability by selling their own products, as long as they keep a full range of merchandise. And consumers have more own brand options to choose from, which can be quality products at lower prices.

It’s more complicated for supermarket suppliers. These can be companies vying for space on crowded supermarket shelves, through to farmers supplying products like milk for supermarkets to sell under their own brands.

A recent Food and Grocery Code Supervisor, survey of 419 suppliers found some positive trends. More than half (56%) reported they were always treated fairly and respectfully by the big four supermarkets: Woolworths, Coles, Aldi and Metcash, while 74% reported “no issues at all” with them.

But there were still some areas of concern, including almost half of suppliers describing price negotiations as involved or challenging.

Many smaller businesses noted “they cannot absorb costs in the same way as larger competitors”. One supplier said “supermarkets’ internal structures favour corporate fruit production, not family farms”.

An international trend to watch

Looking overseas, there has been a trend for some big retailers to take over some of their suppliers’ business, in what’s known as “vertical integration”.

In the United States, Costco and Walmart aren’t just retailers anymore; they’re also food producers. For instance, Costco set up a US$450 million poultry facility to own the supply chain for its discounted rotisserie chickens: locking in control over costs from farm to the store.

But this isn’t without risks. The more things you do, the greater the risk – like having all your eggs in one very large basket.

Australia hasn’t seen that level of vertical integration yet. But it’s a trend worth watching in future.The Conversation

Flavio Macau, Associate Dean, School of Business and Law, Edith Cowan University and Reza Kiani Mavi, Senior Lecturer, School of Business and Law, Edith Cowan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Dolly Parton’s philanthropic Imagination Library had a proven effect in Australia, and around the world

Claire Galea, Western Sydney University

Dolly Parton had first-hand experience of the effects of limited literacy. Her father could not read or write. He was, she once said,

the smartest man I have ever known but I know in my heart his inability to read probably kept him from fulfilling all of his dreams.

This sentiment fuelled her passion for encouraging childhood literacy. It drove her to establish the Imagination Library, with the goal of inspiring “a love of reading and learning from a young age”.

Launched in 1995, the Imagination Library sends children enrolled in the program a free, age-appropriate, culturally inclusive book in the mail every month from birth until their fifth birthday. The program began in Sevier County, Tennessee – Parton’s home county – before spreading across the world. It has established roots in Australia, Canada, the United Kingdom, the United States and Ireland.

To date, the Imagination Library has distributed 318 million books, with 3.4 million books sent out monthly across these regions.

The Australian program was officially launched in 2013 and now operates in more than 430 locations. Currently, nearly 50,000 Australian children are receiving a free book every month.

Building foundational skills

For the past five years, I have been working firstly on a research project in Tamworth into the effects of the Imagination Library program. As Head of Research at United Way Australia, distributors of the Imagination Library in Australia, I am not involved in the delivery of the program itself. All the data I analysed was de-identified.

The Tamworth region has produced rich data on early childhood literacy. It boasts 98% enrolment of newborns in the Imagination Library program.

The research conducted in Tamworth was then extended to a global sample. Data has been collected from over 86,000 caregivers across the five countries the Imagination Library is delivered in. This study is currently the largest dataset in the world on shared book reading in the home.

One of the key findings from Tamworth was that the program encouraged caregivers to read to their children. Compared to the average Australian child, children in the Imagination Library in Tamworth were found to be read to more often, for longer, and have more books in the home. Further, these early reading routines were maintained.

The worldwide evidence showed that children enrolled in the Imagination Library were significantly more likely to display foundational early literacy skills and to develop an interest in reading compared to those not on the program. In Australia, enrolled children were found to be nine times more likely to be interested in books, 17 times more likely to join in during shared book reading, and six times more likely to demonstrate key emerging literacy skills than those who were not enrolled.

Participants in the study also reported improvements in family interactions during shared book reading. These benefits were evident across socioeconomic differences.

The effects of the program are represented by Abby and her partner, who are raising two boys in regional NSW, aged three and 10 months. They heard about the Imagination Library through a midwife at Tamworth Hospital. Both parents work full time. Although they value reading, they struggled with consistency.

The monthly book delivery removed the guesswork: no browsing, no uncertainty about developmental fit. Says Abby: “It’s simple, it’s free, and the impact goes beyond just the books. It creates connection, routine and joy.”

Lifelong reading

These results reflect studies into similar book distribution programs. Developing early literacy skills is known to correlate with reading success in later life. The most frequently reported benefit was a strong love of books and reading. Three quarters of participating children in Tamworth asked to be read to daily.

In Australia, the NAPLAN results in 2026 show that a third of Australian children are not meeting Year 3 reading benchmarks. For a skill so fundamental to success across all areas of life, this is a disconcerting reality for a country that prides itself on its education.

A report for the Australian government in 2024 found that children with little to no reading in the home were ten times more likely to grow up with poor language and cognitive development.

The simple act of getting more books into the hands of more children has a significant effect. Over the years, Dolly Parton’s Imagination Library has spread the gift of reading to households across the world, regardless of their circumstances. Her dream was to ensure all children grow up with books, instilling a lifelong love of reading.

Every 1.3 seconds, a child somewhere in the world receives a free book from Dolly, and her legacy is rekindled.The Conversation

Claire Galea, Adjunct Fellow, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Happy 90th Len Turner

Manly Warringah Kayak Club foundation president Len Turner turned 90 years young this week.

MWKC's Geoff Horsnell tells us:

''Len IS Manly Warringah Kayak Club.  Our foundation President 1983-1997 and life member, Len with his mates created and built our club. 

They fought off the naysayers and naydoers, annoyed the hell out of council to secure the land and build the clubhouse (in Berry Reserve Narrabeen), step by step with strong active committees and members. On the water a tiger competitor and coach, off the water a committed, involved committee member.  

See the pics for the minutes from the inaugural meeting held at the Narrabeen SLSC.  

When you walk into the club there is a plaque on the wall at the bottom of the stairs celebrating Len.  14 Olympians is part of our legacy.  

We say happy 90th birthday Len and thank you for everything you have done for our club.''

Hear Hear!
Happy Birthday Len!
Some celebratory pics:
 
 

In related news- Narrabeen Marathon: Sun Sept 13
Join us on Narrabeen Lake for the annual PaddleNSW Marathon hosted by Manly Warringah Kayak Club.

Distances are 20km, 15Km, 10km and 5km. 
Bring your kayak, ski, Rec, SUP or whatever craft to compete over the various divisions designed to give you close, competitive racing. 

Races start from 9:30am to 10:10am over the multi lap event with the course taking you under the bridges, around islands and buoys designed to test your marathon skills. The course is similar to the course at the Australian and World Marathon Championships so you can test yourself. 

Bowls: State Pennant Results

Notice is hereby given that the 2nd Annual General Meeting of Metro North-East Bowls Inc (ABN 95 202 026 487) will be held at the premises of the Belrose Bowling Club, 146 Forest Way, Belrose on Tuesday, 15 September 2026 at 7.00 pm.

Extracted from the 2026 Metro North-East 2nd Annual General Meeting papers: 

Congratulations to the following Region winners who also achieved success by winning the medals at the respective State Finals:
  • State Senior Triples Gold - Steve Smith, Forrest Craig, Terry Warder (Harbord)
  • Men Pennant Division 2 Gold - Belrose
  • Men Pennant Division 4 Gold - St Ives
  • Open Pennant Grade 6 Silver - Seaforth
With Bowls NSW allowing Regions to choose the timing of the Single Gender Pennant season, we returned to synchronising Single Gender Pennants with the Open Pennant season. This resulted in a significant increase in the number of sides entered in both the Men’s and Women’s competitions.

At the State Play-Offs in August, Seaforth had the distinction of being State Grade 6 Runners-Up. 

At the State Open Pennant Quarter Finals we had four Region clubs playing:
  • Grade 3 - Harbord v Lightning Ridge District Bowling Club
  • Grade 4 - Willoughby Park v Gunnedah
  • Grade 5 - Newport Beach v Merimbula Dolphins
  • Grade 6 - Seaforth v Penrith
Harbord (Grade 3), Willoughby Park (Grade 4) and Newport (Grade 5) won their sections to compete in the State Quarter-Finals but did not progress further.

Photo: Congratulations to Seaforth Bowling Club. It's been a fantastic campaign. They are State Runners up in the Grade 6 Open Pennants! The Final was a great contest against South Tamworth. Seaforth were in the lead for most of the game but were just pipped at the post. Seaforth. Congratulations also to the winners, South Tamworth.

At the State Play-Offs in August, Belrose (Men’s Division 2) and St Ives (Men’s Division 4) both achieved the ultimate result, each winning a State Pennant. 

Three clubs that had not participated in 2024-25 (Belrose, Newport and St Ives) re-entered the Women’s competition this season, resulting in a 45% increase in the number of sides.

At the State Finals in August, St Ives (Division 4) won their section to play in the Quarter-Finals but did not progress further.

OPEN PENNANT 2025-26
  • Played over 6-7 Saturdays from 14 March.
  • Grades 1 & 2 combined in a multi-grade competition over 7 rounds (with more games played against “own grade” opponents than “across grades”).
  • Grades 3-6 all fitted neatly into a home-and-away series grouped into sections of four.
  • Grade 7 involved 15 sides, which were grouped into two sections.
  • Winners of each of Grades 1, 2 & 3 progressed direct to State Finals.
  • Section winners in Grades 4 & 7 played a knock-out Region final to determine the club that would progress to State Finals in each of these grades.
  • Section winners in Grades 5 & 6 competed in round-robin Region finals, with the winner of each grade progressing to State.
It was pleasing that the number of Open Pennant sides across the North-East Bowls Region was only one fewer than in the previous season:

WINNERS  - RUNNERS-UP
Grade 1 HARBORD - DEE WHY
Grade 2 BELROSE - PITTWATER RSL
Grade 3 HARBORD - ST IVES
Grade 4 WILLOUGHBY PARK - PITTWATER RSL
Grade 5 NEWPORT -  MOSMAN
Grade 6 SEAFORTH - ST IVES
Grade 7 MONA VALE - HARBORD

2025/26 BCiB Open State Pennant Finals:

The 2025/26 BCiB Open State Pennant Finals were held 21-23 August 2026 at the below venues.

Grade 1 – Yamba

Grade 2 – Merrylands & Guildford

Grade 3 – NBC Sports (Nortmead) & Dundas Sports

Grade 4 – Bomaderry & Nowra

Grade 5 – Figtree Sports

Grade 6 – Cherry Street Sports & Club Lennox Sports

Grade 7 – South Tamworth & West Tamworth

Competition Overview

The NSW State Pennant Competition is the oldest event on the NSW Calendar. The first pennant finals were played in 1895 – 96 season and the competition is widely regarded as the ultimate club sides championship for all players in every grade.

There are 7 grades of NSW Pennant with winning and runner-up clubs receiving an illustrious State Pennant.

NSW Pennant sees 3 rinks of four players battle it out through Region competitions to become Region Champions and earn the right to play-off against their fellow Region winners from across the state in NSW Grades 1 – 7 Pennant Finals each year.

The competition plays off in a Sides event of 12 players. The Region Match Committees administer Grades 1 to 7 with the assistance of the State Match Committee.

More details at: bowlsnsw.com.au/open-state-pennant-finals 


The Metro North-East Bowls Region

A Special General Meeting was held on Tuesday, 4 June 2024 at Belrose Bowling Club to progress the transition to the new regional structure for bowls within our area. 

The amalgamation of Zone 9 and the North Shore and Manly-Warringah Districts into the new Metro North-East Bowls Region began on 1 July 2024. 

Our Clubs

  • Asquith
  • Avalon Beach
  • Balgowlah
  • Belrose
  • Chatswood
  • Dee Why
  • Harbord
  • Killara
  • Lane Cove
  • Lindfield Rollers
  • Manly
  • Manly Vale
  • Mona Vale
  • Mosman
  • Neutral Bay
  • Newport Beach
  • North Sydney
  • Pittwater RSL
  • Seaforth
  • St Ives
  • Turramurra
  • War Veterans
  • Warrawee
  • Warringah
  • West Pymble
  • Willoughby Park

Find out more at: metronortheastbowls.com.au

1.2 million pensioners affected shows private health rebate changes need urgent rethink: COTA Australia

Wednesday August 26, 2026
Revelations that 1.2 million pensioners will be directly affected by proposed changes to the private health insurance rebate are further evidence the changes need to be urgently reviewed, COTA Australia says.

COTA Australia Chief Executive Officer Patricia Sparrow said the scale of the impact reinforced concerns already being raised by older Australians about the affordability of private health insurance.

“1.2 million pensioners is an enormous number of people to be affected by a change that could make their private health insurance more expensive,” Ms Sparrow said.

“We know many older Australians are already questioning whether they can continue to afford private health insurance. Making it more expensive risks pushing more people to downgrade their cover or leave the system altogether.

“COTA Australia’s research found 82 per cent of Australians opposed removing the higher rebate for people aged over 65, while more than one in three said they would consider downgrading or cancelling their cover if the changes went ahead.

“Those findings should already have prompted serious consideration of the impact of these changes. Knowing 1.2 million pensioners will be directly affected makes the need for a rethink even stronger.

In its submission to the Government, COTA Australia warned removing the higher rebate is likely to increase out-of-pocket costs for many older Australians, undermining the affordability of private health insurance for people who often rely on it most.

“We’ve got to remember that around one in four older Australians are living in poverty. Older Australians are not a uniformly wealthy group with endless capacity to absorb higher costs,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Older Australians have spent decades paying into the private health insurance system, often making relatively few claims, and now risk being priced out just when they are more likely to need healthcare.

“Any review of private health insurance rebates should recognise that long-term contribution, while also considering the consequences for the broader health system if affordability pressures drive significant numbers of older Australians out of private health insurance.

“If these changes lead to people dropping or downgrading their cover, the consequences won’t just be felt by those individuals. There is a real risk of adding further pressure to an already stretched public hospital system.”

Ms Sparrow said debate about the rebate had also highlighted broader concerns about the affordability and value of private health insurance.

“The Government should use this debate as an opportunity to undertake a broader review of private health insurance and its role in Australia’s healthcare system.

“This is an opportunity to look at whether private health insurance is delivering value for Australians, how it complements the public health system and how we ensure it remains accessible and affordable for the people who rely on it most.

“With 1.2 million fixed income pensioners now known to be directly affected, the Government should seriously reconsider these changes.”

Here’s what to keep in mind before and after an aged care assessment

Older smiling woman at home in wheelchair.
Igor Alecsander/Getty
Dan Wadsworth, University of the Sunshine Coast

Pressure has been building on the federal government in recent weeks to scrap the algorithm currently being used in aged care assessment decisions. Criticism has been of the algorithm itself, but also the fact there is no possibility for humans to override its final decision.

Aged care assessments determine how much government funding an older person can receive, so they can live independently at home for longer.

Some older Australians may now be feeling anxious and confused about this process. It doesn’t help that the algorithm and the independent assessment tool are sometimes talked about in the same breath. But the independent assessment tool is actually a questionnaire, not an algorithm.

So, what does this questionnaire involve? And how should you prepare?

While important questions remain about the algorithm, understanding how aged care assessments work will help you prepare better and may give you more choice and control over the care you receive.

How do you get an assessment?

The best time to think about aged care support is before you need it. If you’re 65 or older (or 50 and older if you’re Indigenous or experiencing homelessness) and daily tasks are becoming more difficult, or you’re relying more on family, friends or neighbours, it might be time to start this process.

You must register with My Aged Care before you can access government-funded aged care services – this can be by phone or online.

You’ll be asked about your current living situation, health and daily activities. This is the first opportunity to discuss your support needs. Keep the ID code they give you safe, as it tracks your progress.

An assessment organisation will then call you to discuss your needs and arrange a date for the assessment.

Assessors are qualified health professionals (such as nurses, social workers, and occupational therapists) who work for independent, government-contracted organisations.

What happens in an assessment?

The assessor will usually come to your home, but you can also arrange another location or do it via telehealth or over the phone. Assessments typically take 60–90 minutes, but this can vary depending on your circumstances.

The assessor will ask about the factors that affect your ability to live safely and independently, such as your:

  • physical and mental health

  • safety (including identifying any risks within your home environment)

  • ability to complete daily tasks such as bathing, dressing and housework by yourself

  • current supports

  • goals

  • cultural needs.

Although it might be tempting to focus on your “good days” here, it’s important to describe what happens on most days, not just the best ones, to get the appropriate support plan in place.

How to get ready

You can have a support person – such as a family member, friend or carer – present during the assessment.

You may choose to register a support person in the My Aged Care system (this is free). Registered supporters can help you make and communicate decisions. They can also request, access and receive information about you.

If you need an interpreter, you can contact My Aged Care through the Translating and Interpreting Service by calling 131 450. My Aged Care also has a range of accessible contact options and resources.

You’ll need to have some documents to show the assessor, including your Medicare card, an additional ID document such as a driver’s licence, and any GP referrals or current health supports, as well as details of any specific supports (for example, cleaning or help bathing and dressing) you want to discuss.

Think about what questions you might have for the assessor.

Ask yourself: “What support do I need to stay safe, well and independent at home?”.

Then ask the assessor: “How is that support funded, and what will I personally pay?”.

The Older Persons Advocacy Network can also help you, by providing free information about your rights (both before and after an assessment) and advocating for you.

What outcomes can you expect?

Following assessment, you will be sent a notice of decision letter. This will include information about the services you have been approved to receive, the reasons behind the decision, and your rights to raise any concerns about your assessment outcome.

You may be referred to a Commonwealth Home Support Package. These provide entry-level support with specific everyday tasks so you can stay independent at home. Services could include help with housework, meal preparation, personal care such as help bathing and dressing, or nursing and allied health care.

If your needs are more complex, you may be approved for the Support at Home program instead. This provides more coordinated levels of support.

If you are approved for Support at Home, you will be allocated to one of eight classifications. The higher your classification, the higher your need and allocated budget.

In Support at Home, all services funded fall into one of three categories:

  1. clinical supports including allied health (such as physiotherapy), nursing care and nutritional products. From 1 October 2026, this will include approved personal care such as showering, dressing, and non-clinical continence management

  2. independence including support to take part in social and community activities, assistive technology and home modifications, respite care and transport

  3. everyday living meaning help with housework and home maintenance, as well as meal preparation and delivery.

The assessment could also approve you for residential aged care, should your circumstances require this.

Who will provide the services? And how much will I pay?

What you contribute will depend on the service category, provider pricing, and your financial circumstances. For clinical support services you won’t have to pay anything. But other services require a co-contribution varying from 5–80% of the total price.

You’ll need to choose a registered Support at Home provider. They are responsible for care management and can provide a care partner to work with you. Your registered support person can help you with this.

You can find a potential provider by calling My Aged Care on 1800 200 422, or by using their Find a Provider tool. Ask each potential provider about things such as:

  • availability (“can services start when I need them?”)

  • cost (“what category is this service in, and what will I pay in dollars?”)

  • flexibility (“can services change as my needs change?”).

Remember

Your care plan should support your life. Ask questions, involve support, and speak up early.


I would like to acknowledge the contribution of Cheryl Harris, president of Healthy Ageing Partnerships, Council On The Ageing Queensland, and Comlink Australia, in preparing this article.The Conversation

Dan Wadsworth, Senior Lecturer in Applied Science, School of Health, University of the Sunshine Coast

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘The only method I have found that relieved my illness is to keep creating art’: remembering Yayoi Kusama

Sasha Grishin, Australian National University

In the history of the National Gallery of Victoria, their most successful ticketed exhibition did not feature the work of Vincent van Gogh, Claude Monet or Pablo Picasso. It was of the veteran Japanese artist, Yayoi Kusama, who has died aged 97.

Held over the summer months in 2024–25, the Melbourne exhibition attracted 570,537 ticketed visitors.

Kusama’s exhibitions throughout the world have attracted huge crowds. Her infinity mirror rooms, sprawling seas of polka dots, dancing pumpkins and huge expanses of reflective surfaces have become some of the most photographed art objects in human history.

Her art has had a huge impact on many art movements of the 20th and 21st centuries, including pop art, performance art, minimalism, environmental art, video art, fashion, filmmaking and feminism.

A difficult childhood

Kusama was born on March 22 1929 in Matsumoto, Nagano Prefecture, Japan, to parents who were merchants and operated a plant nursery and seed farm.

She suffered from hallucinations from childhood and by the age of ten had created paintings in watercolours, pastels and oils using polka dot and net motifs that she encountered in her visions.

She described her childhood as traumatic, with a physically abusive mother and a womanising father, and a time when her artistic endeavours were discouraged. She found refuge in her art.

Her childhood was overshadowed by World War II. By the time she was 13, she was sewing parachutes for Japanese soldiers and was aware of American bombers flying overhead and of constant air-raid sirens. She attended Arigasaki High School and, in 1948, studied Nihonga painting at the Kyoto Municipal School of Arts and Crafts.

By 1950, Kusama was exhibiting in Japan, to some acclaim, her sprawling paintings, mainly on paper, of abstracted natural forms and would cover all surfaces – floors, walls, ceilings and naked assistants with polka dots that she would term “infinity nets”.

Concerning her painting, Flower (D.S.P.S), 1954, she wrote:

One day I was looking at the red flower patterns of the tablecloth on a table, and when I looked up I saw the same pattern covering the ceiling, the windows, and the walls, and finally all over the room, my body and the universe. I felt as if I had begun to self-obliterate, to revolve in the infinity of endless time and the absoluteness of space and be reduced to nothingness.

The heart of the art scene

In 1957, Yayoi Kusama travelled to the United States and settled in New York. She was at the heart of the American post-war art movement where she exhibited to considerable applause large paintings, soft sculptures and environmental sculptures using mirrors and electric lights.

In the 1960s, she staged many happenings, such as body painting festivals, fashion shows and anti-war demonstrations.

It has been argued that her work had a profound impact on artists, including Claes Oldenburg and Andy Warhol.

She was also involved in film productions and newspaper publication.

In 1968, the film Kusama’s Self-Obliteration, that Kusama produced and in which she played the leading role, won a prize at the Fourth International Experimental Film Competition in Belgium and the Second Maryland Film Festival and the second prize at the Ann Arbor Film Festival.

She held exhibitions and staged happenings in various countries in Europe and participated in the Venice Biennale in 1966, where she exhibited her Narcissus Garden comprising of hundreds of mirrored spheres.

(Narcissus Garden entered the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria in 2024, in its new iteration of 1,400 stainless steel balls, each 30cm in diameter.)

The artist’s physical and mental health deteriorated while she was in America and she attempted suicide.

For her, her art was the path to salvation.

A return to Japan

Kusama returned to Japan to live there permanently in 1973.

After experiencing a further suicide attempt, in 1977 she admitted herself into the Tokyo psychiatric institute, the Seiwa Hospital for the Mentally Ill, from which she was never discharged.

She lived in the hospital and made daily excursions to her studio where she maintained a frenetic pace of work.

Yayoi Kusama was one of the most acclaimed artists of her time. A major retrospective exhibition of her work held in 1998 at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art travelled to the Museum of Modern Art in New York, the Walker Art Center in Minneapolis and the Museum of Contemporary Art in Tokyo.

There were also major retrospective exhibitions at the Whitney Museum, New York, and Tate Modern, London, in 2012, and at the Hirshhorn Museum in Washington, DC in 2017. In 2017, the Yayoi Kusama Museum opened in Tokyo.

Commercially, her work achieved record prices and she has received various awards for her novels, poetry and films.

In an interview with Infinity Net in 2012, Yayoi Kusama said:

I fight pain, anxiety, and fear every day, and the only method I have found that relieved my illness is to keep creating art. I followed the thread of art and somehow discovered a path that would allow me to live.


If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14.The Conversation

Sasha Grishin, Adjunct Professor of Art History, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

MWP Care Seeking Volunteers

Our business relies on the kindness of strangers...
Looking for a way to give back without giving up your lifestyle?

Become part of our Volunteer IMPACT Club and gain access to exercise classes, social events, Silver Surfers, tables at trivia as well as training and development workshops! Plus – have your petrol re-imbursed!!

Volunteering with MWP fits around your life and your schedule, letting you make a real impact in your local community. Enjoy meeting like-minded people, learning new skills, and knowing that your time is changing lives every day.
Your Time. Your Way. Your Impact. 

Find out more here: mwpcare.com.au/get-involved

Australia’s lobbying rules ignore most lobbyists. It’s time for an overhaul

Jennifer Lacy-Nichols, The University of Melbourne

The secret world of political lobbying has been thrown into the spotlight by ABC Four Corners this week. The program examined the loopholes in lobbying regulations in the context of the Albanese government’s recent gambling reforms.

Today, new research from the Australian Democracy Network uncovers core flaws in Australia’s lobbying rules.

The current system allows powerful people, organisations and corporations to attempt to influence government decision-making covertly. It makes it almost impossible for the public to know who is shaping important policy and why.

Lobbying in Australia

Lobbying is any activity carried out to influence a government or institution’s policies and decisions in favour of a specific cause or outcome.

In Australia, anyone can lobby governments and has a right to represent their views. This is crucial to a healthy democracy.

But Australians also have a right to know who is trying to influence their government.

Not everyone has the same opportunities to access and influence government. Former ministers and senior advisors that become lobbyists can offer government experience and the professional networks that accompany it.

Under the current system, commercial interests can pay for that political access and influence in ways ordinary people cannot. Because there are no records of lobbyists’ meetings with ministers and members of parliament, we have no way of knowing the purpose or outcomes of these meetings, what was discussed, or what tactics might be being used to persuade government ministers to act in line with a lobbyists’s vested interest.

Without safeguards, vested interests can influence government without the public knowing about it.

To protect against undue influence, Australia has a lobbying code of conduct to regulate lobbyists. But this is not a law: it’s not legally binding.

Yet under Australian rules, only one type of lobbyist is regulated: third-party lobbyists. This means a person or company conducting lobbying activities on behalf of a third-party client.

This only covers consultants who provide lobbying as a fee-for-service arrangement. It does not cover “in-house” lobbyists — such as “government relations” staff employed directly by major companies, industry associations and not-for-profits.

The code also prohibits certain former government representatives from lobbying for set periods after leaving office. This applies to:

  • ministers

  • assistant ministers

  • ministerial advisers

  • senior public servants

  • high-ranking members of the Australian Defence Force.

Only these categories must be identified as former government representatives on the lobbyist register.

Integrity experts estimate that because of these narrow definitions, as many as 80% of lobbyists may fall outside the current rules.

Research published last year by Transparency International Australia found the federal rules are weaker than every state jurisdiction.

This gap is set to widen as four states and territories have reviews underway to further strengthen their own lobbying rules.

What our research found

My research explores how business interests influence public health policies. I helped advise and review the new report from the Australian Democracy Network that reveals major shortcomings in the design and implementation of our federal lobbyist register.

The network’s research found more than half (58%) of ASX100 companies were not listed as clients on the federal lobbying register. This includes some of Australia’s largest companies, such as the Commonwealth Bank, Santos and Qantas. All these companies have substantial commercial interests in policy outcomes.

One explanation is that these companies may not lobby the government.

But a more likely explanation is these companies have their own in-house lobbyists (such as a “government relations” team). The lobbying code of conduct does not recognise these teams as lobbyists.

There are 714 registered lobbyists at the federal level, compared to only 226 members of parliament. Using publicly available records and a broader definition of former government representative — any prior role in state or federal government — the Australian Democracy Network’s analysis found almost two thirds of these lobbyists have prior government experience.

While 295 disclosed this, a further 164 had government experience they either did not disclose or were not required to disclose (such as previously being a member of parliament, or experience in state politics).

4 key reforms

These findings matter because they show how loopholes in our lobbying regulations can camouflage political access and influence.

Compared to international lobbying registers, of which some require companies to disclose their total lobbying spending and have broader definitions of “lobbyist”, Australia’s federal register provides limited information.

Australians deserve to know who is shaping the government decisions that ultimately influence their lives. Right now, it is exceptionally time-consuming (and sometimes impossible) to find out who is trying to influence government policy.

To fix these loopholes, Australia needs a federal lobbying act with universal rules applied to all lobbyists. The act should include:

  1. an expanded definition of lobbyist to capture in-house “government relations” staff working for companies and industry organisations

  2. a five-year ban on former ministers and advisers becoming lobbyists to protect public interest decision-making from undue influence

  3. a requirement for the meeting diaries for ministers, MPs, senior advisers and lobbyists to be published so the public can see who is meeting with decision-makers

  4. and the creation of an independent regulatory body with the power to enforce the rules and penalise non-compliance.

Earlier this year, the Speaker of the House and President of the Senate moved to tighten parliamentary access rules for lobbyists. Among other changes, lobbyists with privileged access passes (passes that allow them to wander Parliament House without an escort) will now be listed on a public register.

It’s a welcome first step, but the rest of Australia’s lobbying rules urgently need to catch up.


The author would like to acknowledge Christian Slattery from the Australian Democracy Network for his work on the report that underpins this article.The Conversation

Jennifer Lacy-Nichols, Senior Research Fellow in Commercial Determinants of Health, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Meta settles landmark US lawsuit for nearly $18bn and agrees to change Facebook and Instagram

Rob Nicholls, University of Sydney

Tech giant Meta will pay up to roughly US$18 billion, plus make major design changes to Facebook and Instagram, as part of a settlement it has agreed to in its most recent lawsuit.

Filed in 2023 by a coalition of 29 US state attorneys-general, the case alleged that Instagram and Facebook were engineered to keep teenagers hooked, that Meta misled the public about the harm, and that it collected data from children aged under 13 without parental consent.

The trial began just over a week ago. But instead of battling it out in court for four more weeks, the parties agreed to settle.

Even though Meta folded in this case, the settlement doesn’t amount to an admission of wrongdoing, liability or violation of any laws. In a statement, Meta said:

Ensuring teens have a safe and productive experience on our platforms is an absolute imperative for Meta. We want to get this right for parents and teens, and that’s why we partnered with state attorneys general to set a new industry standard.

Why settle now?

This year has been brutal for Meta in court.

In March, a Los Angeles jury found Meta and YouTube liable for harming a young woman who joined Instagram at the age of nine.

The same week, a New Mexico jury found Meta had endangered children, ordering it to pay $567 million to address the youth mental health crisis. In August, a judge lifted that bill to $942 million.

In this most recent case, Meta said the states were seeking as much as $1.4 trillion in penalties. The states denied this, saying the maximum penalties could reach roughly $200 billion.

By settling now, Meta buys certainty and a cap on its public exposure. The states get money and product changes that no legislature has managed to pass.

The money has two layers. Meta will pay roughly $11.7 billion to 47 US states, plus the District of Colombia and three US territories, in ten annual instalments, as well as $1 billion to Texas as part of a separate legal agreement. It will pay a further US$5.3 billion only if TikTok, YouTube and Snap sign up to the same rules and pay their own share.

How Instagram and Facebook will actually change

For “Teen Users” – that is, anyone Meta believes is aged 13–17 – in the participating jurisdictions, the agreement will establish a night mode which blocks access to Facebook and Instagram from midnight to 6am by default, and silences notifications from 10pm to 7am.

A two-hour daily cap applies across both apps combined, although messaging and longform videos that are at least 22 minutes long will not count. Essentially, this draws a line between something that resembles watching a TV show and something that resembles scrolling.

A teen with three Instagram accounts does not get six hours. Meta must link accounts using device IDs and phone numbers.

During school hours (8am to 3pm on weekdays), notifications are muted. Forced breaks appear at 60 and 90 minutes of daily use, with a nudge after 15 minutes of continuous scrolling. Only a parent linked through Meta’s supervision tools can loosen any of these defaults.

The agreement then turns to design. “Like” counts are hidden by default, and “cosmetic procedure filters” are switched off. Filters that reshape your face in ways only surgery could are out. Puppy ears and cat faces are fine. Teens must be offered a non-personalised feed (posts in time order rather than chosen by an algorithm) within ten days of joining and every 90 days after.

Finally, the agreement deals with who is on the platform and what happens to them there. Every user must be age-checked within a year, using tools tested against the international standard.

No more than 10% of 16- and 17-year-olds, and 3% of 13–15-year-olds, may be wrongly classified as adults. Failing to meet these service levels, as determined by an independent auditor, is a breach of the judgement and risks contempt proceedings.

Reports of harmful content must be answered within six hours in 90% of cases. Parents are notified the first time their teen messages an adult, and if the teen repeatedly searches for suicide, self-harm or eating disorder terms.

The auditor will report for five years, and Meta is barred from making misleading claims about its safety features.

Why this matters beyond the US

So far, other countries have taken a different approach to tackling big tech.

Many countries have been looking to Australia, where social media platforms such as Facebook and Instagram are required to take “reasonable steps” to stop under-16s from having accounts.

The new settlement in the US instead accepts 13-year-olds can use social media and regulates the design of the platforms.

Where these two approaches overlap is age assurance – working out how old someone is without asking for a passport. Australian law requires “reasonable steps”; the new settlement in the US sets an error threshold of 10% and 3% for the two respective age categories, tested annually by an outside expert.

The US measures may in turn feed back to Australia, where error thresholds might be incorporated into assessments of age restrictions and the promised response times to reports of harm could influence law reform.

A big question is whether the changes agreed as part of this settlement will spread to other platforms.

The settlement is designed to make this happen: Meta pays the final $5.3 billion only once “industry-wide adoption” occurs, which the agreement defines as Snap, TikTok and YouTube being bound by equivalent rules through settlement, legislation or audited voluntary compliance. That is the same domino logic as the 1998 settlement between 52 US state and territory attorneys-general and the country’s four largest tobacco companies.

If this happens, the night block will widen to 10pm to 7am and the daily cap would drop to one hour per app.

Meta has published an open letter urging TikTok and YouTube to join “right away”, with chief legal officer C.J. Mahoney arguing that “teens move fluidly across dozens of apps”.

Whether TikTok and YouTube can resist the rules that Meta has accepted is the question for the next 12 months.The Conversation

Rob Nicholls, Senior Research Associate in Media and Communications, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Mandatory Facial Recognition for NSW Gambling Venues

The NSW Government has committed to mandating Mandatory Facial Recognition in all hotels and clubs with gaming machines to support broader gaming reform initiatives, it announced on Tuesday August 2026.

This follows on from 18 March 2026 publication of the Liquor & Gaming NSW 'voluntary' Code of Practice: Facial Recognition Technology in Hotels & Clubs (the Code), to set out expectations and provide guidance for hotel and clubs with gaming machines on the responsible and appropriate use of FRT to identify patrons that have excluded themselves, and the March 2025 consultation on the same.

The Minns Government stated on Tuesday it is 'delivering on a key election commitment with the next and most comprehensive tranche of gaming reforms, giving people and families stronger protections against gambling harm and putting tougher rules around the way gambling is promoted and marketed'.

The 'NSW Gaming Reform package are evidence-based and include a statewide exclusion register with mandatory facial recognition technology at the entry of gaming rooms, a third‑party exclusion scheme in hotels and clubs, an increased forfeiture rate of 1 in 2, (from 1 in 3) and the end of VIP programs related to gaming' the government said.  

It will also ban gambling advertising on all NSW Government and council-owned assets, ban unsolicited direct marketing to potential customers, and establish a state-based strategy to reduce online gambling harm.

'Gambling harm doesn't stop with the person sitting at the poker machine or online. It can mean bills going unpaid, savings disappearing and enormous pressure being placed on partners, children and families.

According to the NSW Gambling Survey 2024, 3.1% of the adult population experience moderate risk gambling, while 0.9% experience high risk gambling – and for them, and their families it can ruin their lives.' the government stated

'These reforms put harm minimisation at the heart of our gaming system, making it easier for people to stop, giving families more options to intervene and putting stronger safeguards around gambling in NSW.'

Fewer poker machines in NSW

The government stated that currently NSW has around 87,000 poker machines across some 2,100 clubs and hotels. 
'While the number of gaming machine entitlements has steadily declined over the past three years, these reforms will help accelerate that reduction and ensure that when entitlements are removed from circulation, they are removed permanently.' the government stated

'The NSW Government will increase the forfeiture rate when gaming machine entitlements are traded from one in three to one in two – meaning for every two entitlements traded, one will be permanently removed. It will also introduce a new ‘sinking cap’ so the statewide cap falls as entitlements are removed from circulation and tighten existing exemptions that allowed entitlements to be transferred without forfeiture, while giving venues the option to voluntarily cancel their entitlements.' 

Introducing a statewide exclusion register and mandatory facial recognition technology

For the first time in NSW, people who choose to exclude themselves from gambling will be able to do so through a single statewide register covering every hotel and club with gaming machines.

Currently in NSW, people can enter into a voluntary self-exclusion agreement to ban themselves from the gaming areas of certain hotels and clubs or from the entire venue. However, the enforcement of this is largely left up to individual venues and staff to monitor compliance.

In a significant change, the new NSW Statewide Exclusion Register will replace this fragmented system with a single statewide framework backed by mandatory facial recognition technology at the entry of gaming rooms – meaning when someone makes the difficult decision to exclude themselves, that exclusion can follow them from venue to venue.

It will also support NSW Police efforts to prevent gaming machines being used for money laundering and other criminal activity.

Mandatory Facial Recognition will be introduced at the same time as the NSW State Exclusion Register in 2028, helping venues identify people who have excluded themselves and ensure those exclusions are enforced.  

Building the foundations for account-based play

As part of a staged approach, the Government will put in place the necessary infrastructure to facilitate future account-based play.  

Account-based play is a model that enables a person to use a registered account to play a poker machine, rather than gambling anonymously. However, a significant proportion of gaming machine infrastructure rely on legacy technology.

'The Government will upgrade the Centralised Monitoring System (CMS) over the next two years to allow for a transition to this technology, which would better allow venues to enable account-based play at their discretion.' the government said

'Rapid advancements in technology since the Cashless Gaming Trial have demonstrated there are many account-based play solutions that can be implemented to meet the anti-money laundering and harm minimisation benefits of cashless, while allowing players to continue using cash if they prefer. '

Stronger regulations and broader harm minimisation

'The  NSW Gaming Reform  package will also strengthen protections against harmful gambling advertising and marketing, including banning VIP programs linked to gaming, prohibiting gambling advertising on NSW Government and council-owned assets, and addresses unwanted direct marketing by outlawing betting service providers to market directly to people via calls, email or text messages without receiving their express consent in advance.' the government stated

'New transparency requirements will apply to gambling promotions by affiliates and social media influencers, alongside restrictions on commissions linked to higher-risk gambling products. '

The Government will commit to developing a NSW strategy to reduce online gambling harm and strengthen enforcement against betting providers and illegal gambling platforms, with new offences, tougher penalties and stronger regulatory powers.

''The suite of reforms has been developed in response to issues raised in a number of key reports, including the Roadmap for Gaming Reform prepared by the Independent Panel for Gaming Reform, the Crime Commission Inquiry into Money Laundering via Electronic Gaming Machines in hotels and clubs, and consultation with stakeholders and the broader community.

The reforms deliver on a key election commitment from the Minns Labor Government and have been developed in consultation with a range of stakeholders, including gambling counsellors, family and domestic violence experts and law enforcement.

The Minns Labor Government is investing $95.2 million over 4 years to fund this next tranche of e reforms, sourced by the money remaining in the $100 million gambling harm minimisation fund and an increase in licence fees for clubs and hotels with gaming machines.

The NSW Government will also work with industry to support hotels and clubs to diversify their hospitality, events and live entertainment offerings to reduce their reliance on gaming machine revenue.

The reforms provide a $20 million boost to the Responsible Gambling Fund over the next two years to support delivery of its array of services and programs to prevent and address harm, including the GambleAware support services.

These reforms significantly build on the array of harm minimisation measures the Minns Government has introduced since coming into office.' the government stated

For more information on the reform package download a summary here: 

Regulator targets emerging social media risks linked to alcohol-related harm

Liquor & Gaming NSW (L&GNSW) is warning licensed venues about emerging social media trends that may contribute to alcohol-related harm and undermine responsible service obligations.

The regulator is responding to reports of QR code "challenges" promoted through social media content and influencer-driven campaigns that encourage excessive alcohol consumption in licensed venues.

Recent reports have identified influencers sharing venue QR ordering codes with followers, who then purchase food and drinks for delivery directly to their table. In some cases, followers are encouraged to order large quantities of alcohol that participants are challenged to consume.

Executive Director Regulatory Operations Dimitri Argeres said social media trends could quickly create new compliance risks for industry.

"Social media can be a powerful marketing tool, but it should never be used to encourage excessive drinking or unsafe behaviour," Mr Argeres said.

"Whether alcohol is ordered at the bar or via a QR code, venues remain responsible for meeting their Responsible Service of Alcohol obligations and preventing intoxication. 

"The emergence of QR code challenges highlights the need for strong systems and vigilant staff oversight to identify and manage risky consumption before harm occurs." 

Mr Argeres said QR ordering systems did not diminish a venue's responsibility to monitor patron behaviour and intervene where necessary. 

"Technology does not remove a venue's legal obligations. Staff must actively monitor patrons and take appropriate action where alcohol consumption presents risks to safety or breaches RSA requirements." 

The regulator continues to monitor emerging online trends, including influencer marketing and usergenerated content, as part of its 2026 regulatory priorities.

"The social media landscape is evolving rapidly, and our regulatory approach is evolving with it," Mr Argeres said.

"We expect venues to understand their obligations, identify emerging risks and take proactive steps to ensure their practices are lawful, responsible and consistent with community expectations."

L&GNSW will continue monitoring online content and undertake educative and compliance action where necessary to address unlawful or harmful practices.

For more information about L&GNSW’s Strategy and Regulatory Priorities, visit the Hospitality and Racing Strategy 2026-28 webpage.

For further information and practical guidance visit the management of intoxicated patron on licensed premises webpage.

Court finds eHarmony engaged in misleading conduct in relation to automatic renewal and pricing of its subscriptions: ACCC

August 25, 2026
The Federal Court has found that dating site eHarmony made misleading representations to consumers about the pricing, renewal and duration of its online dating memberships in statements online and in its app, in proceedings brought by the ACCC.

The Court found that eHarmony breached the Australian Consumer Law by engaging in misleading or deceptive conduct in relation to:
  • offering free dating when a consumer could not engage in ongoing communication with other people for free
  • the automatic renewal of memberships
  • one-month memberships, when the minimum period consumers could sign up for was six months
  • consumers being able to cancel their subscription early when they could not
  • stating monthly subscription prices which did not mention an additional mandatory fee to pay monthly.
The Court also found that eHarmony had failed to display as a single price the minimum total amount a consumer would pay for their subscription alongside statements of how much a membership would cost per month, in breach of the Australian Consumer Law.

“Dating platforms are an important part of Australians’ social lives. Many people use them to meet others and form valuable connections,” ACCC Commissioner Luke Woodward said.

“The ACCC took this action after receiving hundreds of complaints from consumers relating to charges from eHarmony. Consumers were not adequately informed about their membership’s duration or that the membership would automatically renew, including, for many, at a much higher price.”

“The ACCC is concerned about subscription traps in digital services, and this decision highlights the need for clarity in ongoing consumer subscriptions. Obscuring the reality of purchases with confusing statements, hidden disclosures in small text and complex terms and conditions can mislead consumers.”

Automatic membership renewal found to be liable to mislead the public
eHarmony was found to have engaged in conduct liable to mislead the public when it gave consumers the false impression that the subscription period for its premium membership was only for the selected 6, 12 or 24 months.

In fact, these premium subscriptions automatically renewed for a lock-in period of 12 months, at prices which could be up to five times higher than the price of the initial subscription, or hundreds of dollars more than the consumer initially agreed to. If renewal occurred, consumers often needed to keep paying for the full 12 months, even if they complained to eHarmony immediately afterwards.

eHarmony did not prominently disclose the automatic renewal, instead displaying the terms of the automatic renewal in small font late in the purchase process and in its terms and conditions.

“The ACCC is committed to taking action against businesses that engage in misleading conduct in the digital economy, including by using subscription traps and other dark patterns that unfairly impact consumer choice,” Mr Woodward said.

eHarmony failed to specify a single price for its subscriptions and falsely advertised minimum monthly pricing
eHarmony also failed to specify the minimum cost a consumer would pay for a membership as a single figure, as is required under the Australian Consumer Law. eHarmony stated the ‘from $xx/month’ figure but this was not accompanied by the total cost consumers were signing up for in the initial subscription period, for example, for 12 months. eHarmony only stated this single price in small font late in the purchase process.

Additionally, by displaying prices as ‘from $xx/month’, eHarmony was found to have made misleading representations that the plans could be purchased by paying the stated amount on a monthly basis, when in fact a mandatory additional fee applied if consumers paid for their membership monthly. However, the Court found that from July 2024, when additional disclosures were added, the relevant pages no longer represented that subscription plans could be purchased by monthly payments of the stated amount.

“The Court’s ruling underscores that when businesses advertise a price for a subscription divided into instalments, such as a price per month, the minimum total cost must also be clearly and prominently displayed,” Mr Woodward said.

The Court will decide on penalties, consumer redress and other orders sought by the ACCC at a later date.

The below images show the process of signing up to an eHarmony premium subscription on a laptop. Though the specific applicable discount and colour scheme varies throughout, each image is broadly representative of how each step appeared from 2019 to 2024.

Subscription Page:

Payment Page – cursor placed over payment frequency:

Background
The ACCC commenced legal action against eHarmony, Inc. in September 2023 after receiving hundreds of complaints from consumers about eHarmony since November 2019.

eHarmony Inc, a US-based company, provides dating services in Australia through the eHarmony website and app.

Court appoints provisional liquidators to 12 companies associated with NSW accountant and former solicitor Christopher Edwards: ASIC

August 24, 2026
The New South Wales Supreme Court has ordered the appointment of provisional liquidators to 12 companies associated with NSW accountant and former solicitor Christopher Malcolm Edwards following an application by ASIC.

ASIC sought the appointment of provisional liquidators (26-054MR) following concerns about the management and affairs of:
  • Ironbark Holdings Australia Pty Ltd
  • Great Northern Developments Pty Ltd
  • GND Construction Management Pty Ltd
  • Great Northern Bundaberg Pty Ltd
  • Great Northern Investments Pty Ltd
  • Great Northern Morayfield Pty Ltd
  • Great Northern Phoenix Group Pty Ltd
  • Great Northern Properties Pty Ltd
  • Great Northern Victoria Pty Ltd
  • Ironbark Energy Pty Ltd
  • Knightsbridge Realty Pty Ltd, and
  • Richmond Corporation Pty Ltd.
ASIC’s interim application was heard on 19 August 2026 before Justice Nixon. On 21 August 2026, the Court appointed Kathryn Evans and Vaughan Strawbridge of FTI Consulting as provisional liquidators of the 12 companies. The provisional liquidators are required to report to the Court and to ASIC within 10 weeks on matters which include:
  • the assets and liabilities of the companies, including the value and recoverability of assets
  • an opinion as to solvency of the companies and the likely return to creditors if the companies are wound up
  • any suspected contraventions of the Corporations Act or ASIC Act and any transactions needing further investigation, and
  • whether the companies should be returned to the control of their directors, proceed to liquidation, or follow another course.
Justice Nixon found that the affairs of the companies ‘have been carried on casually and without due regard to legal requirements, and that there are significant deficiencies in the Companies’ financial records, so as to leave the Court without confidence that the Companies’ affairs will be properly conducted with due regard for the interests of creditors and, in particular, investors’.

His Honour also accepted ASIC’s submissions that the evidence ‘supports an inference that payments to investors have, for the most part, not been met by any income generated by the Companies but instead have been met from funds invested from new investors, or by borrowings on unknown terms'.

ASIC submitted that the companies which have liabilities to investors appear not to have the means to meet those liabilities and are operating an unsustainable business model.

Justice Nixon said that appointing provisional liquidators ‘will preserve the status quo, prevent the dissipation of assets prior to the final hearing of the winding up application, ensure that no further funds are raised from investors, and ensure, in the public interest, that suitably skilled and independent persons investigate the Companies’ records, transactions, assets and liabilities, and report back to the Court and ASIC on those matters’.

The proceeding is listed to return to court on 2 November 2026 for a hearing to give directions in relation to ASIC’s winding up application.

Information for creditors and investors is available on the provisional liquidators’ website Ironbark Holdings Australia Pty Ltd (Provisional Liquidators’ Appointed).

ASIC’s investigation into Mr Edwards and entities associated with him is ongoing.

Any person who wants to provide information to ASIC to assist its investigation can contact ASIC at Edwards.investigation@asic.gov.au

ACCC appeals dismissal of case against mail order company Magnamail

August 24 2026
The ACCC has filed an appeal against the Federal Court’s decision in July 2026, to dismiss the ACCC’s allegations that Magnamail Pty Ltd (Magnamail) made false or misleading representations to consumers in its mail order catalogue promotions.

Between May 2022 and July 2023, Magnamail sent promotional materials such as letters, envelopes, catalogues and scratch cards to hundreds of thousands of consumers in connection with 12 ‘pre-draw’ prize promotions. The Court last month dismissed the ACCC’s allegations that Magnamail had made false or misleading statements in connection with those promotions.

The Court also dismissed the ACCC’s case against Magnamail’s parent company, Direct Group Pty Ltd. The ACCC is not appealing this aspect of the decision.

The appeal will be heard on a date to be fixed by the Court.

Background
Magnamail is a direct mail order catalogue business that operated in Australia and New Zealand. Magnamail sold a range of merchandise through catalogues distributed to the public. Magnamail’s catalogues generally included a promotion that consumers could participate in if they made a purchase from the catalogue.

Magnamail stopped running pre-draw promotions in 2023, during the course of the ACCC’s investigation.

Magnamail is owned by Direct Group Pty Ltd.  Direct Group is a direct-to-consumer retailer through a range of brands or publications such as Reader’s Digest, Over Sixty, Infashion, House of Pets, and TVSN (Television Shopping Network), a shopping network channel that broadcasts on free-to-air TV and subscription services such as Foxtel.

In November 2024, the ACCC instituted proceedings in the Federal Court against Magnamail for allegedly making false or misleading statements in relation to pre-draw promotions, and its parent company Direct Group for allegedly being knowingly involved in this conduct.

Parents are increasingly abusive towards teachers and principals. How can schools respond?

A woman sits at a desk. There are papers and pencils on the desk and a bookshelf behind her.
RDNE Stock Project/ Pexels
Carolyn Wade, Griffith University and Paul Kidson, Australian Catholic University

Some private schools have begun asking parents to sign a code of conduct to try and stop abusive behaviour towards teachers.

In media reports, some principals have called out parents for a sense of entitlement, bullying of staff and refusing to admit when their child has misbehaved.

Public schools are also taking new steps to try and curtail abusive parents.

Victoria and South Australia have introduced laws to give principals powers to ban abusive parents from school grounds. This includes banning parents who are abusive in person, over email and phone or on social media. New South Wales is also considering similar laws.

Why have such strong measures become necessary?

How serious is the problem?

Parents need to be able to question school decisions, raise concerns and advocate for their children.

These are all important parts of meaningful parent engagement with education. But research clearly shows abusive behaviour towards teachers has been growing.

For 15 years, Australian survey research has tracked school leaders’ experiences – this includes principals, deputy principals and other senior leaders. This has found parents and caregivers are a significant and growing source of threatening and abusive behaviour.

In 2025, they were identified as a source in almost two thirds of reported threats of violence – in 2011, this figure was less than 25%. In 2025, nearly nine in ten cases of cyberbullying of school principals came from parents and caregivers.

The impact is not confined to overt threats. Research tells us school leaders also manage persistent complaints, aggressive communication, and expectations of constant availability from parents.

Teachers also report similar experiences, including excessive communication demands, verbal abuse and threatening behaviour.

Why is this happening?

Over recent decades, expectations of what schools can and should provide for students and families have expanded. Greater school choice and accountability have also changed the relationship between families and schools, with increased expectations around access, responsiveness and influence over educational decisions.

Research has identified a more consumer-oriented relationship with schools. For school leaders, this can mean expectations of immediate responses, challenges to professional decisions, demands for individualised outcomes, and complaints being escalated when families are dissatisfied with a school’s response.

Digital communication has made it easier for families and schools to communicate. It has also changed the speed, reach and consequences of these interactions.

For example, concerns can quickly move into parent WhatsApp groups, social media, or other community networks. So disagreements can be amplified well beyond the original interaction.

Laws can protect staff, but …

School staff have the same right to a safe workplace as anyone else.

But laws or codes of conduct only establish boundaries, restrict access and provide recourse when behaviour becomes unsafe. They cannot create respectful behaviour or rebuild trust once a relationship has deteriorated.

This is why legislation should be understood as protection, rather than prevention. If a principal needs to stop a parent entering school grounds or contacting staff, the relationship is already in serious difficulty.

So what can schools and governments do?

No single intervention can prevent conflict between parents and schools.

Clear expectations around communication and staff availability can establish boundaries early. This is where parent codes of conduct or behaviour agreements may be useful, by making expectations about respectful communication and the consequences of unacceptable behaviour explicit.

But there is limited evidence that contracts themselves can prevent or resolve conflict once relationships have seriously deteriorated.

School leaders and teachers also need better preparation to manage difficult conversations with parents, recognise when conflict is escalating, and know when to seek further support. They also need organisational backing, so they are not left managing a situation alone until it becomes untenable. This includes clear escalation process and senior or system-level support when interactions become persistent, unreasonable or abusive.

There will, however, be circumstances when these approaches are no longer enough. When behaviour becomes threatening, intimidating or abusive, the priority must shift from repairing the relationship to protecting the people involved.

What now?

Schools need to remain places where families can engage, question and disagree, while also being a workplace where staff are safe. Neither should come at the expense of the other.

A law can prohibit abusive behaviour, but it cannot produce respectful behaviour. It can protect staff when a relationship has broken down, but it cannot rebuild the trust that has been lost.

That work has to begin much earlier, with clear expectations about communication, complaints and acceptable behaviour established before conflict occurs. Education systems also need to be prepared to intervene when relationships begin to deteriorate.The Conversation

Carolyn Wade, Lecturer, School of Education, Griffith University and Paul Kidson, Associate Professor in Educational Leadership, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Finalists of Nursing and Midwifery Awards announced

NSW Health has announced the 29 finalists of the state’s 14th annual Excellence in Nursing and Midwifery Awards. 

This year’s finalists have been nominated across nine award categories, including Team of the Year, the Judith Meppem Lifetime Achievement Award, and the consumer-nominated Healing Heart Award which recognises a nurse or midwife whose compassion, kindness, and professionalism stood out to a patient or family. 

NSW Health Secretary Susan Pearce AM said this year’s finalists reflected the passion, dedication and expertise of the state’s nursing and midwifery workforce. 

“Nurses and midwives are an integral part of the NSW Health system, supporting not just patients and their families, but also other healthcare professionals,” Ms Pearce said. 

“Every day around our state, nurses and midwives work incredibly hard to provide safe, high-quality and patient-centred care, so being chosen as a finalist in these awards is a remarkable achievement. 

“I want to congratulate the finalists for this year’s Awards and also pay tribute to all nurses and midwives who strive to improve health outcomes for the people of NSW every day.” 

NSW Health Chief Nurse Jacqui Cross said the Awards help recognise the vital role nurses and midwives play in the NSW public health system. 

“Our nurses and midwives work at the very heart of the health system, and I have the privilege of hearing extraordinary stories of the care and compassion they provide to patients and their families each day.

“It’s one of the reasons why these Awards are so important, because they really shine a spotlight on what our nurses and midwives do, and how and why they do it.” 

Newly appointed NSW Health Chief Midwife Donna Garland is looking forward to her first year of involvement in the awards. 

“I’ve seen first-hand the excitement these awards generate when a staff member is named as a finalist, and I am looking to celebrating with the finalists later this year,” she said.

All the finalists and winners will be celebrated at the Awards ceremony, which will be held at NSW Parliament House on Monday 23 November 2026.

For more information on the NSW Health Excellence in Nursing and Midwifery Awards 2026 visit the NSW Health website: www.health.nsw.gov.au/einma

New childhood rare disease pathway delivers life-changing results for eight-month-old Bohdi

August 24 2026
A new NSW Government medical pathway for kids with rare diseases at the Sydney Children's Hospitals Network (SCHN) has seen an eight-month-old baby from the Central Coast become the first person in the world to benefit from a new treatment for a rare form of paediatric epilepsy.

Bohdi, who was born with KCNT1-related catastrophic epilepsy, is the first recipient of SCHN's new Innovative Therapies Pathway which gave him access to life-changing medication by helping fast-track the treatment's approval and deliver the medication within six weeks.

KCNT1-related catastrophic epilepsy is an often fatal genetic disorder affecting young babies that previously had no known effective treatment. The ultra-rare disorder, with only 18 Australian cases ever recorded, was causing Bohdi to experience up to 60 seizures a day and affecting his ability to smile.

Using the Innovative Therapies Pathway, Dr Kavitha Kothur, paediatric neurologist at The Children's Hospital at Westmead, collaborated with research experts to identify a new medication that could help Bohdi.

The medication, previously only trialled in healthy adults, is a precision medicine that targets the genetic cause of Bohdi's condition and works to stop overactive brain currents from triggering seizures.

The Innovative Therapies Pathway, created by Dr Michelle Lorentzos, Medical Lead for Advanced Therapeutics at Sydney Children's Hospitals Network, works to accelerate access to highly personalised therapies for children with rare, complex and life-limiting conditions, like Bohdi, where there is an urgent clinical need.

Within days of starting the new medication, Bohdi's seizures stopped and for the first time in months he no longer required around-the-clock care. Bohdi has since begun smiling again, and has been able to return home.

The Innovative Therapies Pathway is expected to accelerate access for other children with rare diseases, like Bohdi, by enabling experts to come together to rapidly evaluate novel therapies, assess safety, and efficacy evidence, as well as address ethics, governance and operational readiness in one stage, rather than sequentially. 

Minister for Medical Research David Harris said:
“With more than 500,000 Australian children living with a rare disease, the Innovative Therapies Pathway represents an extraordinary opportunity to help children and their families.

“The NSW Government is leading the way in paediatric care, with the Innovative Therapies Pathway having the potential to become a global model for paediatric rare disease care.

“We are reaching an incredible point with precision medicine, where treatments can be tailored to the individual genetic causes of disease, offering hope to families who have previously had very limited options when it comes to treatment.

“Bohdi's breakthrough treatment highlights the strength of NSW's medical research system and the impact on people's lives when discoveries are translated rapidly and responsibly into patient care. It can be truly life changing.

“This Innovative Therapies Pathway is a great example of the NSW Government's leadership in supporting collaborative health models that enable safe and equitable access to emerging treatments.

“I applaud Dr Lorentzos, Dr Kothur, and their colleagues for the work that's been done here to help Bohdi."

Medical Lead for Advanced Therapeutics at Sydney Children's Hospitals Network Dr Michelle Lorentzos said:
“We are entering a new era where highly personalised therapies for ultra-rare diseases are increasingly possible.

“This goes beyond a single medication or a single patient; it's about a new way of delivering innovative treatments to children.

“Collaboration has been critical in identifying the right therapy and enabling rapid access to treatment for Bohdi, and the outcome reflects the expertise of Bohdi's multidisciplinary care team, as well as the contributions of the Epilepsy Research Centre."

Paediatric Neurologist at Sydney Children's Hospitals Network Dr Kavitha Kothur said:
“While it is still early in the treatment journey, the clinical outcome for Bohdi has been excellent so far, with a complete cessation of seizures, and improvements in his development.

“To see such an early response in a child with such a severe disease is extraordinary. This breakthrough marks the beginning of a new era in genomic medicine for families facing rare genetic conditions, including severe epilepsy."

Bohdi's mother Stephanie Higginson said:
“I will never be able to thank Dr Kothur enough for what she has done for my family. She never gave up looking for answers, and she gave us hope when we needed it most. Her work changed our lives. Bohdi's now like a completely different baby."​

Photos: NSW Government

How well do COVID antivirals actually work? Not as well as we thought

An older woman lays in bed, sick with COVID
NicolasMcComber/Getty Images
Laura Edwards, UNSW ; Allen Cheng, Monash University; Bette Liu, UNSW , and James Wood, UNSW

If you’re aged over 70, or over 50 with underlying health conditions, and have tested positive for COVID, you might have been offered free or subsidised antivirals.

Earlier in the pandemic, these medicines were an important way to reduce the chance of people becoming severely ill with COVID, needing to be hospitalised, or dying.

But our new research suggests that with high levels of vaccination and immunity from previous infections, COVID antivirals are no longer working as well.

From no treatment to an effective one

When SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID, first emerged in late 2019, no treatment was available. Existing influenza antivirals, which had been stockpiled by governments, were ineffective and couldn’t be used.

Scientists rapidly tried to figure out which existing or new drugs could be used. In 2021, two industry-sponsored clinical trials reported promising results.

One was for nirmatrelvir-ritonavir (Paxlovid), which reported an 89% reduction in severe illness. The other was a trial of molnupiravir (Lagevrio), which reported a 30% reduction.

Paxlovid and Lagevrio work by stopping SARS-CoV-2 from replicating. So they need to be taken early in the course of illness – within five days – to be effective.

Both drugs became available in Australia and were listed on the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme (PBS) in early and mid-2022. This ensured people most at risk of severe illness had access to drugs at low or no cost.

Paxlovid and Lagevrio are expensive. A course of treatment cost the government around A$1,100 from 2022 to 2025, much more than the treatment for influenza, oseltamivir (Tamiflu), which is only around $40.

Between mid-2022 and mid-2025 the Australian government spent more than $2 billion on Paxlovid and Lagevrio.

What’s different now?

Most Australians have now been vaccinated against COVID and infected with SARS-CoV-2 more than once. This results in hybrid immunity and reduces the likelihood and severity of future infections.

The virus itself has also changed, with the original variants replaced by new ones that appear to be less severe than early in the pandemic.

These changes prompted us to evaluate the more recent evidence.

What did we study and find?

First, we examined randomised controlled trials – the gold standard of evidence. We found eight trials of Paxlovid and Lagevrio, but most were done before people were vaccinated.

When we looked at the two randomised control trials in vaccinated people, neither reported a reduction in severe outcomes after taking either Paxlovid or Lagevrio.

The Lagevrio trial reported no statistical difference in hospitalisation or death in people who did and didn’t receive treatment.

The other was a trial of people in hospital who were treated with Paxlovid. It found no difference in the people treated and not treated.

There were some nuances to these findings. Randomised controlled trials are expensive and resource-intensive. As COVID went from being the leading cause of death worldwide in 2021 to the 20th in 2023, it became more difficult to justify the costs and recruit enough participants, so some trials were stopped early.

However, two randomised controlled trials of Paxlovid have been published since our work, and neither reported a reduction in hospitalisation or death.

In phase two of our research, we looked at the 35 observational studies, where researchers can include many more people but can’t control who gets the treatment. We pooled the results from the studies to estimate the effectiveness for each drug against hospitalisation and death.

This meta-analysis found Paxlovid, but not Lagevrio, reduced hospitalisation and death.

Paxlovid was associated with a 40% reduction in hospitalisation and a 67% reduction in death.

Lagevrio wasn’t associated with a significant reduction in hospitalisation and the results were mixed against death.

Because the treatment wasn’t randomised, there may be differences between people who received treatment and those who didn’t. People accessing treatment, for example, may have greater health literacy or access to other health services.

While some studies use methods to adjust for differences in people who do and don’t receive treatment, it’s usually not possible to adjust for every difference.

COVID is still a concern for at-risk groups

SARS-CoV-2, like influenza and respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), remains a common cause of acute respiratory illness in Australia. In 2025, there were:

  • 186,000 cases of COVID reported
  • 178,000 cases of RSV
  • 503,000 cases of influenza.

But the number of COVID, RSV and influenza cases reported is well below the true number, as most people don’t get tested.

COVID is still claiming lives. There were 2,227 deaths involving COVID in 2025. This is more than the 1,784 deaths involving influenza. Three quarters of deaths were among people aged 80 and over.

The rates of COVID-related hospitalisations so far this year have been lower than last year, with 839 admissions at “sentinel hospitals” (those chosen to monitor disease trends) in the first half of this year. This compares to 1,740 in the same period last year.

What does this mean?

COVID can still cause severe illness, hospitalisation and death, particularly in older people.

If you test positive for COVID, talk to your GP about whether antivirals may be appropriate for you.

Our work shows there may be some benefit from Paxlovid. But as the number of cases and the risk of severe illness continues to fall, this benefit is becoming very small.

Given how little evidence there is for Lagevrio, its role in treating COVID should be carefully considered.

Harms of antivirals can include side effects – such as taste changes, nausea and vomiting – and allergic reactions.

Paxlovid can also interact with other drugs, causing serious reactions. It should be avoided, or the dose adjusted, in people with severe liver or kidney disease because it can make these conditions worse.

Australia’s independent Pharmaceutical Benefits Advisory Committee (PBAC) is set to review COVID antivirals later in 2026. It will assess the costs and benefits of Paxlovid and Lagevrio and it may change its recommendations about who can access the drugs on the PBS.

Our findings support this reassessment.The Conversation

Laura Edwards, PhD Candidate, Vaccines and Antiviral Effectiveness, UNSW ; Allen Cheng, Professor of Infectious Diseases, Monash University; Bette Liu, Associate Professor and NHMRC Career Development Fellow, School of Public Health and Community Medicine, UNSW , and James Wood, Head of School of Population Health and Professor, Infectious Diseases Dynamics and Interventions, UNSW

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A new saliva test for endometriosis is in trials. What this and other new endo tests mean for you

Young woman in pain sitting on sofa, clutching pillow to tummy
Galina Zhigalova/Getty
Mathew Leonardi, McMaster University; Adelaide University and Narges Kalani, McMaster University

It can take years for someone to be diagnosed with endometriosis. This can mean ongoing pain, repeated appointments and uncertainty, and delayed treatment.

However, two new tests are being trialled in the United Kingdom. One is a saliva test; the other measures electrical activity in the gut. Over the next three years, these non-invasive tests will be used in general practice patients to see if they can help diagnose endometriosis much sooner.

The promise of these and other non-invasive tests to speed up diagnosis is compelling. But the evidence is not there yet for their widespread use.

Why is endometriosis so difficult to diagnose?

Endometriosis is a condition where tissue like the lining of the uterus is found outside the uterus. It commonly causes severe period and pelvic pain, pain during intercourse, bowel and bladder problems, and difficulty becoming pregnant.

Diagnosis involves assessing symptoms, a physical examination, imaging and sometimes surgery. Ultrasound and MRI can diagnose endometriosis when performed by a health professional with specific extra training.

But a normal scan does not rule out endometriosis. So laparoscopy, surgery using a small camera inserted into the abdomen, may still be considered.

Then there are the two non-invasive tests being trialled in the UK but are not available in Australia. What can these offer?

Endotest is a saliva test

Endotest analyses a saliva sample for specific markers called microRNAs – tiny molecules involved in controlling how genes behave. Specific patterns of these microRNAs can indicate whether endometriosis is likely present.

A French study of 971 patients across multiple centres reported the test was highly accurate.

But most participants had endometriosis. That’s unlike typical GP patients presenting with symptoms of pelvic pain, only some of whom will have endometriosis.

Pelvic pain can have bowel, bladder, muscular and other causes. So we don’t know if the test performs as well in the typical mix of patients you’d expect to see in general practice.

EndoSure looks at your gut

EndoSure detects endometriosis by measuring electrical signals in the gut via sensor pads on the abdomen. The test takes 45 minutes and can take place in a GP or specialist clinic.

A study of 154 women reported 95% sensitivity (the ability to correctly detect endometriosis) and 96% specificity (the ability to correctly rule out people who do not have endometriosis).

However, most of the evidence supporting the specificity figure came from controls who did not have surgery to confirm they really did not have endometriosis.

Preliminary findings from a later study compared just 25 women with confirmed endometriosis with 25 controls. Most of the women in the control group had abdominal symptoms but were, again, not surgically confirmed as endometriosis-free.

The study was also not able to establish whether other conditions could interfere with the test. The researchers noted adenomyosis might produce similar signals.

More recent, unpublished findings presented at a scientific meeting found EndoSure detected everyone who had endometriosis. However, its reported specificity was just 5%, compared with around 96% in the earlier study. This means 95% of people without endometriosis still tested positive.

If confirmed in larger studies, that would raise serious questions about its usefulness in general practice, where doctors need to distinguish endometriosis from the many other conditions that can cause similar symptoms.

How about other tests?

Other non-invasive tests for endometriosis are in development, including blood tests. Not all are widely available or have been independently validated.

EndomTest is a blood test available in the United States that combines its results with clinical information. But the US Food and Drug Administration has not approved it for widespread use.

Published results found high specificity for diagnosing endometriosis. But it had much lower sensitivity, meaning it could miss many people who have endometriosis.

Australia’s PromarkerEndo measures proteins in blood. Importantly, testing has involved patients with symptoms but where surgery has found no endometriosis. This is a strong comparison because, when used clinically, the test has to distinguish between patients with similar symptoms who do and don’t actually have the disease. Results have been promising across early-stage disease, although further independent validation is needed.

US-developed DotEndo examines microRNAs in blood. Earlier research found a panel of six-microRNAs could distinguish endometriosis from other gynaecological conditions. A large, multi-centre study is evaluating its use in around 750 patients.

Impressive numbers need context

When we evaluate a diagnostic test, the question is not simply “How accurate is this test?” but “How well does it work in the people who will actually use it?”.

Even so, for a test to be useful, it should change what happens next by raising suspicion, prompting investigation, guiding treatment, or providing an explanation sooner.

So such tests may help answer “Could this be endometriosis?”. But imaging will still be needed to show where and how extensive the disease is. Doctors will still need to assess adhesions – scar-like tissue that can cause pelvic organs to become stuck together.

This mapping guides treatment and, if surgery is considered, its complexity and which specialists may be involved. If such tests help patients access specialist ultrasound earlier, this could be useful.

The same care is needed with a negative result. Unless a test reliably rules out endometriosis in the population being tested, a negative result should not be used to dismiss persistent symptoms. Even without endometriosis, pelvic pain still deserves investigation and care.The Conversation

Mathew Leonardi, Associate Professor, Gynaecological Surgeon and Sonologist, McMaster University; Adelaide University and Narges Kalani, Clinical Research Assistant, Departments of Obstetrics and Gynecology, and Oncology, McMaster University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Anti‑abortion rhetoric is becoming entrenched in Australian right‑wing politics

Prudence Flowers, Flinders University; Erica Millar, La Trobe University, and Tania Penovic, Deakin University

Earlier this week, Queensland Nationals MP Llew O’Brien introduced a so-called “born alive” bill into the House of Representatives.

On the same day, August 17, the Australian Christian Lobby held an event on Parliament House lawns. Against a backdrop of 10,000 knitted baby booties arranged into a cross, Australia’s most prominent federal anti-abortion politicians spoke in support of the bill.

Born alive bills originated in the United States in the early 2000s and the issue has been raised in most Australian decriminalisation debates since Victoria in 2008. O’Brien’s resurrection of this topic reveals much about the ambitions of contemporary Australian opponents of abortion.

What does the bill do?

In Australia, abortion is regulated at the state and territory level. This bill would insert the federal government into the equation.

The Human Rights (Children Born Alive Protection) Bill would require the same medical care for a baby born with signs of life following abortion as for any other baby, a situation that is extremely rare. Any failure to provide such care would be a criminal offence.

Every state and territory in Australia has decriminalised abortion. The bill would reintroduce the threat of criminal penalties for abortion providers with respect to care provided after an abortion. It would likely have a chilling effect on doctors’ willingness to provide abortion services.

This is the third time this bill has been introduced in parliament in the past five years, identical to versions from August 2021 and November 2022.

The 2022 bill went to a Senate inquiry, whose report expressed concerns about its impact on healthcare access, constitutional validity and consistency with human rights.

A human rights bill that isn’t

The bill is framed as human rights legislation, purporting to implement Australia’s international treaty obligations under the Constitution’s external affairs power.

It claims to give effect to rights in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

But it is inconsistent with these treaties and the findings of the United Nations bodies that oversee their implementation.

UN bodies have found abortion restrictions breach human rights, including privacy, protection from cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment, equality and non-discrimination, and the right to life.

Enacting the bill would likely breach Australia’s international obligations. The bill would not meet the requirements of the external affairs power and would likely be constitutionally invalid.

The use of human rights language to support positions inconsistent with human rights norms is no accident.

It mirrors a pattern in anti-abortion action (sometimes called abortion lawfare) in the US and elsewhere.

Scholars argue human rights misappropriations have been “deployed by nationalist, populist, right-wing and authoritarian movements” worldwide.

False narratives

Contemporary born alive bills rest on false narratives.

Supporters vilify abortion providers and frame abortion as barbarism, not health care.

The people who need abortions, meanwhile, are maligned or rendered invisible.

The vast majority of abortions in Australia occur before 20 weeks. About 2% of Australian abortions happen after 20 weeks, typically involving a step to stop the fetal heartbeat first.

Without that step, a fetus may briefly show signs of life. But because their lungs and other organ systems are too immature to sustain life outside the uterus, survival is not possible.

In rare cases, parents skip this step so they can hold their non-viable baby while it dies – a way of grieving, with the baby kept comfortable throughout.

Calling this “born alive” wrongly implies viability.

In 2024, MP Ralph Babet moved an urgency motion to have the Senate “recognise that at least one baby is born alive every seven days following a failed abortion and left to die”.

This claim is extrapolated from a single table in Queensland and Victorian perinatal mortality reports (2010–20), which splits deaths after late abortion into “stillbirth” and “neonatal death”.

Advocates treat the latter as “live birth”, turning a routine statistical classification into evidence for something the data wasn’t designed to measure.

Born alive proponents lean on a handful of cases spanning decades (including from the 1970s and 1990s) and international contexts. Most have little relevance to Australian healthcare practices in the 2020s.

Care that already exists

Born alive bills are opposed by peak medical specialist, nursing and midwifery bodies.

Health professionals must already provide care for any baby born alive after abortion, including palliative or “comfort” care.

Proponents of these bills ignore existing clinical guidelines. Victoria’s guideline, for instance, recommends palliative care for babies born before 22 weeks, and “parental discretion” for resuscitation decisions between 22 and 24 weeks.

So why should parental wishes matter for premature birth, but not for abortion?

The born alive narrative erases the pregnant person, reducing them to a passive vessel. One supporter of the 2022 bill told the Senate the pregnant person is the site where the “child in utero” is “spatiotemporally located”.

Statistics about babies born with no chance of survival showing “signs of life” say nothing about the complex and multifaceted drivers of later abortion.

People seek abortion after 20 weeks when they receive new information, such as a fetal anomaly diagnosis, or when barriers such as reproductive coercion or health system delays make earlier care impossible.

A renewed anti-abortion push

Speakers at the Australian Christian Lobby rally included Nationals Leader Matt Canavan, Liberal Alex Antic, and One Nation’s Barnaby Joyce and Malcolm Roberts.

Roberts frames the born alive bill as a move “to take our country back”.

He recently told an audience of conservative Australian Christians he’ll push One Nation to pursue an abortion ban.

Canavan and Antic are prominent anti-abortion figures within their parties. With Babet, they co-sponsored the 2022 born alive bill.

Joyce and Antic are current collaborators with anti-abortion influencer Joanna Howe.

Howe is prominently aligned with One Nation. She’s actively attempting to reshape the Nationals and Liberals in New South Wales, where anti-abortion legislation will be voted on in September.

Anti-abortion rally in NSW.

What does all this mean?

Without the support of the government, this born alive bill is all but guaranteed to fail.

But its impact lies in giving conservative federal politicians an arena to directly intervene in abortion debates.

It mainstreams health care and legal misinformation, while amplifying stigmatising rhetoric about abortion.

The discussion entrenches the idea that abortion bills can work for partisan messaging and movement-building, advancing the Americanisation of Australian politics.

And it positions abortion as a unifying cause for key right-wing power brokers across the Liberals, Nationals and One Nation.The Conversation

Prudence Flowers, Senior Lecturer in US History, College of Human Sciences and Culture, Flinders University; Erica Millar, Senior Research Fellow, Social Inquiry, La Trobe University, and Tania Penovic, Associate Professor of Law, Deakin Law School, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Influencers claim ‘knees over toes’ exercises can help bullet proof your knees. Two experts explain

A man does a deep lunge at a training track.
djiledesign/Getty Images
Matt Savage, La Trobe University and Adam Culvenor, La Trobe University

For decades, people exercising have been told one simple rule: never let your knees go over your toes. During lunges, squats and many other exercises, well-meaning coaches, trainers and physiotherapists repeated this advice so often it became fitness folklore.

More recently, however, social media has pushed back. Popularised by fitness influencer Ben Patrick – better known as the “Knees Over Toes Guy” – millions have embraced a training style that focuses on building lower limb strength. Among the tenets is the idea that letting your knees travel further forward is a key part of “bullet proofing” your knees.

So who’s right? Like most health and fitness debates, the answer lies somewhere in the middle. It’s not about whether your knees move forward beyond your toes, but what happens when they do.

Knees like to be used

In everyday life, your knees move well beyond your toes all the time. Think about walking downstairs, crouching down to play with kids, and kneeling in the garden.

Imagine doing a squat. As your knees bend further, your thigh muscles work harder to stop your knees from collapsing to the floor. This extra muscle tension increases the force between your kneecap and thigh bone – what we call joint loading.

Now think of exercises like the knees over toes split squat, which look a bit like this.

This movement deliberately allows the knees to travel further forward, increasing this joint loading compared to shallower squats. For some people, this can be painful. For most, however, loading your knees like this is normal and perhaps even a good thing.

Your bones, muscles and articular cartilage (the lining that covers the end of your bones that makes joint movement smooth) are living tissues that need loading to stay healthy. In this context, loading means making them bear weight.

Weight bearing exercise – such as lifting weights – is one of the best ways to keep bones strong (and prevent osteoporosis).

The opposite happens in space, where astronauts rapidly lose bone and muscle because their bodies are no longer exposed to gravity. On Earth, bedrest results in similar changes. Our bodies, including our knees, were designed to be used.

The exercises aren’t actually new

The “knees over toes” approach hasn’t yet been well scientifically tested, so we don’t know whether it performs better than other well-designed strength programs.

However, many of the exercises it promotes, such as split squats and deep squats, have been used for decades. The branding is new, the movement principles are not.

Many of these exercises deliberately bend the knee through a larger range of motion, increasing the work done by your thigh muscles. This may promote greater muscle growth and strength than shallower exercises. Strength training also improves bone health and helps maintain healthy cartilage.

Where caution is needed

The same feature that makes these exercises so useful, their ability to load the knee, is also why they should be progressed gradually.

About one in four people have kneecap pain (sometimes called patellofemoral pain). If that’s you, pain often occurs during activities that place high loads on the knee, such as squatting and walking downstairs.

But pain doesn’t automatically mean damage. In fact, progressively rebuilding your knees’ ability to tolerate heavy loads is one of the most effective treatments we have.

Exercise therapy isn’t simply considered safe – it is the cornerstone of treatment when appropriately prescribed to build back the muscle strength and regain function.

Should you try knees over toes exercises?

The unsatisfying answer is: it depends.

If you’re new to strength training, it’s normal for your muscles to feel worked and even a little sore afterwards.

If you already have knee pain, start with a smaller knee bend, less weight, or fewer repetitions.

For example, one of the signature “knees over toes” exercises is the split squat. Rather than trying to copy the deep versions shown on social media, begin with a comfortable knee bend and gradually increase how far your knee travels forward as your symptoms and strength allow.

A woman does a Bulgarian split squat in a park.
If you want to try a split squat, begin with a comfortable knee bend. martin-dm/Getty Images

Mild discomfort can be acceptable, but pain that steadily builds during exercise, or leaves your knee much worse the next day, usually means you’ve progressed too quickly. That doesn’t necessarily mean you need to stop – try doing a little less before gradually building back up. If you’re unsure, consult a physiotherapist or doctor.

If the exercises are working, you should notice them becoming easier, and everyday activities (such as walking downstairs, getting out of a chair) becoming more comfortable.

Our knees don’t need to stay behind our toes, but they don’t need to be forced past them either.

Whether you choose “knees over toes” exercises or another strengthening program matters less than progressing gradually and consistently.

One exercise from social media is unlikely to be the holy grail for every knee problem or training goal.

The goal is to build a knee that’s strong enough for the life you want to live.The Conversation

Matt Savage, PhD Candidate and Lecturer in Physiotherapy, La Trobe University and Adam Culvenor, Associate Professor, Principal Research Fellow in Sport and Exercise Medicine, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

An AI job boom? Here’s what the tedious, temporary work in data labelling is actually like

Image of a room that's heavily pixellated but a few yellow data label boxes draw focus to pot plants and wall clock.
Elise Racine, CC BY
Fan Yang, The University of Melbourne

Amid all the talk about artificial intelligence (AI) both creating and destroying jobs, a troubling reality flies under the radar.

The tasks machines can’t perform well are often offloaded onto marginalised global workers who are struggling in precarious labour markets. They do ostensibly “automated” work under exploitative conditions.

Data work is an essential part of building and refining AI systems. Before AI models can “learn” anything, human data workers must categorise, label, test and moderate vast volumes of text, images, audio and video, to make the data usable for AI training.

This labour is performed by an expanding global digital workforce that prepares the datasets not only for big tech, but also high-stakes industries such as banking, insurance, healthcare and government agencies, including defence.

To understand the AI workforce, I have been interviewing workers in China and Australia who prepare datasets for AI models. The fieldwork is ongoing, but here’s what they’ve revealed so far.

Inequality is baked in

My interviews with ten people to date show that precarious labour markets and marginalised social status have pushed digitally literate young workers into the data labelling industry.

As one interviewee said:

We do the manual work so that they get the credit for the intelligence.

There’s a lot of inequality across the data labour market, shaped by people’s qualifications and geographic location.

Those with PhD-level or equivalent qualifications and STEM certifications can typically get more specialised tasks. If based in the Global North, such workers tend to be higher-paid, earning A$400–800 per hour depending on the task.

But such specialised and high-paid tasks are rare and difficult to get. Most workers I interviewed perform general tasks, such as repetitively drawing bounding boxes for images used in drones, self-driving cars and automated vending machines, or annotating audio.

These workers normally receive as little as A$6 per day or even less. The pay can’t cover daily expenses, and the long hours leave workers with chronic eye strain and back pain.

Part of the gig economy

Data work is not unlike other poorly regulated jobs in the gig economy.

Workers have no formal contracts and are not employees. They’re classified as “users”, and platforms simply call on them when there are tasks aligning with their expertise and track record.

User agreements exist primarily to protect the companies behind the outsourced work, such as requiring the workers don’t disclose any of the information they see.

This is despite the fact datasets are already anonymised: workers often have no way of knowing which companies they conduct data labelling for. They don’t even know if humans or AI agents assess their completed work. And they have minimal rights to appeal any assessment of their performance.

All interviewees reported getting less work over time as AI advances. What’s left are more difficult and time-consuming tasks. Interviewees expressed little concern about their jobs eventually being replaced by AI, but this apparent indifference stemmed from a pessimistic outlook:

If I don’t make this money, someone else will, and I will be replaced [by AI] eventually anyway.

As one worker noted, what AI actually affects is the working class itself. This working class is expanding as more professionals are pushed into data labelling by the precarity of the current job market.

All work, little pay

How a worker gets paid is determined by the platform. US crowdsourcing platforms generally offer higher-paid tasks and pay workers when they submit the work.

Chinese platforms or companies often pay workers only after their tasks have been assessed and confirmed to meet preset standards. As a result, workers often spend hours completing tasks without receiving any payment.

In addition, workers in China can’t access US platforms; using a VPN to circumvent this risks triggering an account ban.

Companies prefer consistency in their workforce, as turnover is costly; workers require instruction and training before they can begin a task, and further time before they can complete tasks efficiently.

As workers typically get faster the longer they stay in the role, companies want to retain the experienced ones. But many workers leave because the pay is so poor.

To offset this, companies have turned to recruiting more vulnerable groups. One example is collaborating with local government initiatives supporting disabled people. These workers are less likely to quit because the job is often their last resort.

Workers reported they were unable to find other employment or were in the process of searching for full-time positions, due to disability, pregnancy or being recent graduates.

The bigger picture is grim

The AI economy has created jobs. But many of these involve human workers correcting errors and handling tasks too difficult or ambiguous for machines to resolve. This work is often more cognitively and emotionally demanding than what it replaced.

And human workers don’t even know if they’re answering to human managers or AI agents. This weakens their right to bargain.

Data workers are effectively the disposable batteries of the AI economy: drained of every last charge, then discarded once they can no longer power the system that depended on them.

Australia is accelerating the pursuit of an AI-driven economy. The crucial question is not how many jobs are created, but what kind of jobs they are.

The employment gains AI promises may only exist in the short term, and come at the cost of data workers’ life quality and wellbeing. We must establish protections and a long-term plan for this workforce, so we can prevent the harm rather than merely respond to it after the fact.The Conversation

Fan Yang, Research Fellow at Melbourne Law School, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.